Introduction

Glojo, ha mir gonbeo yansauna gabyuxea dalyen. (Soon, the world will share a common auxiliary language.)

Mirad, formerly known as Unilingua, is an artificially-constructed auxiliary language (conlang) developed and published by Paris-based author Noubar Agopoff as a serious medium for easy and logical international communication. Mirad, which means world speech, and is pronounced mee-RAHD, is categorized by constructed language experts as taxonomic, because its vocabulary is mapped letter-by-letter to a semantic ontology or thesaurus. Also, the wordstock of Mirad is considered a priori, meaning that there is no deliberate association with words or roots in existing natural languages. The vocabulary is from scratch, yet based on internal lexical and semantic rules that help the learner to construct and deconstruct derivations logically, mnemonically, and consistently.

The author claims in his book Unilingua -- Langue universelle auxiliaire that this language is well-suited for universal, logical communication because it is based on principles already exploited globally by sciences like mathematics and chemistry, where symbolic formulas are constructed in accordance with strict rules and a limited sequence of symbols understood by all practitioners.

Mirad is constructed on the following principles:

  • Every vowel has numeric, vectorial, scalar, semantic, or grammatical value.
  • Every consonant is meaningful either lexically or grammatically.
  • Word derivation is systematic, consistent, analogical, and mnemonic.
  • Words are as ontologically unambiguous as possible.
  • Words are as short and as easy to pronounce as possible.
  • Inflection and derivation of words is regular and predictable.
  • Word opposites differ only in the stem vowel (iva = happy; uva = sad).

This book contains Version 2 of the language with additions and modifications to the original. The principal changes are:

  • The letter w was added to indicate the passive voice of verbs and to disambiguate numbers.
  • The letter s was changed to sound like the s in English sun.
  • The letter x was changed to sound like the sh in English show.
  • The letter c was changed to sound like the ch in English chair.
  • The letter h was added, mainly to create a systematic set of determiners like this, that, every.
  • Grammatical cases were eliminated and replaced by prepositions.
  • Some prepositions and conjunctions were changed or added.
  • The definite article ha (the) was introduced.
  • Much new vocabulary was added and some words were altered.
  • The writing system now consists only of letters of the Roman alphabet, with no diacritics.

Phonology and Orthography

There is a direct, one-to-one correlation between Mirad sounds (phonology) and the way these sounds are written (orthography).

Alphabet

Mirad uses the Roman alphabet as English does, except that the letters Q and C are only used in foreign borrowings or attempts to spell foreign words or names. There is an upper case (majuscules or capital letters) and a lower case (miniscules or small letters). The upper case letters are used for capitalization exactly as in English. Mirad, at least for non-foreign words, uses no diacritic marks such as the breve, the grave accent, or the diairesis. The order of the alphabet is the same as in English.
UPPERCASEABC*DEFGHIJKLMNOPQ*RSTUVWXYZ
LOWERCASEabc*defghijklmnopq*rstuvwxyz
NAMEabacadaefegeheijikiliminiopokorosotouvuwuxuyuzu
* Not used in "native" Mirad words.
Spelling a word means uttering the names in succession of the letters in the word. For example:
  • Miradmi i ro a da
  • anxwaa ni xu wu a
The letters w and h have only limited, functional (non-semantic) values in Mirad.
The letters c (pronounced as ch in English chair) and q (pronounced variably, depending on the context) are used only to represent foreign words and names. For example, Ce is used to represent Che in Che Guevara.
The Mirad phonological system consists of 20 consonant phonemes (minimal significant sounds) and 5 vowel phonemes.

Consonants

There are 20 consonant phonemes.

Spoken

The following IPA (International Phonetic Alphabet) chart shows the articulation of the consonant phonemes in Mirad:
LabialAlveolarPalatalVelarGlottal
Nasal /m//n/
Plosive voiced /b//d//g/
unvoiced /p//t//k/
Affricate voiced
unvoiced (/t͡ʃ/)*
Fricative voiced /v//z//ʒ/
unvoiced /f//s//ʃ//h/
Approximate /l//j//w/
Flap /ɽ/
Note: /j/ and /w/ are glides. The plosives are unaspirated as in French and Spanish.
*  Used only in foreign words.

Written

The consonant graphemes (letters) in Mirad used to represent the above consonant phonemes are as follows:
PHONEME/b//t͡ʃ//d//f//g//h//ʒ//k//l//m//n//p//ɽ//s//t//v//w//ʃ//j//z/
GRAPHEMEbcdfghjklmnprstvwxyz

Pronunciation

  • The letter x is pronounced like an sh in English.
  • The letter h is never silent. It is used to form the determiners in Mirad and is also used to simulate foreign sounds like the ch in Yiddish lachayim (to life!), or German Bach.
  • The letter j is pronounced like the Zh in Russian Zhivago.
  • The letter s is always unvoiced as English ss and never sounds like a z.
  • The letter g is always a hard sound as in English gap, not as in English wage.
  • The letter c is used only in foreign words and represents the unvoiced affricate sound t͡ʃ like the ch in English church. For example, the Mirad name for China is Cinam.
  • The letters in Mirad correspond one-to-one with phonemes. There are no cases of sounds being represented by paired consonant as in English ph, sh, ch, or th.
  • The letter y is the consonant phoneme /j/ and is pronounced [j] like the y in English yes when it begins a syllable, but when it ends a syllable it is a phonetically the glide /ɪ/ as in the word bay = /bay/ = [baɪ], as in English bye.
  • The unvoiced plosives p, t, and k are pronounced without the puff of breath that sometimes follows them in their English counterparts.
  • The consonant w was not used before Version 2 of Mirad. It is now used to form the passive voice of verbs and certain numerical expressions. It is pronounced as English w or the ou in French oui. German speakers are cautioned not to confuse it with the German letter w, which is pronounced in a manner closer to an English v.
Here is a table showing the pronunciation of Mirad consonants:
CONSONANTIPAARTICULATIONNEAREST EQUIVALENTS
bbunaspirated voiced bilabial plosiveFrench bon, English boy
cunvoiced palato-alveolar affricateEnglish child, Spanish chico (only used in foreign words)
ddunaspirated voiced alveolar plosiveFrench de, English dog
ffunvoiced bilabial fricativeEnglish fog
ggunaspirated voiced velar plosiveFrench gare, English good (always hard, even before e and i)
hhglottal fricativeEnglish house (or a glottal stop or other similar sounds like German Bach
jʒvoiced palatal fricativeFrench je or English mirage
kkunaspirated unvoiced velar fricativeFrench carte, English kite (without aspiration) or French comment
llvoiced post-alveolar lateral approximantEnglish love or French bel (never a dark l as in English bell.
mmvoiced bilabial nasalEnglish mother
nnvoiced alveolar nasalEnglish nobody
ppunvoiced bilabial plosiveFrench pain, English pan (without aspiration)
q--(Only used in foreign words, where it has various guttural pronunciations)
rralveolar flapSpanish mira or Italian Roma
ssunvoiced alveolar fricativeAlways hard as in English safe (never a z sound as in rose)
ttunaspirated unvoiced alveolar plosiveFrench tous, English top (without aspiration)
vvvoiced bilabial fricativeEnglish very
wwvoiced labio-velar approximantEnglish water, French oui
xʃunvoiced post-alveolar fricativeEnglish shape or French cher
yjvoiced palatal approximantEnglish yard (except when post-iotating a vowel to create a vowel diphthong like oy)
zzvoiced alveolar fricativeEnglish zone. German speakers, beware. Mirad z is pronounced like a German s, as in Sohn, not like z as in zehn, which sounds more like ts.

Note: If you see a blank here instead of an IPA symbol, it probably means that the font you are using to display characters in your browser does not support these characters.

Vowels

There are 5 vowel phonemes, each of which can be followed by a y-sound, producing post-iotated vowels or diphthongs.

Spoken

This IPA chart shows the articulation of Mirad vowel phonemes:
FrontCentralBack
High/i//u/
Mid/e//o/
Low/a/

Written

The vowel graphemes (letters) in Mirad used to represent the above vowel phonemes (sounds) are as follows:

PHONEME/a//e//i//o//u/
GRAPHEMEaeiou

Pronunciation

  • Simple Vowels
The vowels are pronounced as they are in many European Latin-based languages. The table below gives their phonetic values and some examples.


VOWELIPA*SPANISHFRENCHENGLISH
aamanolaah!
eehechoéday (without the y-glide)
iisiouisee (without the y-glide)
oonoeauso (without the w-glide)
uutuvoustoo (without the w-glide)
* IPA = International Phonetic Alphabet
  • Iotated Vowels (Diphthongs)
Vowels in Mirad can be post-iotated ( = post-palatized, y-glided) with the consonant y to produce five vowel diphthongs. These diphthongs are pronounced as such only at the end of a syllable. For example, igay and eyna contain post-iotated vowel diphthongs, but maraya (ma-RA-ya) does not, since the y begins a syllable.
POST-IOTATED VOWELSIPA /PHONEMIC/ [PHONETIC]ENGLISH PRONUNCIATIONSPANISH/FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
ay/aj/ [aɪ]byehay ( Sp. there is)
ey/ej/ [eɪ]day (with y-glide)rey ( Sp. king)
iy/ij/ [iɪ]see (with y-glide)abeille (Fr. bee)
oy/oj/ [oɪ]boyhoy (Sp. today)
uy/uj/ [uɪ]gooeymuy (Sp. very)
Syllables starting with a y (ya, ye, etc.) form a set of what are known as pre-iotated vowels. Vowels, pre-iotated vowels, post-iotated vowels, and circum-iotated vowels (that is, those beginning and ending with a vowel like yay, yoy, etc.) are sometimes treated as a class of vowels in the grammar of Mirad for the sake of word-building.

Syllabification

Every syllable in Mirad contains one and only one vowel. A y when final or followed by a consonant is used to post-iotate or diphthongize the previous vowel and is therefore considered part of the syllable in which that vowel is the nucleus (see case 2, below). Similarly, the glides r, l, and w, when final or followed by a consonant are considered to be a part of the syllable where the preceding vowel is the nucleus (see case 4, below). Two vowels in a row form two syllabic nuclei (see cases 3, 6, and 7, below). Two non-glide or non-y consonants, are split between them (see case 8). How syllables are divided is important for determining where the stress accent goes in a word (see Stress, below).
CASEEXAMPLESYLLABIFIED
1ama hota-ma
2ayma warmay-ma
3aymsea warming upaym-se-a
4pyerxwa explodedpyer-xwa
5upayo will have comeu-pa-yo
6vyaa truevya-a
7vyaay trulyvya-ay
8vyay (not a word)vyay
9tambwa settledtam-bwa

Phonotactics

Syllables in Mirad are shaped according to the following Consonant-Vowel patterns:
PATTERNEXAMPLES
V[y]o, ay
C[lrwy]Vva, xwa, gyo, gla, gre
V[y]Ciyt, ad, ant, aynt
C[lrwy]V[y]Cdud, glas, glays, dren, toyb, xwer
V[lrn]Calx, arx, yalp, yarp, yank
Two non-glide consonants cannot appear together in the same syllable, except in foreign-imported words.

Stress

Stress in Mirad is not marked and is not phonemic, i.e. not semantically distinctive. However, in all words of more than one syllable, the stress is applied to the last, non-final vowel. In this case, final y is treated like a consonant, and so a word ending in ay is stressed on that syllable (since the a is non-final). The following chart gives some examples:
Mirad WordWith Stress and Syllabification Marked
teja vitalte-ja
igay quicklyi-gay
Mirad MiradMi-rad
booka tiredbo-o-ka
bookan fatiguebo-o-kan
tejea alivete-je-a
oyse lacksoy-se

Capitalization

Words in Mirad are capitalized as in English. That is:
  • The first word of a sentence is capitalized.
  • Proper nouns, including names of places and persons, inhabitants of those places, and the languages spoken there, are capitalized. (This contasts with usage in most European languages.)
  • All the letters of an acronym are upper case.
The following chart illustrates this:
MiradEnglish
AmerikamAmerica
AmerikamaAmerican
Amerikatan American
AmerikadAmerican English
IvanIvan
Dropek ay PoosWar and Peace
At Mirade.I speak Mirad.
Hyat be ha mir Mirado glojo.Everyone in the world will speak Mirad soon.
Yat tameya Boston.We were living in Boston.
His se Fransa vafil.This is a French wine.
Ha Anxwa Doobi gey dyunwe ha AD.The United Nations is also called the UN.

Punctuation

Punctuation and the rules governing it are the same as in English. The most common punctuation marks are:
PUNCTUATION MARKNAME
.period
,comma
;semi-colon
:colon
'single quote
"double quote
(left parens
)right parens
--dash
!exclamation point
?question mark
*asterisk

Nouns

Types of Nouns

Nouns in Mirad can be distinguished in these various ways:
  • common vs. proper
COMMONPROPER
tam...houseEmer...Venus
yagsim...benchFransam...France
dyes...bookNotre Dame...Notre Dame
tej...lifeTot...God
  • concrete vs. abstract
CONCRETEABSTRACT
tab...bodyifon...love
mil...wateroyman...coolness
deuz...songdeuzen...singing
  • countable vs. mass
COUNTABLEMASS
pat...birdpattel...bird food
patayeb...featherpatayebyan...plumage
meg...rockmil...water
  • gender-neutral vs. female-oriented
MALE-ORIENTEDFEMALE-ORIENTED
twob...mantoyb...woman
edweb...kingedeyb...queen
twed...fatherteyd...mother
  • singular or plural
SINGULARPLURAL
dom...citydomi...cities
gon...partgoni...parts
jub...dayjubi...days
  • inanimate (things) or animate (humans and animals)
INANIMATEANIMATE
mam...skypot...animal
tom...buildingaut...person
job...timetobot...child
Nouns also include gerunds, i.e. abstract nouns which are nominalized derivations of verbs like deuzen singing < deuzer to sing or osexen destruction < osexer to destroy.
In Mirad, all common nouns in their singular dictionary lookup form end in a CONSONANT. Proper nouns sometimes end in a vowel, such as Roma Rome. Plural common countable nouns end in the vowel i (pat birdpati birds).
The above noun type distinctions are relevant in various parts of Mirad's grammar.

Pluralization of Common Nouns

A singular countable common noun always ends in a consonant and is made plural by suffixing the plural marker vowel i. So, the plural of pur car is puri cars. In noun phrases, for example, where a noun is modified by an article and adjective, only the noun is pluralized, that is, there is no agreement across word boundaries as in many European languages (la belle fleur les belles fleurs).
SINGULARPLURAL
tam...housetami...houses
toyb...womantoybi...women
tej...lifeteji...lives
ha via dom...the beautiful cityha via domi...the beautiful cities

Articles

In Mirad, there is only a definite article, ha the; There is no indefinite article like English a / an. A noun is considered indefinite or general unless modified by the definite article ha (which in reality is a definite deictic determiner, discussed with other deictic determiners in the later section on Deictic Determiners). The definite article ha is positioned, as in English, before the noun and before any other adjectives or modifiers of that noun. It does not vary for gender, number, or case as in German or Spanish. The definite article acts like its counterpart in English, as shown in the following chart:
MIRADENGLISHSPECIFICITY
tama houseindefinite, no article
ha tamthe housedefinite
ha tamithe housesdefinite, plural
tejlifegeneral, no article
fitejawa teja life well-livedindefinite, no article
ha tej (...at bayse)the life (...I have)specific
FransadFrenchgeneral, no article
IvanIvanperson's name, no article
Iflu yivan!Cherish freedomabstraction, no article
Ha yivani hu yat ifie.The freedoms we enjoy.abstraction specified
Yata yivani...Our freedoms...abstraction specified with possessive pronoun, no article
Speakers of French and other European languages should take note that general concepts like love, life, freedom do not employ the definite article unless they refer to a specific instance, such as in the phrases the love that dare not speak its name or the life well-lived or the freedoms we possess. The names of languages and countries are also considered general, and so as in English, they do not take a definite article as they might in some European languages. Names of persons do not take the definite article as they do in modern Greek, unless in a phrase like "the Ivan I once knew."

Proper Nouns

Proper nouns, such as names of people, places, languages, etc., are capitalized as in English. The formation of country names and languages will be discussed in a later section. It can be said here, though, that country names for the most part end in -am; the inhabitants of those places end in -at or pl. -ati; and the languages they speak end in -ad. Country names take a definite article only in a few cases like ha Anxwa Doebi the United States, which is really composed of common nouns. Otherwise, a country name like Fransam does not take a definite article, just as it does not in English.

Modifiers: Placement and Agreement

Nouns can be modified by various qualitative, quantitative, and deictic adjectives, which all precede the noun. These modifiers come in the same order as in English. There is no gender or number agreement between the modifiers and the noun, except that numeric adjectives, such as ewa two naturally are followed by a noun in the plural number.
MiradEnglish
ha ewa aga tamithe two big houses
gla ifxea taximany pleasant memories
hya fia tobevery good man
ha yaga via mepithe long, beautiful roads
gra vua sexentoo much ugly construction
ata aja tejiMy past lives

Noun Linkage

Nouns can be
  1. linked with a preposition or conjunction, where the prepositional/conjunctional phrase follows the head noun, or
  2. juxtaposed, where the modifier noun is separated by a space and comes before the head noun, or
  3. compounded, where the modifier noun is prefixed to a headword, or
  4. hyphenated, where two equal elements are joined by a hyphen.
Examples:
LINKAGE EXAMPLECONSTRUCTION
Ivan ay Maria....Ivan and Maria nouns linked associatively by the conjunction ay (and)
ha tam ey ha par....the house or the carnouns linked associatively by the conjunction ey (or)
hyati oy ha toybi....all but the womennouns linked associatively by the conjunction or (but)
dunnyan boy eta dyun....a list without your namenouns linked associatively by the preposition boy (without)
tej bi nasuk....a life of povertynouns linked associatively by the preposition bi of
ha tam bi Maria ....Mary's house (the house of Marynouns linked possessively by the preposition bi (of)
job bi aga ivan....a time of great joynouns linked associatively by the preposition bi (of)
dyen ayv ha Ea Mira Dropek....a book about the Second World Warnouns linked associatively by the preposition ayv (about)
dropek jaxeni....war preparationsmodifier noun dropek (war) juxtaposed with the head noun jaxeni (preparations)
dom yautpur....a city busmodifier noun dom (city) juxtaposed with the head noun yautpur (bus)
tojvaf....a death wishmodifier noun toj (death) compounded with the head noun vaf (wish)
jogatanyaf....youth leaguemodifier noun jogat (youth) compounded with the head noun anyaf (league)
maj-moj...a day-and-nighttwo or more equal nouns hyphenated
The X bi Y prepositional construction must always be used for possession by a named person, eg. ha tam bi Sam (Sam's house = the house of Sam). The methods of noun linkage otherwise follow the English pattern in most all cases. Pronominal possession such as his car is discussed in the section on personal pronouns. The preposition bi of is used in partitive expressions like tilzyeb bi vafil a glass of wine (but: vafil tilzeb wine glass, where wine modifies the glass associatively). More about this and other prepositions or conjunctions can be found in the section on Prepositions or Conjunctions.
Details on how noun vocabulary is derived appears in the section on Word Formation.

Noun Derivational Suffixes

Nouns can be divided into:
  • simple nouns such as pur vehicle
  • compound nouns such as naadpur train < naad rail + pur vehicle
  • derived nouns such as fabyan forest < fab tree + -yan, a suffix meaning collection
Derived nouns are formed by attaching nominal suffixes (and sometimes prefixes)to other words or roots. A list of nominal suffixes to form derived nouns is shown in the following table. More can be read about noun derivation in the section on vocabulary-building.
SUFFIXMEANINGBASE ONTO WHICH
SUFFIX IS ADDED
EXAMPLES
-yancollection, grouping, -arynountob mantobyan mankind
mar starmaryan constellation
fab treefabyan forest
dyen bookdyenyan library
-ut, -uyt (f.)agent, one who Xes, -er, -antverb stembeker treatbekuyt nurse
poper travelpoput traveler
aker winakut winner
-enpresent gerund, -ing, -tion, -mentverb stemifier enjoyifien enjoyment
deuzer singdeuzen singing
axer actaxen action, acting
-ob, -oyb (f.)offspring, baby ofnountob human beingtoboyb baby girl
apet horseapetob foal
yopet goatyopetob kid
-anabstact quality, -ness, -hood, -ityadjective stemvia beautifulvia beauty
yeva fairyevan fairness, equity
toba humantoban humanity, humanness, manhood
-(s)(u)nobject, thingvarious stemsvyua dirtyvyun spot
tamber settletambun settlement
gorfer shredgorfun scrap, shred
yod not a singleyodsun not a single thing
-(s)onabstract thing, issuevarious stemsifer to loveifon love
ov againstovon obstacle
aza strong → azon force
yika difficultyikson problem
-indoctrine, dogma, -ismvarious stemstot godtotin religion, theism
otofa nudeotofin nudism
yulf terroryulfin terrorism
-tunscience of, -ologynountot godtottun theology
tob mantobtun anthropology
vob plantvobtun botany
-essmall item, partnountom buildingtomes apartment
saun kindsaunes sample
dreuz poemdeuzes stanza
mek dust, powdermekes speck, gain
-etsub-level version of (persons only)nountad fathertadet son
tuyd aunttuydet niece
tyud tutor → tyudet pupil
-sthing, something, object, the X oneadjectiveaa first → aas first one, first thing
otwa unknownotwas mystery
tejea livingtejeas living thing
-tpersonadjectiveea second → eat second one, second person
faa holyfaat holy one, saint
ujna lastujat last one, last person
Amerika AmericanAmerikat an American
-dlanguage, speech, soundadjective and other stemsAngla EnglishAnglad English (language)
Mira of the worldMirad Mirad (world speech)
apet horseaped neigh, whinny
-(e)mplacevarious stemsho-? what-? → hom? where?
yex workyexem worksite
ab on, aboveabem top, surface
kua lateralkum side
-(a)mplace, house, buildingvarious stemsnun merchanise → nunam store
til drink → tilam bar, tavern
fyadiler to prayfyadilam church
-imroom, chambervarious stemsfadiler to prayfadilim chapel
mageler to cookmagelim kitchen
tofer to dresstofim dressing room
-[aou]rinstrument, device, machineusu. verb stemper to gopur car
drer to writedrar pencil
gorber to cutgorbar knife
yalber to liftyalbur elevator, lift
dop militarydopur machine gun
-agbignountam house → tamag mansion
tyal mealtyalag banquet
tilar spoontilarag ladle
-aygbig and cutenountam housetamayg cozy mansion
epet dogepetayg wolfie
-yagbig and uglynountud uncletudyag dirty old uncle
toyb womantoybyag hag
-oglittlenountab body → tabog corpuscle
apet horseapetog pony
tyal mealtyalog snack
gorbun cutgorbunog cutlet
-oyglittle and cutenountam housetamoyg cottage
apayt chickenapaytoyg chickadee
mimpar boatmirparoyg dingy
-yoglittle and uglynountam housetamyog shack
epat duckepatyog ugly duckling
kod secretkodyog little dirty secret
-igsuddennoun and verb stemman lightmanig flash
pyex strokepyexig swat
yopaper dive, fly downyopapig swoop
-iflove of, -philianountel foodtelif gourmandise
doab homelanddoabif patriotism
dyes bookdyesif bibliophilia, love of books
-efneed ofnountel foodtelef hunger
iga fastigef emergency
til drinktilef thirst
-ufhate of, -phobianounmil water → miluf hydrophobia
totin religiontotinuf hatred of religion
toyb womantoybuf misogyny
-yuffear of, -phobianounlopyet snakelopyetyuf fear of snakes
mil watermilyuf hyrophobia
-yafability to, power, -abilityverb stemteater to seeteatyaf ability to see
texer to thinktexyaf cognition
tester to understandtestyaf comprehension
noser to spendnosyaf spending power
-yofinability to, disabilityverb stemteater to seeteatyof blindness
teeter to hearteetyof deafness
paser to movepasyof paralysis
tujer to sleeptujyof insomnia
-yefcompulsion to, maniaverb stemvyoder to lievyodyef compulsion to lie
kobier to stealkobiyef kleptomania, compulsion to steal

Gender

Nouns in Mirad are gender-neutral, unless those relating to people, animals, and sometimes clothing, are altered to be specifically male/male-oriented or female/female-oriented. To create the male or male-oriented form of an otherwise gender-neutral noun, prefix the vowel of the semantically-significant syllable with the letter w. To create the female or female-oriented form, suffix the vowel of the semantically-significant syllable with y. If the noun is an agent noun with the suffix -ut, that is, a noun that means "one who does something as an occupation or behavior", the ending -ut is changed to -uyt for the female form, but the male form stays the same. The reason for this is that the addition of a w to the agentive ending could be confused with the verbal passive marker w (see the chapter on Verbs. The chart below shows how this works:
NEUTRALMALE/MALE-ORIENTEDFEMALE/FEMALE-ORIENTED
tob....human being, persontwob....mantoyb....woman
tobet....childtwobet....boytoybet....girl
tad....spousetwad....husbandtayd....wife
ejtad....step spouseejtwad....step-husbandejtayd....step-wife
ajtad....ex-spouseajtwad....ex-husbandajtayd....ex-wife
ted....parenttwed....fatherteyd....mother
datif....sweetheartdwatif....boyfrienddaytif....girlfriend
yapet....pigyapwet....boaryapeyt....sow
ideb....monarchidweb....kingideyb....queen
apat....fowlapwat....roosterapayt....hen
tiuv....underweartiwuv....briefstiuyv....panties
vapet....antelopevapwet....deervapeyt....doe
deuzut....singerdeuzut....singerdeuzuyt....songstress
toos....gendertwoob....maletooyb....female
For gender specification in pronouns, see Pronouns, below).

Adjectives

Adjectives can be of the following types:
  • descriptive
  • qualitative, like iva (happy), fia (good), oga (small)
  • denominal (noun-derived), like doma (urban) < dom (city) or teaba (ocular) < teab (eye)
  • deverbal (verb-derived), (participles) like tejea (living) < tejer (to live) or twa (known) < ter (to know)
  • preposition-derived, like aba (upper) < ab on top of or zoa (posterior) < zo (behind)
  • determinative
  • deictic, like hia (this), huyena (such), haewa (both)
  • numeric, like awa (one), ea (second), iona (triple)
  • quantitative, like ga (more), glo (few), gra (to much)
  • pronominal, like ata (my), hota? (whose), hyeta (anyone's)
Descriptive adjectives are the main focus of this section. Determinative adjectives (determiners) behave differently and are discussed under Determiners. Deverbal adjectives, usually referred to as participles, are treated in the section on Verbs, since they are formed from verbs. Pronominal adjectives (i.e. possessive adjectives) are treated under both the section on Determiners and the section on Pronouns.
All descriptive adjectives end in the adjectival marker vowel a.
  • fi- (root qualitative morpheme) ⇒ fia good
  • pur (noun meaning vehicle) ⇒ pura vehicular
  • dalw- (passive stem of the verb speak) ⇒ dalwa spoken
  • ab (preposition meaning on) ⇒ aba superior
Such adjectives precede the noun or noun phrase they modify:
  • aga tam....a big house
  • ha fia toyb....the good woman
  • ata boka ted....my sick father
  • fia telsyeb bi vafil.....a good bottle of wine
  • Aata dooba doof....our national flag
  • Ata tejea tyedi.....my living relatives
doba xeut state agent can also be expressed as the noun compound dobxeut. Dob means a state.
pata bok avian illness can be compounded as patbok, literally bird illness.
Note: Compounded nouns often have an idiomatic meaning not exactly equal to their separate parts. More about this in the later section on vocabulary-building.

Comparison of Adjectives by Degree

As in English, descriptive adjectives can be modified by degree. To do this, a quantitative determiner of degree (ga, ge, etc.) is placed before the adjective, producing positive / negative comparative, equalitative, superlative, and other degree expressions as in the following table. The quantitative determiners themselves that are used in these comparative expressions are discussed in detail in a later section on Quantitative Determiners.
QUANTITATIVE DETERMINERCOMPARISON
ga morega fia (vyel) better (than)
ge as, equallyge fia (vyel) as good (as)
go lessgo fia (vyel) less good (than)
gla verygla fia very good
glay soglay fia so good
gle rather/quitegle fia rather/quite good
glo not veryglo fia not very/slightly good
gra toogra fia too good
gre enoughgre fia good enough
gro not enoughgro fia insufficiently good/not good enough
gwa mostgwa fia (bi, be) best (of, in)
gwe averagegwe fia good on average
gwo leastgwo fia (bi, be) least good (of, in)
The relative conjunction vyel is used to translate English as in an equalitative comparison or than in a non-equalitative comparison. Examples:
  • Ata tam se ga aga vyel etas. My house is bigger than yours.
  • Hia tam voy se ge aga vyel atas. This house is not as big as mine.
  • His se ha gwa aga tam bi aata yubem. This is the biggest house in our neighborhood.
Unlike in English, where comparative forms can be irregular (smaller, more intense, better), there are no exceptions in the comparison of Mirad adjectives and adverbs.

Abstract Quality Nouns Derived from Adjectives

Nouns referring to abstract qualities can be derived from qualitative and often other adjectives by suffixing the letter n. For example:
ADJECTIVEABSTRACT QUALITY
fia goodfian goodness
yeva justyevan justice
uja finalujan finality
joga youngjogan youth
teyda maternalteydan motherhood, maternity
dooba nationdooban nationality
tojbuwa lethaltojbuwan lethality

Reversing the Semantics of Adjectives

Descriptive adjectives can be negated by prefixing the vowel o. This has the effect of English un- in words like unlike, unhappy, and undetermined or the Greek private prefix a(n)- in words like asymmetric or anomalous.
Prefixing the syllable yo has an even stronger semantic effect. It denotes the polar opposite of the adjective.
Here are some examples:
NORMALNEGATED
ega.... normaloega.... abnormal
twa.... knownotwa.... unknown
geyla.... similarogeyla.... dissimilar
iva.... happyoiva.... unhappy
data.... friendlyodata.... unfriendly
yodata.... inimical, enemy-like

Adjectival Derivational Endings

All descriptive adjectives end in at least the suffix a. Many adjectives are derived from other parts of speech, using one of more of the following derivational endings.
ENDINGTRANSITION TYPEMEANINGBASE WORDDERIVED ADJECTIVE
-aN->ADJrelating to, offyaat god
tob man
dom city
fyaata divine
toba human
doma urban
-aya / -ikaN->ADJfull of, -ful, -ousmil water
meb mountain
tes meaning
milaya watery, aquaous
mebika mountainous
tesaya meaningful
-oya / -ukaN->ADJempty of, -less, -freeteb head
level sugar
tes meaning
teboya headless
leveluka sugar-free
tesoya meaningless
-yenaN->ADJlike, -ish, -yfyaat god
tob man
dom city
fyaatyena godly, godlike
tobyena manly, virile
domyena urbane
-eaV->ADJ-ing, -ent, -antags- grow
tej- live
kyas- change
agsea growing, crescent
tejea living, alive
kyasea changing, variant
-yeaV->ADJ-ive, tending todal- talk
tox- forget
vad- affirm
dalyea talkative
toxyea forgetful
vadyea affirmative
-waV->ADJ-eddal- talk
tox- forget
vad- affirm
dalwa spoken
toxwa forgotten
vadwa affirmed
-oaV->ADJ-about to, apt totoj- die
kyes- happen
tajb- give birth
tojoa moribund
kyesoa imminent
tajboa about to deliver
-uaV->ADJ-able, potentially Vtojb- kill
bukx- harm
akuj- succeed
tojbua lethal
bukxua dangerous
akujua potentially successful

Pronominalization of Adjectives

Adjectives can be pronominalized (converted to a pronoun) by adding s for things and t for persons. These, in turn, can be pluralized by suffixing the plural marker i.
ADJECTIVEINANIMATE PRONOUNANIMATE PRONOUN
fia.... goodfias.... a good thing
fiasi.... good things
fiat.... a good person
fiati.... good persons
aga.... bigagas.... something big
agasi.... big ones
agat.... a big person
agati.... big persons
joga.... young, newjogas.... something new, novelty
jogasi.... new ones
yogat.... young person, youth
yogati.... youngsters
jaga.... oldjagas.... antique
jagasi.... old ones
jagat.... elderly person
jagati.... oldsters
awa.... one
ewa....two
awas.... one (of them)
ewasi.... two (of them)
awat.... one (of them)
ewati.... two of them
hia.... thishias.... this one
hiasi.... these (things)
hiat.... this one
hiati.... these
gla.... much, manyglas.... a lot (of stuff)
glasi.... many (things)

glati.... many (people)
Examples:
  • Hia tyoyaf se ogre aga. At fu ga agas. This shoe is not big enough. I'd like a bigger one.
  • Aat fu daler bay ha gwa jogati. We would like to speak with the youngest ones.
  • At fe teaxer ha jogas, voy ha jagas. I want to look at the new one, not the old one.
  • Ha ujnati so ha ijnati. The last shall be the first.

Adverbs

Adverbs are words that modify verbs, adjectives, or other adverbs.

Derived Adverbs

Adverbs can be derived from descriptive adjectives by adding y to the a ending.
ADJECTIVEADVERB
fia goodfiay well
yeva fairyevay fairly
uja finalujay finally
joga newjogay newly
teyda maternalteyday maternally
At the end of sentences or clauses, common one-syllable-stem adverbs can be shortened by removing the ay ending:
  • Iyt deuze fi..... She sings well.
  • At upo ig..... I'll come quickly.
Otherwise, the full adverb form is used, eg.:
  • Eet yefe ugay fiaser.....You must slowly improve.
  • At tojo ivay, tea hav at beaye fia tej.....I will die happily knowing that I've had a good life.

Inherent Adverbs

There are some words in the language that are inherently adverbs and do not take the ay ending, because they are not formed from adjectives. Here are the most common examples:
yab....upyeb....in
oyeb....out
yob....downyub....nearyib....far
ab....oneb....betweenob....offub....towardib....away
bay....with/alongboy....withoutbyu....as far (as)byi....since
vay....indeedvey....perhapsvoy....not
zay....aheadzey....across
ze....to the middle
zoy....backzu....to the leftzi....to the right
uz....on a curveiz....straight, directly
yuz....aroundyiz....beyond
gay....alsogey....evengoy....no more
gaj....stillgoj....no longer
yan....togetheryon....apart
jay....beforehandjey....currentlyjoy....afterwards
The words in the above chart that are underlined can also serve as prepositions (See Prepositions).
These words are considered adverbial because they can modify verbs. For example:
  • At teaxa yab..... I looked up.   (= At yabteaxa.)
  • Duhev et hyej upo zoy?..... Will you ever come back.   (= ...zoyupo?)
  • Et po yib be tej...... You will go far in life.   (= Et yipo...)
  • At voy se eta ted.....I am not your father.
  • Pu zuy, jogat!....Go left, young man!   (= Zuypu...)
  • Aat vay sa hum.....We were indeed there.
  • It pa oyeb.....He went outside.   (= It oyepa.)
  • Iyt gay deuze.....She also sings.
  • Yit yexe gey be moji.....They work even nights.
  • Ha tobob gaj tujeye.....The baby is still sleeping.
  • Aat yefe yexer yan.....We must work together.   (= ...yanyexer.)
  • His vey upo yon.....This may come apart.   (= ...yonupo.)
  • Hit se jay toja.....This one is already dead.
Many of the above adverbs can be prefixed to verbs, nouns, and even adjecctives to indicate motion in various directions. (Keep in mind that the b or p can be assimilated to the first letter of per (go) or ber (put). For example:
  • yeb (in) + per (go) = yeper (to enter)  [NOT: yebper]
  • oyeb (out) + bier (take) = oyebier (to take out)  [NOT: oyebbier]
  • yab (up) + per (go) = yaper (to rise)  [NOT: yabper]
  • yob (up) + kima (sloped) = yobkima (downward-sloping)
  • yub (near) + per (go) = yuper (to approach)  [NOT: yubper]
  • yib (far) + daler (talk) = yibdaler (to telephone)
  • yiz (beyond) + per (go) = yizper (to surpass)
  • yuz (around) + pipen (sailing) = yuzpipen (circumnavigation)
  • zay (ahead) + paser (move) = zaypaser (to advance)
  • ze (to the middle) + jaga (aged) = zejaga (middle-aged)
  • zey (across) + mep (road) = zeymep (bridge)
  • zoy (back) + nogea (gradual) = zoynogea (retrogressive)
  • iz (straight) + nad (line) = iznad (vector)
  • zi (to the right) + kum (side) = izkum (right side)
  • zu (far) + tuyab (hand) = zutuyaba (left-handed)
  • uz (on a curve) + nad (line) = uznad (curve)
  • yan (together) + up (come) = yanup (a meeting)
  • yon (apart) + ber (put) = yonber (to separate)

Word Order of Adverbs

The word order of adverbs is fairly free, as in English. But, to avoid ambiguity, the adverb should be placed immediately before or after the sentence element it modifies, eg.:
  • It deuze viay..... He sings beautifully.
  • Et yefe xer gwa ig..... You must do it as quickly as possible.
  • Et hyoj ako firxa ivan..... You will never gain perfect happiness.
  • At voy te. (OR) At te voy. .... I don't know.

Comparison of Adverbs by Degree

Adverbs can be compared just as adjectives with the use of quantitative determiners. The words than and as are translated by the relative conjunction vyel.
POSITIVE+/=/- COMPARATIVE+/- SUPERLATIVE
fiay.... wellga fiay vyel.... better than (Lit: more good-ly than)
ge igay vyel....as well as
go fiay vyel....less well than
gwa fiay....(the) best (Lit: most good-ly, as well as possible
gwo fiay....(the) least well

Determiners

Determiners are words that specify or point out the context of nouns and other parts of speech. The English determiner this, for example, specifies a noun for its proximity to the current context. Determiners can be categorized in Mirad as the following types:
TYPEENGLISH EXAMPLES
Quantitativemore, less, very
Numericalone, half, first
Deicticthe, this, some, every, which?, when
Pronominalmy, anybody's, one's own
Furthermore, as for part of speech, determiners can be adjectives, pronouns, or adverbs. As adjectives, determiners can itemize or classify. As pronouns, they can refer to one or more persons (male or female) or things. As adverbs, they can specify time, place, degree, kind, age, frequency, and so forth.

Quantitative Determiners

Quantitative determiners act in one of several ways, they:
  • specify mass, uncountable, singular nouns for relative AMOUNT, eg. much happiness, less work
  • specify countable nouns for relative NUMBER, eg. one apple, two birds, many places
  • specify adverbs, adjectives, and verbs for relative DEGREE, eg. how poorly, very good, eat too much.
From these, pronominalized quantitative determiners for PERSONS and THINGS can be derived.
  • Inanimate singular pronouns are formed by adding s for AN AMOUNT OF A THING
  • Inanimate plural pronouns are formed by adding si for A NUMBER OF THINGS
  • Animate plural pronouns are formed by adding ti for A NUMBER OF PERSONS.
The following table presents most of these word forms:
ADVERB / ADJECTIVESINGULAR INANIMATE PRONOUNPLURAL INANIMATE PRONOUNPLURAL ANIMATE PRONOUN
DEGREE: How...(big / quickly)?
AMOUNT: How much...(money)?
NUMBER: How many...(books)?
AMOUNT: How much...(+ STUFF)?NUMBER: How many...(+ THINGS)?NUMBER: How many...(+ PEOPLE)?
ga moregas more (stuff)gasi many (things)gati many (people)
ge as, as much, as manyges as much (stuff)gesi as many (things)geti as many people
go less, fewergos less (stuff)gosi fewer (things)goti fewer (people)
gla very, much, many
glay so, so much, so many
glas much (stuff)
glays so much stuff)
glasi many (things)
glaysi so many (things)
glati many (people)
glayti so many (people)
gle rather, quite a lot, quite a fewgles quite a lot (of stuff)glesi quite a lot (of things)qleti quite a few (people)
glo slightly, a little, fewglos a little bitglosi a few (things)gloti few (people)
gra too, too much, too manygras too much (stuff)grasi too many (things)grati too many (people)
gre enoughgres enough (stuff)gresi enough (things)greti enough (people)
gro insufficiently, too little, too fewgros too littlegrosi too fewgroti too few (people)
gwa mostgwas the most (stuff)gwasi the most (things)gwati most people
gwe so, so much, so manygwes so much (stuff)gwesi so many (things)gweti so many (people)
gwo leastgwos the least (stuff)gwosi the least (number of)gwoti the least number (of people)
Examples Using Quantitative Determiners
Adverbs of degree modifying an adjective:
  • At se gla iva.....I am very happy.
  • Et sa gra uga.....You were too slow.
Adverbs of Degree modifying another adverb:
  • Twobi dale ge igay vyel toybi.....Men talk as fast as women.
  • Aat yexe ga igay vyel yet.....We work faster (= more quickly) than you.
Adjectives quantifying a singular mass noun:
  • Ga nas efwo.....More money will be needed.
  • Gra nas noxwa....Too much money was spent.
Adjectives quantifying a plural countable noun (= things or people):
  • At ayse gro sari....I've got too few tools.
  • Gla tami osexwa.....Many houses were destroyed.
  • Aat efe gla ga valdibuti.....We need many more policemen.
Pronouns referring to a mass amount of something (= stuff):
  • Gas ilokeye.....More (stuff) is leaking.
  • Et dileye gras.....You are asking for too much (stuff).
  • Yat kexo gwas.....We will seek as much (stuff) as possible.
Pronouns referring to a countable number of things:
  • Hisi se fia oy yat fe gasi.....These (items) are good but we want more (items).
  • At teate drilari oy grosi.....I see pens, but too few.
Pronouns referring to a countable number of people:
  • Grati xaye vyosi be hia yexem.....Too many (people) have made mistakes at this work site.
  • Glati dyunwe oy gloti kebiwe.....Many are called but few are chosen.

Numerical Determiners

Numerical determiners are number words that modify nouns, such as one, fifty, a hundred. They are based on the cardinal numbers, which are explained here:

Cardinal Numbers

The cardinal numbers are words used in counting. These words are based on the vowels of Mirad and are crucial to any hierarchical ordering of lexical concepts.
  • The units are formed from the plain and pre-iotated vowels:
0123456789
oaeiuyoyayeyiyu
zeroonetwothreefourfivesixseveneightnine
The numerals 5-9 are pre-iotated versions of the vowels that constitute 0-4.
  • The formative letter l + o zero is used to form the decades, seen below:
102030405060708090
aloeloilouloyoloyaloyeloyiloyulo
tentwentythirtyfortyfiftysixtyseventyeightyninety
By changing the o zero in lo to other cardinal unit numbers, the numbers between the decades can be generated as follows:
aloeloilouloyoloyaloyeloyiloyulo
ala 11ela 21ila 31ula 41yola 51yala 61yela 71yila 81yula 91
ale 12ele 22ile 32ule 42yole 52yale 62yele 72yile 82yule 92
...........................
alyu 19elyu 29ilyu 39ulyu 49yolyu 59yalyu 69yelyu 79yilyu 89yulyu 99
  • By changing the decades marker l to s, you get the hundreds:
100200300400500600700800900
asoesoisousoyosoyasoyesoyisoyuso
All the numbers in between the hundreds, can be generated by modifying the so ending, for example:
  • asa 101
  • asale 112
  • usyulyu 199
  • The thousands are generated with the formative letter r:
  • aro 1,000
  • aro a 1,001
  • ero isi 2,300
  • yoro yasula 5,641
  • The millions are generated with the formative letters ml:
  • emlo 2,000,000
  • umlo 4,000,000
  • The billions are generated with the formative letters mr;
  • yamro 6 billion
The numbers composed with r, ml, and mr keep the o and are separated from the other numbers by a space.
iro asyulyo 3,195
yamlo asyulyo 6,000,195
alomro yelyomlo asyilyaro yusele 10,075,186,922

Cardinal Numerical Determiners

Cardinal numerical determiners are numbers that modify a noun as to quantity. In a sequence of adjectives, the numerical determiner goes first. Cardinal numerical determiners are the same in form as cardinal numbers, but a special counter morpheme wa is added to the last monosyllabic number simply to aid in the comprehension and disambiguation of the words. If the numeric determiner is 2 or higher in value, then the noun is pluralized. Unlike English, "zero" is followed by a singular noun.
MiradEnglishWa BehaviorPluralization Behavior
owa tamno houses, zero housesThe number is monosyllabic,
so wa is suffixed.
The number is less than 2,
so the noun is singular.
awa tamone house, a house""
ewa tamitwo houses"The number is greater than 2,
so the noun is pluralized.
iwa tamithree houses""
uwa tamifour houses""
yowa tamifive houses""
yawa tamisix houses""
yewa tamiseven houses""
yiwa tamieight houses""
yuwa taminine houses""
alo tamiten housesThe number is polysyllabic,
so no wa is suffixed.
"
ase tamia hundred two houses""
ero iwa tamitwo thousand three housesThe number i is monosyllabic,
so wa is suffixed.
"
iro alo tamithree thousand ten housesThe number alo is polysyllabic,
so wa is not suffixed.
"
Cardinal numerical determiners can be pronominalized as things and persons by suffixing s or t, respectively. These can, in turn, be pluralized by suffixing i. Furthermore, person pronouns can be feminized with a y before the t. The s suffix is short for sun thing or suni things. The t ending is short for aut person or auti persons. For example:
  • Et bayse awa tam. At gey bayse awas (= awa sun). You have one house. I have one too.
  • At baysa alo dresari. Hij at bayse anay ewasi (= ewa suni). I had ten pencils. Now I only have two.
  • Esa asoti (= aso auti) yeb ha duzam.There were a hundred people in the concert hall.
  • Aat yefe kebier eluyti (= elu auyti) bi huti. We must choose twenty-four females from those people.

Ordinal Numerical Determiners

Ordinal numerical determiners like first, second, etc. are formed from the cardinal numbers by adding the adjectival ending a to the cardinal number.
Cardinal NumberOrdinal Numerical Determiner
o.... zerooa.... zeroth
a.... oneaa.... first
e.... twoea.... second
i.... threeia.... third
alo.... tenaloa.... tenth
asu.... 104asua.... 104th
The word nap order can be inserted in these words to make them more comprehensible in speech:
  • anapa.... first, first in order, primary*
  • enapa.... second, second in order, secondary
  • inapa.... third, third in order, tertiary
  • alanapa.... eleventh, eleventh in order
There are other ordinal adjectives that are not based on numbers:
  • ijna.... initial, first, original
  • ujna.... last, final
  • ajna.... past, ex-, former
  • ojna.... future
  • ejna.... present, current
  • jana.... previous, last
  • jona.... next, following
Ordinal numerical determiners and adjectives can be converted into adverbs by adding the suffix y to the adjectival counterparts:
AdjectiveAdverb
aa.... firstaay.... firstly
anapa.... firstanapay.... primarily
ea.... secondeay.... secondly
ujna.... lastujnay.... finally
Ordinal numerical determiners can be converted to animate pronouns (persons) with the suffix t and inanimate pronouns (things) with the suffix s. These, in turn, can be pluralized with the suffix i. The person pronouns can also be feminized.
  • ha aas.... the first thing
  • ha aat.... the first person
  • ha aati.... the first people
  • hua aayt.... that first female
  • ha eas.... the second thing
  • eat.... another / a second person
  • ha ujnati so ha ijnati.... the last shall be first
Again, in the sequencing of stacked adjectival elements, the order is as in English, that is: <deictic or pronominal adjective> | <ordinal numerical determiner> | <cardinal numerical determiner> | <adjective>
  • hua uwa aga tami.... those four big houses
  • ha aa alo oga tami.... the first ten little houses
  • ata anapa ewa oga tobobi.... my first two little children

Fractional Numerical Determiners

Fractional numerical determiners like half and quarter are formed by adding -yn for those functioning as nouns, -yna for adjectives, -ynay for adverbs, or -yn for prefixes, to the respective cardinal number.
CARDINAL NUMBERFRACTION AS NOUNAS ADJECTIVEAS ADVERBAS PREFIXAS VERB
o.... zerooyn.... a void, vacuumoyna.... non-existant--oy(n)-.... devoid ofoynxer.... annihilate
a.... oneayn.... whole
ha ayn.... the whole
ayna.... entire, wholeaynay.... entirelyay(n)-.... holo-, whole-, all-aynxer.... integrate
e.... twoeyn.... a halfeyna.... halfeynay.... halfwayey(n)-.... half-, semi-, hemi-, demi-eynxer.... halve
i.... threeiyn.... a thirdiyna.... thirdiynay.... by a thirdiy(n)-.... terci-iynxer.... cut in third
u.... fouruyn.... a quarteruyna.... quarteruynay.... quarterlyuy(n)-.... quadri-uynxer.... quarter
alo.... tenaloyn.... a tenthaloyna.... tenthaloynay.... by a tenthaloy(n)-.... deci-aloynxer.... decimate
aso.... hundredasoyn.... hundredth, percentasoyna.... hundredthasoynay.... by a hundredthasoy(n)-.... centi-asoynxer.... cut by a hundred
Here are some examples:
  • His uxo ha oynxen bi yata mir..... This will cause the anihilation of our world.
  • Ha ayna mir te ayv et..... The whole world knows about you.
  • Has se gas ev ha ayn bi hasa goni..... It is more than the whole of its parts.
  • Fransad se ayn-druna dalyen..... France is a holophrastic language.
  • Et yafe bier eyn..... You can take half.
  • Yat yefo eynxer eta yexnix..... We will have to halve your salary.
  • Hus sa eyn-vyan..... That was a half-truth.
  • Eso eyn-zyunida dropek..... There is going to be a hemispheric war.
  • Duhev his se eyn-exea dopar?.... Is this a semi-automatic weapon?
  • Iynxu hua ableyavol..... Cut that pie in thirds.
  • It yeyfe bixwer ay uynxwer..... He should be drawn and quartered.
  • Hia nas se aloyn bi has yat baysa zojab..... This money is a tenth of what we had last year.
  • Ha dep aloynxwu..... The army would be decimated.
  • Ewa asoyni bi ha dityan baksa..... Two percent (=hundredths) of the citizenry got sick.
  • Hia tom se anay asoynge aga vyel hua tom..... This building is only a hundredth as big as that building.
The fractional adverbs can be used as in these examples:
  • Et so aynay dudyefa av eta axi..... You will be wholly accountable for your actions.
  • Iyt eynay tikabeloka..... She almost (=halfway) threw up.
Words like half of it, a third of them:
  • Eynas sa fia.....Half of it was good.
  • Eynasi sa fua.....Half of them were bad.
  • Esa uwa tobi se hua fukyes. Eynati toja.....There were four people in that accident. Half (of them) died.
  • Iynati bi yet se vyasa.....A third of you are right.
  • Uynati bi yat yantexe.....A quarter of us agree.
  • Alo asoynasi bi hia dyeni fyunxwa.....Ten percent of these books were ruined.

Multiplicative Numerical Determiners

Multiplicative numerical determiners like double, triple can be formed by adding -on to the respective cardinal number if the number is monosyllabic, otherwise just -n. These noun forms can be adjectivized with the suffix -a. They can also serve as prefixes on animate nouns, inanimate nouns, and prefixes, as the following chart shows. The prefix ending, -n is often dropped.
CARDINAL NUMBERMULTIPLE AS NOUN...AS ADJECTIVE...AS ADVERB...AS PREFIX...AS VERB-MAKER
o.... zerooon.... nulloona.... nilon-.... zero-onxer.... cancel, zero out
a.... oneaon.... singleaona.... singleaonay.... singlyan-.... uni-/mono-anxer unify
e.... twoeon.... twosome, doubleeona.... doubleeonay.... doublyen-.... di-/bi-enxer double
i.... threeion.... threesome, tripletiona.... tripleionay.... triplyin-.... tri--inxer.... triple
u.... fouruon.... quartetuona.... quadrupleuonay.... quadruplyun-.... quadri-/tetra-unxer.... quadruple
yo.... fiveyoon.... quintetyoona.... quintupleyoonay.... quintuplyyoon-*.... quinti-/penta-yoonxer*.... quintuple
ya.... sixyaon.... sextetyaona.... sextupleyaonay.... sextuplyyaon-*.... sexi-/hexa-yaonxer*.... sextuple
alo.... tenalon.... decadealona.... decadicalonay.... by a multiple of tenalon-.... deca-alonxer.... multiply by ten
aso.... hundredason.... hundredfoldasona.... hundredfoldasonay.... by a hundredfoldason-.... hecato-asonxer.... multiply by a hundred
* An extra o is added to these prefixes to avoid ambiguity with yan meaning together and yon meaning apart.
The multiplicative noun dozen is expressed by aleon.
  • Aleoni bi pati yizpapa..... Dozens of birds flew by.
By adding the suffix -at to the noun multiple, we get groupings of people:
  • aonat.... solo, single
  • aonatser.... become single
  • eonat.... duo, pair, twosome, couple
  • eonatser.... couple up, copulate
  • ionat.... trio, threesome, trinity
  • Ionatin.... Trinitarianism
  • uonat.... quartet, foursome
  • yoonat.... quintet, group of five people
  • yoonati.... quintets


By adding the suffix -un instead of -on, we get the following:
  • aun.... unit
  • auna.... unitary, individual
  • aunser.... unite
  • aunyan.... series
  • aunyana.... serial
  • eun.... pair
  • euna.... even, paired, binary
  • oeuna.... odd, non-binary, uneven, unpaired
  • oeunat.... odd man out
  • eunxer.... even out
Some examples where the above multiple determiners and derivatives are used:
  • Yat naptyoyapa be eonati yez ha mep..... We marched in twos (= pairs) down the street.
  • Asonati upo bay aat bu is ovdal..... Hundreds (of people) will come with us to this protest.
  • Hia ivxel xwe enyabay..... This celebration happens biennially.
  • Iyt se untubokat..... She is a quadriplegic. (Lit: x 4+limb+loss+person)
  • Diwe sagu ha auni..... Please count the units.
  • Eet gafisa aronay!.... You all have improved a thousandfold!
  • Tob se entyoyaba sat..... Man is a bipedal creature.
Note: Sometimes the multiple prefix ending in -on in the numbers below ten is shortened to -n in common words:
  • anzyus.... monocycle
  • enzyus.... bicycle
  • ingun.... triangle
  • ungun.... quadrangle
Note: The prefixes for penta-/quinti- and hexa-/sext- must keep the -on so as to distinguish them from the prefixes yon apart and yan together.
  • yoongona.... quintipartite  BUT: yonper.... separate, go apart
  • yaongun.... hexagon  BUT: yanuper.... meet, come together

Frequentative Determiners

There are two ways to form determiners of frequency:
  • Using jod(i) meaning occasion(s), instance(s), time(s), or
  • Using xag meaning frequency
Here is a chart showing the most common frequency determiners:
"JOD" METHOD"XAG" METHODMEANING
hogla jodi?hoxag?how often?, how many times?
hagla jodihaxagas many times, as often
hegla jodihexagsometimes, on some occasions
higla jodihixagthis often, this many times
hugla jodihuxagthat often, that many times, so many times
huugla jodihuuxagso often, so many times
hyogla jodihyoxagnever, on no occasion
hyagla jodihyaxagalways, at all times
hyegla jodihyexagany number of times, however often
hyigla jodihyixagas often, the same number of times
hyugla jodihyuxagnot as often, some other number of times
ga jodigaxag (vyel)more often (than)
ge jodigexag (vyel)as many times (as), as often (as)
go jodigoxag (vyel)less often (than)
gla jodiglaxagmany times, often
gle jodiglexagquite a few times, quite often
glo jodigloxagnot so many times, seldom
gra jodigraxagtoo often
gre jodigrexagoften enough
gro jodigroxagtoo seldom
gwa jodigwaxagas often as possible, most often, most times
gwe jodigwexagan average number of times
gwo jodigwoxagleast often, as seldom as possible
owa jod--never, at no time, zero times
awa jod--once, one time
ewa jodi--twice, two times
iwa jodi--thrice, three times
alo jodi--ten times

Arithmetical Expressions

The following chart shows verbs from which are formed derivative words relating to mathematical operations:
VERBOPERATIONPATIENTSUBJECTOPERATORSIGNRESULT
gaber.... addgab.... additiongabwas.... addendgabeas.... addergab.... plus, +gabsin.... plus signgabix.... sum
galer.... multiplygal.... multiplicationgalwas.... multiplicandgaleas.... multipliergal.... times, xgalsin.... times signgalix.... product
garer.... exponentiate, raisegar.... powergarwas.... number being raisedgareas.... exponentgar.... raised to the power ofgarsin.... exponentgarix.... raising result
gober.... subtractgob.... subtractiongobwas.... subtrahendgobeas.... subtractorgob.... minus, -gobsin.... minus signgobix.... difference
goler.... dividegol.... division, fractiongolwas.... dividendgoleas.... divisorgol.... divided by, ÷golsin.... division signgolix.... quotient
gorer.... cut, uprootgor.... cut, rootgorwas.... radicandgoreas.... radicalgor.... lower to the power of, √gorsin.... radical signgorix.... root lowering result
geler.... equalgel.... equationgelwas.... thing being equatedgeleas.... equatorgel.... equal to, as, likegelsin.... equal signgelix.... equation results
Examples of mathematical expressions:
  • E gab e gele u..... Two plus two equals four.
  • E gal i gele ya..... Two times three equals six.
  • I gar e gele yu..... Three to the second power equals nine.
  • E gob e gele o..... Two minus two equals zero.
  • Yu gol i gele i..... Nine divided by three equals three.
  • Yu gor i gele i..... Nine cubed equals three.
  • Aso gor e gele alo..... One hundred squared equals ten.

Decimal Expressions

Decimal expressions like 2.5 use the word nod point as in English.
  • Hia bavol kyinse ga vyel 10.8 (alo nod yiwa) aronkyiki.....This tomato weighs more than 10.8 (ten point eight) kilograms.

Calendar Expressions

The word for calendar is judar. The sections below explain how calendar expressions are formed and used:

Basic Calendar Units

Time is divided using the following basic terms:
MIRADENGLISH
jobtime
jabyear
jebseason
jibmonth
jubday
jwobhour
jwabminute
jwebsecond
Other calendar units are formed through the agglutination of numerical morphemes to some of the time units above:
MIRADENGLISHNUMERICAL FORMULA
arojabmilleniumyear x 1,000
asojabcenturyyear x 100
alojabdecadeyear x 10
eynjabhalf yearyear x 1/2
uynjabquarteryear x 1/4
yejubweekday x 7
eynjwobhalf hourhour x 1/2
This, next, last, etc. are expressed as follows:
MIRADENGLISH
hijub
hia yejub
hijab
today
this week
this year
zojub
ha jana yejub
zajab
yesterday
last week
last year
zajub
ha jona yejub
zajab
tomorrow
next week
next year
hujub
hua yejub
hujab
that day
that week
that year
jazojub
ja ewa yejubi
jazojab
the day before yesterday
two weeks ago
the year before last
jozajub
jo ewa yejubi
jozajab
the day after tomorrow
two weeks from now
the year after next

Seasons of the Year

Seasons of the year are expressed by internally scalarizing the word for season jeb:
MIRADENGLISH
jeabspring
jeebsummer
jeibautumn, Fall
jeubwinter
Examples of usage:
  • be jeab.... in spring
  • ja jeeb.... before summer
  • ju jeib.... until autumn
  • ji jeub.... since winter
  • je ha jeb.... during the season
  • ub ha uj bi jeeb.... toward the end of summer
  • eb jeab ay jeeb.... between spring and summer
  • jeeba gemoj.... vernal equinox
  • jeiba fayebi.... autumn leaves
  • jeba til.... seasonal drink
  • jeubyena jebmalyen.... wintry climate
  • jeabyena malyen.... spring-like weather
  • jeuben.... hibernation

Months of the Year

Months of the year are expressed by internally scalarizing the word for month jib:
MIRADENGLISH
jiabJanuary
jiebFebruary
jiibMarch
jiubApril
jiyobMay
jiyabJune
jiyebJuly
jiyibAugust
jiyubSeptember
jilobOctober
jilabNovember
jilebDecember
Some expressions using the months:
  • be jilob.... in October
  • ja jiyab.... before June
  • ja zajiyeb.... by next July
  • hijib.... this month
  • zojib.... last month
  • zajib.... next month
  • bi-jib-bu-jiba jobnis... month-to-month rent
  • jibay... monthly
  • jibi joy... months later
  • jiba sindryen.... monthly magazine
  • hujiba jobnis.... that month's rent
  • hya ionjib.... every trimester
  • jiber.... menstruate

Days of the Week

Days of the week are expressed by internally scalarizing the word for day jub:
MIRADENGLISH
juabMonday
juebTuesday
juibWednesday
juubThursday
juyobFriday
juyabSaturday
juyebSunday
Here are some common terms relating to days of the week:
MIRADENGLISH
hojub?which day
hajub hu...the day that...
hejubsomeday
hijubtoday
hujubthat day
hyijub(on) the same day
hyajubevery day
hyejubany day
zajubyesterday
zojubtomorrow
ha jajub
be ha jana jub
the day before, (on) the previous day
ha jojub
be ha jona jub
the day before, (on) the previous day
jazojubthe day before yesterday
jozajubthe day after tomorrow
hya ea jubevery other/second day
hyajub boy juyebevery day except Sunday
Examples of Usage:
  • be juyob....on Friday
  • ju juib....until Wednesday
  • ji zojub.... since yesterday
  • lojo jubuj.... by [Lit: not after] day's end
  • jo zajub.... after tomorrow
  • je ha jub.... during the day
  • bi juab bu juub... from Monday to Friday

Parts of the Day

Here are the principal parts of a day:
DAYTIMENIGHTTIME
maj....daytime, daymoj....nighttime, night
bi maj....A.M.bi moj....P.M.
jaijmaj....pre-dawnjaijmoj....pre-dusk
ijmaj....daybreak, dawnijmoj....dusk
amaryap....sunrise, sunupamaryop....sunset, sundown
imaj....morning
zaimaj....tomorrow morning
hiimaj....this morning
zoimaj.... yesterday morning
huimaj....that morning
hyaimaj....every morning
imoj....evening
zaimoj....tomorrow evening
hiimoj....this evening
zoimoj.... yesterday evening
huimoj....that evening
hyaimoj....every evening
jwaimaj....early morningjwaimoj....early evening
jwoimaj....late morningjwoimoj....late evening
eymaj....nooneymoj....midnight
joeymaj....afternoonjoeymoj....after midnight
ujmaj....dusk, day's endgwomoj...late night
  • Examples of Usage:
  • At tijpa ja ijmaj.....I woke up before dawn.
  • At iyfe tuyjer be ha jwoa joeymaj.....I like to nap in the late afternoon.
  • It yexe bi amaryap bu amaryop.....He works from sunup to sundown.
  • Be gwa umaji, at teaxe teasibar.....Most evenings, I watch television.

Expressing Dates

The following is a how a date (jud) is normally expressed:
  • be juab, 11 jieb 2018 JoK.....on Monday, February 11th, 1918 A.D.
A date like 2018 can be expressed as twenty eighteen (elo alyi) or two thousand eighteen (ero alyi).
The day in the above expression is pronounced ali.
The year is pronounced elo alyi (like English twenty eighteen).
The acronym for B.C. is JaK, short for Ja Krist (before Christ).
The acronym for A.D. is JoK, short for Jo Krist (after Christ).
Other date expressions follow:
  • be ha 1800 jabi (alyi aso jabi)....In the 1800's (eighteen hundreds)
  • ja ha 20a (eloa) asojab....before the 20th (twentieth) century
  • eb 1920 (yulo elo) ay 2001 (elo awa)....between 1920 (nineteen twenty) and (two thousand one)
  • hyaje hua alojab....throughout that decade
  • At yexa hum je gla jabi.....I worked there for [Lit: during] many years.
  • Ujbu his lojo jiyab.....Finish this by [Lit: not after] May.
  • Iyt so him ub ha uj bi 2 (ewa) jiab....She will be here toward the end of January 2nd.

Telling Time

Clock time expressions use mostly the word jwob (hour) or jwobi (hours).
The usual time-of-day question is Se hojwob? What time is it? [Lit: is what-hour?]
The typical answer is in the format Se aa/ea... jwob gab/gob alo/ali... bi maj/moj. (Lit: (It) is (the) first/second... hour plus/minus ten/eleven...of day/night.
Here are some typical answers:
  • Se aa jwob..... It is one o'clock.  [Lit: It is (the) first hour.] [NOTE: The article "the" is left unexpressed.]
  • Se ea jwob..... It is two o'clock.  [Lit: It is (the) second hour.]
  • Se alea jwob..... It is twelve o'clock.  [Lit: It is (the) twelfth hour.]


  • Se ia jwob bi maj*..... It is three o'clock A.M.  [Lit: It is third hour of daytime.]
  • Se aloa jwob bi moj**..... It is ten o'clock P.M.  [Lit: It is tenth hour of nighttime.]
* bi maj (a.m.) can be abbreviated as bma
** bi moj (p.m.) can be abbreviated as bmo
  • Se ua jwob (gab) alo..... It is four ten.....  [Lit: It is fourth hour (plus) ten.]
  • Se iloa jwob gob ali..... It is thirteen minutes til three.  [Lit: It is thirteenth hour minus thirteen.]
  • Se yoa jwobi gab uyn..... It is quarter after five.  [Lit: It is fifth hour plus a quarter.]
  • Se yoa jwobi gob uyn..... It is quarter past five.  [Lit: It is fifth hour minus a quarter.]
  • Se yaa jwobi gab eyn..... It is six thirty.  [Lit: It is sixth hour plus a half.]
  • Se yaa jwobi gab ilo..... It is six thirty.  [Lit: It is sixth hour plus thirty.]
  • Se yaa jwobi gob eyn..... It is thirty minutes til six.  [Lit: It is sixth hour minus thirty.]
  • Se yaa jwobi gob ilo..... It is thirty minutes til six.  [Lit: It is sixth hour minus a half.]
  • Se vyavay yea jwob gab alo bi moj..... It is exactly 7:10 P.M..  [Lit: It is exactly seventh hour plus ten of nighttime.]
  • Et sa alo jwoa bey alo jwabi.....You were late by 10 minutes.  [Lit: You were late by ten minutes.]
  • Has ijo jub 5:30 (= yaa jwob gab ilo) bmo (= bi moj).....It will begin around 5:30 (= five thirty [Lit: five hours plus thirty]) p.m.
  • Puu him loga jwoa ev 3 (= ia) j. (= jwob)....Get here no later than 3 (= three) o'clock.
  • Ha yautpar puo hum yeb 10 jwabi.....The bus will arrive there within 10 minutes.
  • Ha jwobar izeade 2:30 (= ea jwob gab ilo).....The clock says [Lit: indicates] 2:30.
  • Yit pua be 3a j. be ha nod.....They arrived at 3 on the dot.
Mirad normally uses a 12-hour system with distinction between a.m. and p.m., but military 24-hour time can also be used in particular situations, in which case the a.m./p.m. distinction is not needed.
  • Yanpu at be iloa jwob gab alyo..... Meet me at 13:15. (= 1:15 p.m.)
The word jwab (hour, o'clock) can be abbreviated as j., as in the following:
  • Yanpu at be 13a j..... Meet me at 13:00 (hours) [Lit: at (the) 13th h.]
The word gab (plus) can be omitted, as in:
  • At teato et be yoa j. alyo..... I'll see you at five fifteen / quarter past five.
Note the following clock time idioms:
MIRADENGLISH
jwaearly
jweon time
jwolate
Se vyavay eloa jwob.It is exactly two o'clock.
yub eymajaround noon
ub eymojtoward midnight
yeb jwebiwithin seconds
ji alo jwabiten minutes ago
lojo 3 j.no later than / by 3 o'clock.
jwobayhourly / by the hour / on the hour
Hia pop efxe 2 1/2 (= ewa gab eyn) jwobi.This trip takes (Lit: necessitates) 2 1/2 hours.
ju awa jwob bi hijuntil one hour from now
ji zojub be 10a j.since yesterday at 10 o'clock.
je ha jana 12 jwabifor the last 12 minutes
ja / lojo 10a j.before / by 10 o'clock (= the tenth hour)
lojo 10 jwobi.by / in / within 10 hours.
jo 10a j.after 10 o'clock.
jo 10 jwobi.after 10 hours / 10 hours later / 10 hours ago

Expressing Age

Many expressions relating to age are built on the Mirad word for age: jag.
The typical question is:
  • Et se hojaga?....How old are you? (Lit. what-aged)
A typical answer is:
  • At se eli jaga....I am twenty-three years old.
The following chart shows other age expressions, many of which are agglutinations of the deictic morphemes beginning with h:
AGE
hojaga?.... how old?
hajaga.... of the age
hejaga.... of some age
hijaga.... this old
hujaga.... that old
huujaga.... so old
jaga....old
jayga....oldish
joga....young
joyga....youngish
gle jaga.... rather old, oldish
gla jaga.... very old
gra jaga.... too old, super-aged
gro jaga.... under-aged, minor
ge jaga.... as old, of the same age
awa jab jaga.... one year old
awa jaga
awa jab
ewa jabi jaga.... two years old
ewa jaga
ewa jabi
alo jabi jaga.... ten years old
alo jaga
alo jabi
ga jaga vyel et.... older than you
ga joga vyel at.... younger than me
ge joga vyel iyt.... as young as her
ha gwa jagat bi ata tedetyan....the youngest of my siblings
grojagat....a minor
alojagat....a ten-year-old
aloyjagat....a teenager
jogat....a boy, a youth
joygat...a girl
grejat....an adult, someone of age
jagseat....an adolescent
jagsat....grownup
yiloyjagat...an octogenarian
asoyjagat....a centenarian
Some other examples of usage:
  • Et jagseye fi.....You are aging well.
  • At voy jogseye hyegla.....I am not getting any younger.
  • His se taam av ha jagati.....This is a home for the ederly.
  • Egaku eta jogan!....Regain your youth!
  • At se ga jaga vyel ha meybi.....I am as old as the hills.
  • Teaxu ata gwa joga tobob.....Look at my youngest child.
  • Yat ife aata awajagat.....We love our one-year-old.
  • Jagseatan se yika joob bi tej.....Adolescence is a difficult period of life.

Money Expressions

This section is currency-dependent and remains under construction.

Deictic Determiners

Deictic determiners are words which point out or specify other words. They include the following:
  • demonstratives like this, that, those
  • indefinite specifiers like any, some, all, the, etc.
  • Derived animate and inanimate pronouns like this one, those things, something, everyone, etc.
  • Derived adverbs of time like when, now
  • Derived adverbs of place like there, here, somewhere
  • Derived adverbs of manner like how, thus, somehow
  • Derived adverbs of kind so, age this year old, direction that way, reason why?, and so forth.

Deictic Determiner Base Morphemes

There are eleven deictic determiner base morphemes. These are used as prefixes joined to other elements to derive adjectival, pronominal, and adverbial determiners.
CATEGORYBASE MORPHEME
INTERROGATIVEho-...?....what?
DEFINITEha-....the
INDEFINITE1he-....some, a certain
PROXIMAL
PROXIMAL IMMEDIATE
hi-....this, these
hii-....the following
DISTAL
DISTAL EMPHATIC
hu-....that, those
huu-....such, so
NEGATIVEhyo-....no, not any
DISTRIBUTIVE2hya-....every, all, each
INDETERMINATE3hye-....any, whatever
IDIODEICTIC4hyi-....the same, the very
ALLODEICTIC5hyu-....the other, another, else
1 Sometimes referred to as assertive existential.
2 Sometimes referred to as universal.
3 Sometimes referred to as elective existential
4 Idiodeictic is a coined Greek word meaning "same-specifying" and refers to words that point reflexively to the same entities, such as at the same time, in the same way, the same person, etc. This category is sometimes referred to as negative alternative.
5 Allodeictic is a coined Greek word meaning "other-specifying" and refers to words that point outwardly to other entities, such as somebody else, some other time, in other ways, etc. This category is sometimes referred to as positive alternative.

Adjectival Determiners

Here is a table showing the deictic determiner prefixes attached to elements ending in -a to form various adjectival deictic determiners:

 ADJECTIVE OF SELECTIONADJECTIVE OF KINDPRONOMINAL ADJECTIVE
INTERROGATIVEhoa?....which?hoyena?....what kind of?hota?....whose?
DEFINITEha....thehayena....the kind ofhata....the one's
INDEFINITEhea....some, a certainheyena....some kind of, a certain kind ofheta....someone's
PROXIMAL
PROXIMAL IMMEDIATE
hia....this, these
hiia....the following
hiyena....this kind of, such (a), like this, like these
hiiyena....the following kind of
hita....this one's
hiita....the following person's
DISTAL
DISTAL EMPHATIC
hua....that, those
huua...such a, such
huyena....that kind of, like that, like those, such
huuyena....such a kind of
huta....that one's
huuta....such a person's
NEGATIVEhyoa....not, not a, not anyhyoyena....no kind of, no suchhyota....nobody's
DISTRIBUTIVEhya    (short for hyaa)....every, all, eachhyayena....every kind of, all kinds ofhyata....everybody's
INDETERMINATEhyea....any, whateverhyeyena....any kind of, whatever kind ofhyeta....anybody's
IDIODEICTIChyia....the samehyiyena....the same kind ofhyita....the same one's
ALLODEICTIChyua....the otherhyuyena....some other kind ofhyuta....someone else's

Note: The definite deictic determiner adjective ha (actually, short for haa) is used as what is more commonly referred to as the definite article the.
Note also: The distributive deictic determiner adjective hya (every) is short for hyaa.
Note further: Pronominal adjectives referring to people (plural) rather than person (singular) use the preposition bi (of). So, some people's houses would be rendered by ha tami bi heti ( = the houses of some (people).).
The pronominal adjectives can also incorporate gender in such a way that they refer to female or male persons specifically. This done by inserting the letter w before the characteristic vowel for males and the letter y after the characteristic vowel for females, eg.:
  • Hwita tam se ga aga.....This guy's house is bigger.
  • At voy bee ha dyuni bi huuyti.....I don't have those women's names (= the names of those women).
Usage examples of deictic determiner adjectives:
  • Hoa tam se etas?.... Which house is yours?
  • Hoyena dyezuni ifxe et?.... What kind of movies do you like?
  • Hota tef okwa?.... Whose hat was lost?
  • Ha tob ta yata dyuni..... The man knew our names.
  • Hayena dini at ife, et ufe..... The kind of stories I love, you hate.
  • Hea mepi eejdyunwo..... Certain streets will be renamed.
  • Heyena fukyes uxaye parnyan..... Some kind of accident has cause a traffic jam.
  • Heta abtaf akwa be ha zatem...... Someone's coat was found in the foyer.
  • Hia dyes se ata gafias..... This book is my favorite.
  • Hiia duni se yofwa..... The following words are prohibited.
  • Hiiyena xeyen voy afwu.....The following sort of behavior would not be allowed.
  • Hiyena xeyen voy vayafwo..... This type of behavior will not be tolerated.
  • Hita tim so yovoza..... This guy's room will be blue.
  • Hua mas efwa eejvozilbwer..... That wall needs to be repainted.
  • Huua dini yufxe jogati.....Such stories scare children.
  • Huyena duni yeyfwe yixwer za at..... Such words should not be used in front of me.
  • Huta tam magseye..... That guy's house is on fire.
  • Hyoa din se ga tesike..... No story is more important.
  • Hyoyena tes tesiyafwe..... No such meaning can be inferred.
  • Hyota jatexdren sa ga fia..... Nobody's plan is better.
  • Hya mepi izpe Roma..... All roads lead to Rome.
  • Hya tob yefe xer ita gon..... Every man must do his part.
  • Hyayena telami ese be hia mep..... All manner of restaurants exist on this street.
  • Hyata tej se uka bi yabi ay yobi..... Everyone's life is full of ups and downs.
  • Hya ewa domi agxaye..... Both cities have grown.
  • Hyea voz so fia..... Any color will be fine.
  • Hyeyena til se beuwa..... Any kind of drink is available.
  • Hyeta ved se ge ifa vyel atas..... Anyone's guess is as good as mine.
  • Hyea tim et fe et yafe bayser..... Whatever room you want, you can have.
  • Hyia fukyesi kyese glajodi..... The same accidents occur frequently.
  • Hyiena dyezuni teaxuwa zajub..... The same kind of films were shown yesterday.
  • Hyita dyun yixwa gajod..... The same person's name was used again.
  • Hyua dyezun sa ifuyea..... The other movie was more entertaining.
  • Hyuena mos teasu ga fia..... Another kind of furniture would look better.
  • Hyuta texyen se ga fyia..... Someone else's opinion is equally valid.
  • Ha dyuni bi hiyti voy dodraye..... These women's names have not be make public.
  • Ha dyuni bi hwiiti voy dodrowe.....The following males' names will not be publicized.
If the definite article or any other deictic morpheme is omitted before a noun, than it has the effect of the English indefinite article a / an with a singular noun or some with a plural noun. For example:
  • Aat tilia ha tilyeb bi vafil..... We drank the glass of wine., vs.
    • Aat tilia tilyeb bi vafil..... We drank a glass of wine.
  • Aat tilia ha tilyebi bi vafil..... We drank the glasses of wine., vs.
    • Aat tilia tilyebi bi vafil..... We drank (some) glasses of wine.
  • Aat tilia awa tilyeb bi vafil..... We drank one glass of wine., vs.
    • Aat tilia ha awa tilyeb bi vafil..... We drank the one glass of wine.
  • Aat tilia ewa tilyebi bi vafil..... We drank two glasses of wine., vs.
    • Aat tilia ha ewa tilyebi bi vafil..... We drank the two glasses of wine., vs.
    • Aat tilia hya ewa tilyebi bi vafil..... We drank both glasses of wine.
  • Aat tilia owa tilyeb bi vafil..... We drank no/zero glasses (=not a single glass) of wine.
  • Aat tilia ea tilyeb bi vafil..... We drank another/a second glass of wine., vs.
    • Aat tilia ha ea tilyeb bi vafil..... We drank the second glass of wine., vs.
    • Aat tilia ea tilyebi bi vafil..... We drank second glasses of wine., vs.
    • Aat tilia ha ea tilyebi bi vafil..... We drank the second glasses of wine.
If an indefinite article sense is needed for clarity, the words awa (one) or hea (some, a certain) can be used, eg.:
  • At igtease awa tob yiztyoyaber.....I glanced a man walk by.
  • Hwit upo hea juab....He will come on a / a certain / some Monday.

Pronominal Deictic Determiners

The following chart shows deictic determiners used as pronouns. Note that the suffix -s (short for sun) is used pronouns referring to things, while -t (short for tob) is used for those referring to persons. The suffix -i pluralized either of these. The distinction between a form like what? and a selective form like which? is made by using the full adjectival form (with -a-) in the selective forms. So, for example, hot? is who?, but hoat? is which one? (referring to a person). The determiners referring to persons can optionally be made specifically male with the insertion of the letter w before the stem vowel or specifically female with the insertion of the letter y before the stem-ending t:

PRONOUNSTHING
THINGS
SELECTIVE THING
SELECTIVE THINGS
NUMBER GENDERSELECTIVE PERSON
SELECTIVE PERSONS
PERSON
PERSONS
PERSON'S THING
PERSON'S THINGS
INTERROGATIVEhos?....what (thing)?
--
--
hosi?....what (things)?
--
--
hoas?....which one?
--
--
hoasi?....which ones?
--
--
SINGULAR NEUTRAL
SINGULAR MALE
SINGULAR FEMALE
PLURAL NEUTRAL
PLURAL MALE
PLURAL FEMALE
hoat?....which person??
hwoat?...which man?
hoayt?....which woman?
hoati?....which people?
hwoati?...which men?
hoayti?....which women?
hot?....who?, whom?
hwot?....who?, whom?
hoyt....who?
hoti?....who?, whom?
hwoti?....who?, whom?
hoyti?....who?, whom?
hotas?....whose (thing)?
hwotas?....whose
hoytas?....whose?
hotasi?....whose (things)?
hwotasi?....whose?
hoytasi?....whose?
DEFINITEhas....it, the thing
--
--
hasi....they, them, the things
--
--
haas....the one
--
--
haasi...the ones
--
--
SINGULAR NEUTRAL
SINGULAR MALE
SINGULAR FEMALE
PLURAL NEUTRAL
PLURAL MALE
PLURAL FEMALE
haat....the one
hwaat...the male one
haayt....the female one
haasi....the ones
hwaasi...the male ones
haaysi....the female ones
hat....the person, he, him
hwat....he, him
hayt....she, her
hati....the persons, they, them
hwati....the males, they, them
hayti....the females, they, them
hatas....whose? (thing)
hwatas....whose
haytas....whose
hatasi....whose )things)
hwatasi....whose
haytasi....whose
INDEFINITEhes....something
--
--
hesi....some (things)
--
--
heas....a certain one
--
--
heasi....certain ones
--
--
SINGULAR NEUTRAL
SINGULAR MALE
SINGULAR FEMALE
PLURAL NEUTRAL
PLURAL MALE
PLURAL FEMALE
heat....a certain one
hweat....a certain male
heayt....a certain female
heati....certain ones
hweati....some males
heayti....some females
het....someone
hwet....some male
heyt....some female
heti....some (people)
hweti....some males
heyti....some females
hetas....someone's
hwetas....some male's
heytas....some female's
hetasi....some people's
hwetasi....some males'
heytasi....some females'
PROXIMALhis....this
--
--
hisi....these
--
--
hias....this one
--
-
hiasi....these
--
--
SINGULAR NEUTRAL
SINGULAR MALE
SINGULAR FEMALE
PLURAL NEUTRAL
PLURAL MALE
PLURAL FEMALE
hiat....this one
hwiat....this one
hiayt....this one
hiati....these ones
hwiati....these of the males
hiayti...these of the females
hit....this person
hwit....he, him
hiyt....she, her
hiti....these people, they, them
hwiti...these males
hiyti....these females
hitas....this person's, his
hwitas....this male's
hiytas....this female's
hitasi....this person's (things), theirs
hwitasi....this man's
hiytasi...this woman'
PROXIMAL IMMEDIATEhiis....the following
--
--
hiisi....the following (things)
--
--
hiias....the following one
--
--
hiiasi....the following ones
--
--
SINGULAR NEUTRAL
SINGULAR MALE
SINGULAR FEMALE
PLURAL NEUTRAL
PLURAL MALE
PLURAL FEMALE
hiiat....the following person
hwiiat....the following male
hiiayt....the following female
hiiati....the following ones
hwiiati...the following males
hiiayti....the following females
hiit....the following person
hwiit...the following male
hiiyt....the following female
hiiti....the following (people)
hwiiti....the following males
hiiyti....the following females
hiitas....the following person's (thing)
hwiitas....the following male's
hiiytas....the following female's
hiitasi....the following person's (things)
hwiitasi....the following male's
hiiytasi....the following female's
DISTALhus....that
--
--
husi....those
--
--
huas....that one
--
--
huasi....those
--
--
SINGULAR NEUTRAL
SINGULAR MALE
SINGULAR FEMALE
PLURAL NEUTRAL
PLURAL MALE
PLURAL FEMALE
huat....that one
hwuat....that one of the males
huayt....that one of the females
huati....those people, they
hwuati....those males
huayti....those females
hut....that person, he, him
hwut....that guy, he, him
huyt...that female, she, her
huti....those people, they, them
hwuti....those males
huyti....those females
hutas....that person's, his
hwutas....his
huytas....hers
hutasi....that person's (things), his
hwutasi....his
huytasi....hers
EMPHATIChuus....such, such a thing
--
--
huusi....such things
--
--
huuas....such a one
--
--
huuasi....such ones
--
--
SINGULAR NEUTRAL
SINGULAR MALE
SINGULAR FEMALE
PLURAL NEUTRAL
PLURAL MALE
PLURAL FEMALE
huuat....such a person
(rare)
(rare)
huuati....such people
(rare)
(rare)
huut....such a person
hwuut....such a male
huuyt....such a female
huuti....such people
hwuuti....such males
huuyti....such females
huutas....such a person's
(rare)
(rare)
huutasi....such people's (things)
(rare>
(rare)
NEGATIVEhyos....nothing
--
--
hyosi....none
--
--
hyoas....not a one
--
--
hyoasi....none
--
--
SINGULAR NEUTRAL
SINGULAR MALE
SINGULAR FEMALE
PLURAL NEUTRAL
PLURAL MALE
PLURAL FEMALE
hyoat....not a one
--
--
hyoati....none
--
--
hyot....nobody
hywot...no male
hyoyt....no female
hyoti....no people
hywoti....no males
hyoyti....no females
hyotas....nobody's
--
--
hyotasi....nobody's (things)
--
--
DISTRIBUTIVEhyas....everything, all
--
--
hyasi....all things
--
--
hyaas....each one
--
--
hyaasi....all of them
--
--
SINGULAR NEUTRAL
SINGULAR MALE
SINGULAR FEMALE
PLURAL NEUTRAL
PLURAL MALE
PLURAL FEMALE
hyaat....each one
--
--
hyaati....all of them
--
--
hyat....everyone
hywat....every male
hyayt...every female
hyati....all (people)
hywati....all males
hyayti....all females
hyatas....everyone's
--
--
hyatasi....everyone's (things)
--
--
INDETERMINATEhyes....anything, whatever
--
--
hyesi....any
--
--
hyeas....whatever one
--
--
hyeasi....any of them
--
--
SINGULAR NEUTRAL
SINGULAR MALE
SINGULAR FEMALE
PLURAL NEUTRAL
PLURAL MALE
PLURAL FEMALE
hyeat....whichever one
--
--
hyeati....whichever ones
--
--
hyet....anyone
hywet...any male
hyeyt....any female
hyeti....whoever
hyweti....whichever males
hyeyti....whichever females
hyetas....whoever's
--
--
hyetasi....anybody's (things)
--
--
IDIODEICTIChyis....the same thing
--
--
hyisi....the same things
--
--
hyis....the same one
--
--
hyiasi....the same ones
--
--
SINGULAR NEUTRAL
SINGULAR MALE
SINGULAR FEMALE
PLURAL NEUTRAL
PLURAL MALE
PLURAL FEMALE
hyiat....the same one
--
--
hyiati....the same one
--
--
hyit....the same person
hywit....the same guy
hyiyt....the same woman
hyiti....the same people
hywiti....the same men
hyiyti....the same women
hyitas....the same person's
--
--
hyitasi....the same person's (things)
--
--
ALLODEICTIChyus....something else
--
--
hyusi....other things
--
--
hyuas....the other one
--
--
hyuasi....the other ones
--
--
SINGULAR NEUTRAL
SINGULAR MALE
SINGULAR FEMALE
PLURAL NEUTRAL
PLURAL MALE
PLURAL FEMALE
hyuat....the other one
--
--
hyuati....the others
--
--
hyut....someone else
hywut...the other guy
hyuyt....the other woman
hyuti....others
hywuti....the other guys
hyuyti....the other women
hyutas....someone else's
--
--
hyutasi....someone else's (things)
--
--

Here is a chart of pronominal deictic determiners of kind formed from the corresponding adjectival determiners of kind (eg. hoyena?....what kind of...?):

 KIND OF THING
KIND OF THINGS
KIND OF PERSON
KIND OF PEOPLE
INTERROGATIVEhoyenas?....what kind of thing?
hoyenasi?....what kind of things?
hoyenat?....what kind of person?
hoyenati?....what kind of people?
DEFINITEhayenas....the kind of thing
hayenasi....the kind of things
hayenat....the kind of person
hayenati....the kind of people
INDEFINITEheyenas....some kind of thing
heyenasi....some kind of things
heyenat....some kind of person
heyenati ....some kind of people
PROXIMALhiyenas....this kind of thing, such a thing
hiyenasi....these kinds of things, such things
hiyenat....this kind of person, such a person
hiyenati....these kinds of people, such people
PROXIMAL IMMEDIATEhiiyenas....the following kind of thing
hiiyenasi....the following kinds of things
hiiyenat....the following kind of person
hiiyenati....the following kinds of people
DISTALhuyenas....that kind of thing, such a thing
huyenasi....such things, such things
huyenat....that kind of person, such a person
huyenati....those kind of people, such people
EMPHATIChuuyenas....such a thing
huuyenasi....such kinds of things
huuyenat....such a person
huuyenati....such kinds of people
NEGATIVEhyoyenas....no such thing
hyoyenasi....no such things
hyoyenat....no such person
hyoyenati....no such people
DISTRIBUTIVEhyayenas....every kind of thing
hyayenasi....all kinds of things
hyayenat....every kind of person
hyayenati....all kinds of people
INDETERMINATEhyeyenas....any kind of thing
hyeyenasi....any kinds of things
hyeyenat....any kind of person
hyeyenati....any kinds of people
IDIODEICTIChyiyenas....the same kind of thing
hyiyenasi....the same kinds of things
hyiyenat....the same kind of person
hyiyenati....the same kinds of people
ALLODEICTIChyuyenas....some other kind of thing
hyuyenasi....other kinds of things
hyuyenat....some other kind of person
hyuyenati....other kinds of people

Any of the above animate deictic determiners can be made to refer specifically to males or females with the ending -wat or -wati for males and -ayt or -ayti for females. For example: any kind of males would be translated with hyeyenwati. Every kind of female would be translated with hyayenayt.

Selective vs. Non-Selective Forms

The pronominal deictic interrogative determiner hot? means who and contrasts with its selective counterpart hoat?, which means which one?. All the selective determiners refer to one or more things or persons from a selectable pool of things or persons.
The following sentences illustrate the use of the above pronominal determiners:
  • Hot aka zajuba ek?.... Who won yesterday's game?
  • Hoat bi ha akuti sa ha gwa fiat?.... Which one of the winners was the best?
  • Hota tam se hus?.... Whose house is that?
  • Hotas se hus?.... Whose is that?
  • Hotia deuzi et gaife?.... Whose songs do you prefer?
  • Hotias et gaife?.... Whose do you prefer?
  • Hos se eta dyun?.... What is your name?
  • Hosi se eta gaifuni?.... What are your preferences?
  • Hoa deuzi se eta gwafiasi?.... Which songs are your best?
  • Hoasi se eta gwafiasi?.... Which ones are your best?
  • Bi hia deuzuti, hoat et gafie?.... Of these vocalists, which one do you prefer?
  • Hiiti yaneko hijub..... The following people will compete today.
  • Hoati se gwa fia?'.... Which ones are best?
  • Hoti et teexe gwa jodi?.... Who (all) do you listen to the most often?
  • Huat hu at teexe gwaxag draye ejna deuz..... The one I listen to the most has written a new song.
  • Ejna deuz? At voy teste haas hu et tede..... New song? I don't understand which one you mean.
  • Hias. This one.
  • Vo. Huasi se ga fia..... No. Those are better.
  • His se jub av ivxelen..... This is a day for celebration.
  • Va. Hia jub. At tese hijub..... Yes. This day. I mean To-day.
  • Husi sa ha jubi, ata dat! Those were the days, my friend!
  • Hos se eta dyun?.... What is your name?
  • Hot aka ha igpek?.... Who won the race?
  • Hyas uja fi..... Everything ended well.
  • Hyasi uje..... All things come to an end.
  • Hyayenasi vey kyesu..... All sorts of things might happen.
  • Hyos yoka at..... Nothing surprised me.
  • Hyot ta adut hu ako..... Nobody knew who would win.
  • Huaytihu fu pier yefe..... Those females who would like to leave may.
  • Hyet yefe eker hia ifek..... Anyone can play this game.
  • Huyenasi voy afwo..... Such things will not be permitted.
  • Hua twob voy taxe hia toyb..... That man does not remember this woman.
  • Huti yanyexe fi..... Those guys work well together.
  • Huuyti hyaj yubixe tezex.....Such females always attract attention.
  • At jay teataye hiyenasi..... I've seen such things before.
  • Huyenwat voy vabiwu..... A man like that would not be accepted.
  • Hoyenasi weet iyfe xer je ha maj..... What kinds of things do you guys like to do during the day?

Placement of Interrogative Deictic Determiners

In a sequence of adjectives before a noun, deictic determiners go first, eg.:
  • Hoa ewa oga nyefi bewe et?.... Which two small bags belong to you?
In interrogative sentences, the interrogative deictic determiner (question word) often starts out the sentence, as in English.
  • Hos se eta dyun?.... What is your name?
  • Hot et teata aay hijub?.... Who(m) did you see first today?
Interrogative deictic determiners can also go at the end of sentence:
  • Eta dyun se hos?.... What is your name? Lit. Your name is what?

Distributive Deictic Determiners Incorporating Numerical Information

Sometimes, a deictic determiner specifies numerical information. This chart shows those forms:

ADJECTIVEINANIMATE PRONOUNANIMATE PRONOUNPOSSESSIVE ADJECTIVEPOSSESSIVE PRONOUN
hawa* the onlyhawas the only thing
hawasi the only things
hawat the only one (person)
hawati the only ones
hawata the only person'shawatas the only one's
hawatasi the only one's (things)
hyawa* eachhyawas each onehyawat each personhyawata each person'shyawatas each one's
hyawatasi each one's (things)
hyaewa bothhyaewasi both (things)hyaewati both (people)bi hyaewati both person'shas bi hyaewati both person's
hasi bi hyaewati both persone's (things)
hyaiwa all threehyaiwasi all three (things)hyaiwati all three (people)hyaiwata all three person'shas bi hyaiwati all three person's
hasi bi hyaiwati all three person's (things)
ohyawa not everyohyawas not everythingohyawat not everyoneohyawata not every person'sohyawatas not everyone's
ohyawatasi not everyone's (things)
hyoawa not a singlehyoawas not a single thinghyoawat not a single personhyowata not a single person'shyowatas not a single person's
hyowatasi not a single person's (things)
hyeawa eitherhyeawas either onehyeawat either one (person)hyeawata either one'shyeawatas either one's
hyeawatasi either one's (things)
hyeewa any twohyeewasi any two thingshyeewati any two peoplebi hyeewati any two person'shas bi hyeewati any two persons'
hasi bi hyeewati any two persons' (things)
hyeowa neitherhyeowas neither onehyeowat neither personhyeawata neither person'shyeowatas neither one's
hyeowatasi neither one's (things)
hyuawa anotherhyuawas another onehyuawat anotherhyuawata another'shyuawatas another's
hyuawatasi another's (things)
hyuowa no otherhyuowas nothing elsehyuowat nobody elsehyuowata no other'shyuowatas no other's
hyuowatasi no other's (things)

*Hawa and hyawa are short for haawa and hyaawa, respectively.
Examples using the above numerically-based deictic determiners:
  • Ohyawat se iva bay eta vaod..... Not everyone is happy with your decision.
  • Hyaewasi yafwe uxer yata efi..... Both (things) can serve our needs.
  • Hyeawa tim ivlaxo at..... Either room will satisfy me.
  • Hyeowas oivlaxo at..... Neither one will dissatisfy me.
Note: Hyua means the other, while hyuawa means another, eg.:
  • At fu hyua til.....I would like the other drink., vs.
  • At fu hyuawa til.....I would like another drink.
Similarly, hya means every, all, while hyawa means each, eg.:
  • Hya dom bee tebixea suni teaxer.....Every city has interesting things to see.
  • Hya domi bee tebixuni.....All cities have things of interest.
  • Hyawa dom bee tebixun.....Each city has something of interest.
Also, ha means the, while hawa means the only, eg.:
  • Hawa twob nazea ata tezex se et.....The only man worth my attention is you.
  • Ha twob hu at gwa ife se et.....The man I most love is you.
By appending y to hawa, we get the adverb haway only, solely, eg;
  • Haway et nize ata tezex.....Only you deserve my attention..
The singular person pronouns in the above chart can be converted into possessive adjectives by adding the adjective suffix a, eg.:
  • Hyawata tej se ge glatesa vyel hyutas..... Each one's life is as important as another's.
  • Hyeowata dyun se vyama..... Neither person's name is real.
However, the plural person pronouns in the above chart use the preposition bi (of) to form possessives, eg.:
  • Ha teji bi hyaiwati se kyebukuwa..... The lives of all three are in danger.
The above singular possessive adjectives can, in turn, be converted into inanimate pronouns with the suffix -s.
  • Hyawatas se glatesa..... Each one's is important.
  • Hyeowatas se vyama..... Neither's is real.
The plural possessive adjectives can be nominalized with the use of bi, eg:
  • Hyaiwasi bi huti se kyebukuwa..... All three of theirs' are in danger.
Correlative Distributive Deictic Determiners are handled as follows:
  • Hyeawa A ey B.... either A or B
  • Hyeowa A oy B.... neither A nor B
  • Hyaewa A ay B.... both A and B
  • Hawa A, voy B.... only A, not B

Adverbial Deictic Determiners

This tables shows a correlated set of pro-adverbs built through the agglutination of basic deictic determiners. This is not all-inclusive, because their are other similary-constructed pro-verbs relating to age, frequency, and so forth.

PRO-ADVERBSMANNER
(b)yen
PLACE
(n)em
TIME
j(ob)
DEGREE
nog
REASON
sav
FREQUENCY
xag
INTERROGATIVEhoyen?
how?, in what way?
hom?
where?
hoj?
when?
honog?
how?, to what degree?
hosav?
why?
hoxag?
how often?
DEFINITEhayen
the way, how
ham
the place, where
haj
the time, when
hanog
as, to the degree
hasav
because
haxag
as often (...as)
INDEFINITEheyen
somehow, in some way
hem
somewhere
hej
sometime
henog
somewhat
hesav
for some reason
hexag
with some frequency
PROXIMALhiyen
this way, so
him
here
hij
now
hinog
so, this, to this extent
hisav
for this reason, hence
hixag
this often
PROXIMAL
IMMEDIATE
hiiyen
in the following way
hiim
hereby
hiij
here now
hiinog
to the following extent
hiisav
for the following reason
hiixag
as often as follows
DISTALhuyen
that way, thus
hum
there
huj
then
hunog
so, that, to that extent
husav
for that reason, therefore, so
huxag
that often
EMPHATIChuuyen
in such a way, so, thus
huum
at such a place
huuj
at such a time
huunog
so, to such an extend
huusav
for such a reason
huuxag
so often
NEGATIVEhyoyen
in nowise
hyom
nowhere
hyoj
never
hyonog
not at all
hyosav
for no reason
hyoxag
never
DISTRIBUTIVEhyayen
totally, in every way
hyam
everywhere
hyaj
always
hyanog
totally
hyasav
for every reason
hyaxag
always
INDETERMINATEhyeyen
anyway
hyem
anywhere, wherever
hyej
whenever
hyenog
however, to any degree
hyesav
for whatever reason
hyexag
with whatever frequency
IDIODEICTIChyiyen
likewise
hyim
at the same place
hyij
at the same time
hyinog
as, to the same extent
hyisav
for the same reason
hyixag
as often
ALLODEICTIChyuyen
otherwise
hyum
elsewhere
hyuj
some other time
hyunog
not as
hyusav
for some other reason
hyuxag
not as often

Some of these pro-adverb determiners are agglutinated abbreviations for longer, full forms:
  • hom....where   <   ho   +   nem   =   what place
  • hoj....when   <   ho   +   job   =   what time
  • hoyen....how   <   ho   +   byen   =   what manner
  • hot....who   <   ho   +   tob   =   what human being
The longer, expanded forms of pro-adverbs can be used at any time. For example:
  • At egteato et hejob.....I will see you again sometime.
  • Hosun se eta dyun?....What is your name?
  • Et yeyfe axer hubyen.....You shouldn't act that way.
It should be noted that all of these pro-adverb determiners, unless used as nouns, such as in the sentence Iyt iyfe him. She likes this place (or) She likes it here., are really abbreviations of longer expressions with mostly the preposition be at. For example, At tameya hum., meaning I used to live there. is ignoring the preposition be from the longer, more explicit version At tameya be hum., lit. I used to live at that-place. The proper preposition must be explicitly present if something other than be at is meant. For example, from where? is expressed as bi hom? Similarly, until then would be expressed as ju huj.


Here are some examples of how adverbial determiners are used:
  • Hom et tame?.... Where do you live?   <   Et tame be HOa neM? You live at what place.)
  • At tame hum..... I live there.
  • Et tame hum hu ha mep uje..... You live where the road ends.
  • Hom yet peye?.... Where are you guys going?
  • Et yafe per hyem hu et fu..... You can go anywhere.
  • Bi hom et se?.... Where are you from?
  • Hoj et taja?.... When were you born?
  • At voy tajaya huj..... I had not been born then.
  • Et yeyfe duder hiiyen..... You should respond in the following way.
  • Ot voy yefe daler huuyen..... One must not talk in such a manner.
  • Et pia hesav..... He left for some reason.
  • Hoyen et iyfe hia vafil?.... How do like this wine?
  • Voy se fia axer hiyen..... It is not good to act this way.
  • Hosav et tadsa huunog jwa?.... Why did you marry so late?
  • Ha tob pia hyosav..... The man left for no reason.
  • He tob pia hasav hu it efa per hyum.....The man left because([for] the reason that) he needed to go elsewhere.


The different, somewhat confusing, meanings of how are illustrated here:
  • Hoyen it xa hus?.... How did he do that?.... (Equivalent to Be hoa byen...? In what way...?) (MANNER)
  • Hoyen et xeye?.... How are you doing?.... (This is the normal way of saying How are you? or How do you do? (MANNER)
  • Hoyena sa ha dyezun?.... How was the film?.... (How here is an ADJECTIVE OF KIND, and thus ends in -a.)
  • Honog (= Hogla) aga it se?.... How big is he?.... (DEGREE)
  • Honog (= Hogla) iyfla et se!.... How nice you are!.... (DEGREE, but used here as an EXCLAMATORY EXPRESSION)
The conjunction as is expressed most often using pro-adverbs of manner:
  • Xu hayen hu at de..... Do as I say. = (in) the way that...
  • Xu hyiyen hu at xe..... Do as I do. = (in) the same way that...
  • Xu hiiyen:.... Do as follows: = (in) this hereby manner...
However, the particle gel (like, as) can be substituted:
  • Xu gel at de..... Do as I say.
Many of the pro-adverb determiners in the above chart can be relativized by adding the relative marker hu after the base form, eg:
  • At teaso et haj hu et puo him.....I will see you when you get here.
  • It xa has hasav hu tosa yefa.....He did it because (for the reason that) he felt compelled.
  • Hyem hu et po, et so ga iva.'....Wherever you go, you'll be happier.
See more about this in the section on relative clauses under Verbs.

Quantitative Deictic Determiners

The deictic prefixes can be combined with gla to form quantitative expressions acting as adverbial or adjectival determiners, and substantives (pronouns referring to things or people):

ADVERBIAL / ADJECTIVAL
DETERMINER
INANIMATE SINGULAR
PRONOUN
INANIMATE PLURAL
PRONOUN
ANIMATE PLURAL
PRONOUN
INTERROGATIVEhogla? how?/how much?/how many?hoglas? how much?hoglasi? how manyhoglati? how many (people)?
DEFINITEhagla how/as much/as manyhaglas as muchhaglasi as manyhaglati as many (people)
INDEFINITEhegla somewhat/some/someheglas someheglasi someheglati some (people)
PROXIMALhigla this/this much/this manyhiglas this muchhiglasi this manyhiglati this many (people)
DISTALhugla that/that much/that manyhuglas that muchhuglasi that many
huyglasi so many
huglati that many (people)
EMPHATIChuugla so very, so much, so manyhuuglas so muchhuuglasi so manyhuuglati so many (people)
NEGATIVEhyogla not at all/no/nohyoglas none of ithyoglasi none of themhyoglati none
DISTRIBUTIVEhyagla totally/all/allhyaglas all of ithyaglasi all of themhyaglati all
INDETERMINATEhyegla however/any/anyhyeglas any of ithyeglasi any of themhyeglati any number of them
IDIODEICTIChyigla as/as much/as many, equallyhyiglas the same amounthyiglasi the same numberhyiglati as many (people)
ALLODEICTIChyugla not as much/not as much/not as many hyuglas a different amounthyuglasi a different number of thingshyuglati a different number of people

Here are some examples showing how these quantitative determiners are used:
  • Et deuze huugla fi..... You sing so well.
  • At se hegla booka..... I am somewhat tired.
  • Hogla pati et teata hijub?.... How many birds did you see today?
  • At teata vyavay hugla tami..... I saw exactly that many houses.
  • Iyt fe hyiglas vyel et..... She wants the same amount as you.
  • Hoglati yantexe yet?.... How many (people) agree with you?
  • Hyoglati yantexe..... None agree.
  • Iit fu heglasi..... They would like some (of them).
  • Et yafe bier hyeglasi et fe..... You can take however many you want.
  • At se huugla booka.....I am so tired.
NOTE: The following determiners are synonymous and interchangeable:
  • hegla = gle = henog (somewhat, to some degree)
  • hyigla = ge = hyinog (as, equally, to the same degree)
The determiners hogla and huugla can be used as exclamatory adverbs, eg.:
  • Hogla et agsaye!.... How you have grown!
  • Hua twob jagsaye huugla!.... That man has aged so much!
  • Hia jotul se huugla fiteluza!.... This dessert is sooo delicioius!

Possessive Determiners

For a discussion of possessive determiners like my, mine, yours, our own, etc., see Possessive Adjectives under Pronouns.

Pronouns

Pronouns are words that substitute for explicit nouns. For example, the pronoun I stands for the person standing at this place. The pronoun this stands for the thing or person nearest.
In Mirad, pronouns can be:
  • personal or deictic
  • ordinary or reflexive
  • animate or inanimate
  • specific or generic
  • ungendered or feminine

Personal Pronouns

Personal pronouns in Mirad can be analyzed into the following categories:
CATEGORYELEMENTS
ANIMACY1. animate, 2. inanimate
PERSON LEVEL1. first, 2. second, 3. third
NUMBER1. singular, 2. plural
GENDER1. gender-neutral, 2. male, 3. female
SPECIFICITIES1. specific, 2. generic, 3. reflexive, 4. emphatic, 5. reciprocal
This chapter deals only with personal pronouns and not with deictic pronouns like this person, whoever, and those. Such pronouns are discussed in the chapter on Determiners. Pronouns do not have case forms like English he / him or she / her but they can be adjectivized to form what are known as possessive adjectives in English like his or my or possessive pronouns like hers or mine. Here below are charts showing the basic personal animate pronouns, split into gender-neutral, masculine, and feminine, including the generic and reflexive pronouns. The emphatic, reflexive, and reciprocal forms of personal pronouns are treated separately in a later section.
  • GENDER-NEURAL PRONOUNS:
GENDER-NEUTRAL
PRONOUNS
SINGULARPLURAL
(Double the vowel)
FIRST PERSON SPECIFICat....I, meaat....we, us
SECOND PERSON SPECIFICet....youeet....you, you all
THIRD PERSON SPECIFICit....he, him, she, her, itiit....they, them
THIRD PERSON GENERICot....oneoot....they, them, people
THIRD PERSON REFLEXIVEut....self, oneselfuut....selves, oneselves
NOTE: The generic and reflexive pronouns ot and ut do not express gender and are therefore not seen in the next two charts.
NOTE: The pronoun it can be translated as he or it in English when referring to animals or babies.
  • MALE PRONOUNS:
MALE PRONOUNS
(Pefix with w)
SINGULARPLURAL
FIRST PERSONwat....I, mewaat....we, us
SECOND PERSONwet....youweet....you, you all
THIRD PERSON SPECIFICwit....he, himwiit....they, them
  • FEMALE PRONOUNS:
MALE
(Insert y)
SINGULARPLURAL
FIRST PERSONayt....I, meaayt....we, us
SECOND PERSONeyt....youeeyt....you, you all
THIRD PERSON SPECIFICiyt....she, heriiyt....they, them
NOTE: The generic pronouns ot, oot and the reflexive pronouns ut, uut do not express gender. The third person generic pronouns ot and oot are used as English one and they, people (means unspecifed persons), as in the following examples:
  • Ot yefe xer ha yakwas..... One must do what is expected.
  • Oot de hav et vyode hoj..... They/People say you never lie.
The gender-neutral third person pronouns it and iit can refer to any sex, but are masculine by default or out of context. In practice iyt (she/her) is the only gendered pronoun used commonly. The others are rarely used. The first person plural pronoun aat can be either inclusive or exclusive, i.e. it can mean "you and I" or "you and the others." The plural pronouns have double vowels, but the second, final vowel is stressed. For example, aat is pronounced a-AHt and eeyt is pronounced eh-EHt. There is no distinction of case in Mirad, so at can mean I or me. For example:
  • Xu at fibun..... Do me a favor.
  • At so dat..... I will be a friend.
  • Hov tojbu it..... Don't kill him/her.
  • At ta hav iyt upo..... I knew she would come.
  • Fyadilu av aayt..... Pray for us (women).
NOTE: The English pronoun it is inanimate (refers to a thing or abstraction) and is not included in the above set of animate personal pronouns. This inanimate pronoun is explained later.

Reflexive Personal Pronouns

Reflexive personal pronouns like English myself, yourself, etc. are formed postfixing the reflexive pronoun ut or uut depending on whether the pronoun is singular or plural. The gender of the pronoun is reflected in the first personal pronoun morpheme, not the ut morpheme. The generic pronoun ot is invariable in terms of gender.

REFLEXIVESINGULAR
GENDER-NEUTRAL
SINGULAR
MALE
SINGULAR
FEMALE
PLURAL
GENDER-NEUTRAL
PLURAL
MALE
PLURAL
FEMALE
FIRST PERSONatut.... myselfwatut.... my male selfaytut.... my female selfaatuut.... ourselveswaatuut....our male selvesaaytuut.... our female selves
SECOND PERSONetut.... yourselfwetut....your male selfeytut.... your female selfeetuut.... your female selvesweetuut....your male selveseeytuut.... your female selves
THIRD PERSON SPECIFICitut.... himself/herselfwitut....himselfiytut.... herselfiituut.... themselveswiituut....their male selvesiiytuut.... their female selves
THIRD PERSON GENERICotut.... oneself----ootuut.... people themselves----

Examples of usage:
  • Wat yafe teater watut be ha sinzyef.....I (a male) can see myself (as a male) in the mirror.
  • Iyt yubteaxa iytut.....She examined herself.
  • Tyeu etut!....Know thyself.
  • It tojbu itut.....He/she would kill him/herself.
  • Ot yefe ifer otut.....One must love oneself.
  • Oot glaxag voy ife ootuut.....People often don't love themselves.
The reflexive pronoun ut self can sometimes be prefixed (with no variation in gender or number) to a verb to form a reflexive version of that verb, or it can be prefixed to other parts of speech to mean auto-, or self-, eg.:
  • tojber.... kill uttojber.... commit suicide
  • vyixer.... clean utvyixer.... wash up, clean oneself, self-clean
  • exer.... function utexer.... function automatically, self-run
  • izber.... pilot utizber.... auto-pilot, self-drive
  • exut.... operator utexut.... automaton
  • deber.... rule utdebea.... autocratic, self-ruling
  • tejdin.... biography uttejdin.... autobiography
  • fider.... praise utfider.... boast   (= self-praise)

Emphatic Personal Pronouns

Emphatic personal pronouns can be formed by following the personal pronoun with the adverb anutay (particularly), eg.:
EMPHATIC PRONOUNSSINGULARPLURAL
FIRST PERSONat anutay.... I myself, me myselfaat anutay.... we ourselves, us ourselves
SECOND PERSONet anutay.... you yourselfeet anutay.... you yourselves
THIRD PERSONit anutay.... the person him or herself
wit anutay.... he himself
iyt anutay.... she herself
iit anutay.... they themselves
wiit anutay....the males themselves
iiyt anutay....the females themselves
Examples:
  • At anutay voy vyatexe Tot.....I myself (= I in particular) don't believe in God.
  • At jateate eeyt anutay be hua dezzamos.....I foresee you gals yourselves on that stage.
  • Iyt anutay voy sa hum.....She herself was not here.

Reciprocal Personal Pronouns

The reciprocal pronoun one another, each other is translated with hyuit, which is a melding of hyut (the other person) and hyit (the same person).
  • Aat yefe ifer hyuit..... We must love one another.
This reciprocal pronoun can be converted to a possessive adjective by suffixing a, as in hyuita....one another's, mutual, reciprocal:
  • Waat yefe fiyzaxer hyuita fwasi. We guys must respect one another's wishes.
Note the following:
  • hyuita....mutual, reciprocal
  • hyuitif....Mutual love
  • huitan....mutuality, reciprocity
  • hyutin....altruism
  • atin.... egoism
  • utyena....selfish
  • utifa....egoistic
  • utifat....egoist
  • utufa....self-loathing
  • utin....egotism
  • utina....egotistic
  • utinat....egotist
  • ha at....the ego
  • ha it....the id
  • ha ut....the self
  • ha aybat....the superego
  • ha hyut....the other
  • hyutifa....altruistic
  • hyutifat....altruist
  • hyutifa....xenophobic

Possessive Adjectives

Possessive adjectives, which can also be referred to as pronominal determiners, are derived from basic and reflexive personal pronouns by adding the adjectival ending a to the basic or reflexive personal pronoun, as follows:

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVESSINGULAR BASICPLURAL BASICSINGULAR REFLEXIVEPLURAL REFLEXIVE
FIRST PERSON NEUTRAL-GENDER
FIRST PERSON FEMALE
FIRST PERSON MALE
ata my
ayta my
wata my
aata our
aayta our
waata our
atuta my own
aytuta my own
watuta my own
aatuuta our own
aytuuta our own
waatuuta our own
SECOND PERSON NEUTRAL-GENDER
SECOND PERSON FEMALE
SECOND PERSON MALE
eta your
eyta your
weta your
eeta your
eeyta your
weeta your
etuta your own
eytuta your own
wetuta your own
eetuuta your own
eeytuuta your own
weetuuta your own
THIRD PERSON NEUTRAL-GENDER
THIRD PERSON FEMALE
THIRD PERSON MALE
ita his/her
iyta her
wita his
iita their
iyta their
wiita their
ituta his/her own
iytuta her own
wituta his own
iituuta their own
iiytuuta their own
wiituuta their own
THIRD PERSON GENERICota one'soota people'sotuta one's ownootuuta people's own

The above possessive adjectives an be substantivized as pronouns by adding the suffix s thing possessed, or si things possessed, as follows:

SUBSTANTIVIZED
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES
BASIC POSSESSED THINGBASIC POSSESSED THINGSREFLEXIVE POSSESSED THINGREFLEXIVE POSSESSED THINGS
FIRST SINGULAR NEUTRAL-GENDER POSSESSOR
FIRST SINGULAR FEMALE POSSESSOR
FIRST SINGULAR MALE POSSESSOR
atas mine, my thing
aytas mine
watas mine
atasi mine, my things
aytasi mine
watasi mine
atutas my own, my own thing
aytutas my own
watutas my own
atutasi my own, my own things
aytutasi my own
watutasi my own
SECOND SINGULAR NEUTRAL-GENDER POSSESSOR
SECOND SINGULAR FEMALE POSSESSOR
SECOND SINGULAR MALE POSSESSOR
etas yours
eytas yours
wetas yours
etasi yours, your (things)
eytasi yours
wetasi yours
etutas your own
eytutas your own
wetutas your own
etutasi your own, your own things
eytutasi your own
wetutasi your own
THIRD SINGULAR NEUTRAL-GENDER POSSESSOR
THIRD SINGULAR FEMALE POSSESSOR
THIRD SINGULAR MALE POSSESSOR
itas his/her
iytas hers
witas his
itasi his/her (things)
iytasi her (things)
witasi his (things)
itutas his/her own (thing)
iytutas her own (thing)
witutas his own (thing)
itutati their own (things)
iytutasi their own (things)
witutasi their own (things)
THIRD SINGULAR GENERIC POSSESSORotas one'sotasi one's , one's thingsotutas one's ownotutasi one's own (things)
FIRST PLURAL GENDER-NEUTRAL POSSESSOR
FIRST PLURAL FEMALE POSSESSOR
FIRST PLURAL MALE POSSESSOR
aatas ours
aaytas ours
waatas
aatasi ours, our things
aaytasi ours
waatasi ours
aatuutas our own
aaytuutas our own
waatuutas our own
aatuutasi our own (things)
aaytuutasi our own
waatuutasi our own
SECOND PLURAL GENDER-NEUTRAL POSSESSOR
SECOND PLURAL FEMALE POSSESSOR
SECOND PLURAL MALE POSSESSOR
eetas yours
eeytas yours
weetas yours
eetasi yours, your things
eeytasi yours
weetasi yours
eetuutas your own
eeytuutas your own
weetuutas your own
eetuutasi your own (things)
eeytuutasi your own
weetuutasi your own
THIRD PLURAL GENDER-NEURAL POSSESSOR
THIRD PLURAL FEMALE POSSESSOR
THIRD PLURAL MALE POSSESSOR
iitas theirs
iiytas theirs
wiitas theirs
iitasi theirs, their things
iiytasi theirs
wiitasi theirs
iituutas their own
iiytuutas their own
wiituutas their own
iituutasi their own (things)
iiytuutasi their own
wiituutasi their own (things)

Examples:
  • Aat yefe valbeler aatuutasi.....We must protect our own.
  • Etasi naze ga vyel atasi.....Yours are worth more than mine.
  • Weet, Biku weetuta soni.....You guys, mind your own business.
  • Aayt fe ser bay aaytuuti.....We gals want to be with ourselves.

Translating various uses of it in English

When translating English it referring to an animal or baby, the Mirad pronoun it is used, eg:
  • At eke bay ha epet avhas hu at iyfe it..... I play with the dog because I like it.
When translating English it referring to an inanimate object or abstraction, the Mirad deictic pronoun has is used, eg:
  • At teasa ha dyezun ay at iyfa has gla.....I saw the movie and I liked it a lot.
The possessive forms of has is hasa its, for example:
  • At iyfe ha dyes ay at ife hasa abdyun..... I like the book and I love it's title.
If the pronoun they/them is just a plural of it referring to an object or abstraction, then the pronoun hasi is used.
  • Ha sizuni se via ay at ife hasi..... The dogs are beautiful and I love them.
The possessive form of hasi they/them must be expressed with the preposition bi of, eg.:
  • Ha tefi se via oy ha naxi bi hasi se otwa..... The hats are beautiful, but their prices (= the prices of them) are unknown.
If it introduces a non-previously-mentioned abstraction in English or has no antecedent, then the it is left unexpressed in the Mirad equivalent sentence. For example:
  • Mamilo..... It will rain. ( = Will rain.)
  • Se fia hav et upa..... It is good that you came. ( = Is good that you came.)
  • Sa via jub bay et..... It was a beautiful day with you. ( = Was a beautiful day...)
  • Voy se yuka yarper hia meb..... It is not easy to climb this mountain. ( = Is not easy...)

Referring to Third Persons with Deictic Determiners

The definite, proximal, distal deictic determiners can be used for third person pronouns. These forms can be animate or inanimate, masculine or feminine, singular or plural, definite, proximal (near to the speaker) or distal (remote from the speaker). The general forms of these specifiers are given in a previous section, but they are elaborated here for their use as third person pronouns:
 THINGPERSONFEMALEMALE
DEFINITESINGULAR
PLURAL
POSSESSIVE
has it/this/the thing
hasi they/them/these/the things
hasa its/this/the thing's
hat the person/he/she/him/her
hati the people/they/them
hata the person's/his/her
hayt she/her
hayti they/them/the females
hayta her/the female's
hwat he/him/the male person
hwati they/them/the males
hwata his/the male's
PROXIMALSINGULAR
PLURAL
POSSESSIVE
his it/this/this thing
hisi they/them/these/these things
hisa its/this/this thing's
hit this person/he/she/him/her
hiti these people/they/them
hita this person's/his/her
hiyt she/her
hiyti they/them/these females
hiyta her/this female's
hwit he/him/this male person
hwiti they/them/these males
hwita his/this male's
DISTALSINGULAR
PLURAL
POSSESSIVE
hus it/this/that thing
husi they/them/these/those things
husa its/this/these thing's
hut this person/he/she/him/her
huti these people/they/them
huta this person's/his/her
huyt she/her
huyti they/them/those females
huyta her/that female's
hwut he/him/that male
hwuti they/them/those males
hwuta his/that male's
Mirad does not force you to indicate gender in animate pronouns. The gender-neutral forms in the PERSON column are ordinarily sufficient. The forms in the MALE and FEMALE column are optional and used only when a distinction is needed.
Here are some examples using the above pronouns:
  • Huyt voy se tadsa..... She (that woman) is not married.
  • At hoj teataye hiti..... I have never seen them (these people).
  • Hasi bi huyti se ga aga vyel atasi..... Theirs (= the ones of those females) are bigger than mine.
  • Hom et koxa has?.... Where did you hide it (the thing)?
  • Hoyen et ijtya hat?....How did you meet him (the person)?
  • At tyaye huyt yagjob..... I've known her (=that female) for a long time.
The above pronouns answer the questions hos? what?, hosi? what things?, hot? who(m)?, or hoti? what persons?, but there is another set of deictic selective pronouns that answer the questions hoat? which one?, hoayti? which ones (of the females mentioned)?, hoas? which one/thing?, and hoasi? which ones/things?:
SELECTIVESTHINGTHINGSPERSONPERSONS
DEFINITEhaas the onehaasi the oneshaat the onehaati the ones
PROXIMALhias this onehiasi thesehiat this onehiati these
DISTALhuas that onehuasi those huat that onehuati those
Here are some examples using these deictic selective pronouns:
  • Duhev et fu hias ey huas?.... Would you like this one or that one?
  • Huayt se haat..... She (that female person) is the one.
  • At iyfe hiasi ga vyel huasi..... I like these more than those.
Compare the following two examples:
  • Hoas et fu? Hias..... Which one would you like? This one. (SELECTIVE)
  • Hos et fu? His..... What would you like? This. (SPECIFIC)

Relative Pronouns

Relative pronouns are presented in the chapter on Verbs, under the section "Free Relative Clauses".

Verbs

Verbs in Mirad are listed in the dictionary under the present infinitive (see Infinitives), such as beer to have. The infinitive minus the er ending is the stem. The stem is used as the base for all other verbal instantiations. The infinitive as listed in the dictionary is usually active in voice, but occasionally a passive infinitive ending in -wer will be lexicalized because of it is somehow special, and the stem is the infinitive minus the wer ending. All Mirad verbs are conjugated in the same way and there are no exceptions.
This shows how the STEM is derived:
PRESENT INFINITIVE VERB FORMSTEMINFINITIVE ENDING
beer to havebe--er
poser to (come to a) stoppos--er
xer to dox--er
xwer to happen, be done (PASSIVE)x--wer

Verb Categories

Morphological Categories

Verbs are inflected with the following morphological categories:
  • STATES: finite, non-finite
  • TENSES: present, past, future
  • ASPECTS: simple, progressive, perfect, imminent, conditional
  • VOICES: active, passive (reflexive and reciprocal are lexical, not morphological)
  • MOODS: indicative, hypothetical
  • PERSONS: 1st singular, 2nd singular, 3rd singular, 1st plural, 2nd plural, 3rd plural
In effect, the PERSONS category does not affect the morphology of the Mirad verb form itself, because the Mirad verb form stays the same for all PERSONS. In English, for example, the verb "be" has several different forms in the present tense depending on the PERSON. The following chart shows how this differs from the corresponding stationary verb form in Mirad:
PERSONENGLISHMIRAD
1st SING(I) am(at) se
2nd SING(you) are (et) se
3rd SING(he/she/it) is(it) se
1st PLUR(we) are(aat) se
2nd PLUR(you) are(eet) se
3rd PLUR(they) are(iit) se

Lexical Categories

In addition, verbs can be described in terms of the following opposing lexical categories:
STATIVEDYNAMIC
ser.... to bexer....to do
INTRANSITIVETRANSITIVE
agaser....to grow largeagaxer....to magnify
SUBJECT-ORIENTEDOBJECT-ORIENTED
bier....to takebuer....to give
REFLEXIVENON-REFLEXIVE
utvyixer....to wash up (wash oneself)vyixer....to wash
ACTIVEPASSIVE
xer....to doxwer....to happen, to be done
INCHOATIVECAUSATIVE
tujper....fall asleeptujber....put to sleep
AUTONOMOUSDYNAMIC
yijer....to open (by itself)yijber....to (make it) open
RECIPROCALNON-RECIPROCAL
hyuittujber....to kill one anothertujber....to kill
GESTURALMOTIONAL
baser....to stir, budgepaser....to move

Non-finite Forms

Non-finite verb forms are not conjugated for person, cannot form a predicate, and do not have a subject. There are three kinds of non-finite verb forms in Mirad:
  • INFINITIVES: the dictionary reference form of a verb, ending in er
  • GERUNDS: verbal nouns, ending in en
  • PARTICIPLES: verbal adjectives, ending in a

Infinitives

Verbs are listed in the dictionary under the present infinitive form, which always ends in er and means to X, or sometimes the present passive infinitive form, which ends in wer and means to be Xed. The part of the verb form minus this er or wer ending is the VERB STEM.
STEMENDINGINFINITIVE
agseragser to grow
agxeragxer to magnify
perper to go
xwerxwer to happen, be done
The infinitive in Mirad is used just as its counterpart in English. The infinitive can be marked for two tenses (present, past) and two voices (active, passive), as shown in the chart below, where the respective endings are underlined:


INFINITIVEACTIVEPASSIVE
PRESENTagaxer to magnifiedagaxwer to be magnified
PASTagaxayer to have magnifiedagaxawer to have been magnified

Gerunds

The gerund is a verbal noun like English mating in mating rituals. It is formed by suffixing en to the verb stem for the active voice and wen for the passive voice (The consonant w is used in Mirad for indicating the passive voice).
INFINITIVESTEMACTIVE GERUNDPASSIVE GERUND
agaxer...to magnifyagax-agaxen... magnifying, magnificationagaxwen being magnified
per... to gop-pen... going(no passive voice)
saxer... to create, make, formsax-saxen... forming, creationsaxwen being created
Some examples:
  • Ha saxen bi hia mar efxa amroni bi jabi..... The formation of this star took millions of years.
  • Iyta deuzen sa gla via..... Her singing was very beautiful.
  • Popen se yika yex..... Traveling is hard work.
  • Teetwen fiay se glatesa av dezuti..... Being heard well is important for actors.

Participles

Participles are verbal adjectives and can modify nouns. Since they act as adjectives, they have the adjectival ending -a. Participles can be present, past, future, or hypothetical. They can also be active or passive. Here is a table of participles:
TENSE-VOICEINFINITIVESTEMENDINGPARTICIPLEEXAMPLE
PRESENT ACTIVEdeuzer to singdeuz--eadeuzea singingha deuzea pat the singing bird
PRESENT PASSIVEebdaler to discussebdal--ewaebdalewa being discussedha ebdalewa dyen the book being discussed
PAST ACTIVEpier to departpi--aapiaa departedha piaa topi the departed souls
PAST PASSIVEazyujber to lockazyujb--(a)waazyujbawa lockedha azyujbawa (or: azyubwa) mes the locked door
FUTURE ACTIVEtajber to give birthtajb--oatajboa about to give birthha tajboa toyb the woman about to give birth
FUTURE PASSIVEosexer to destroyosex--owaosexowa about to be destroyedha osexowa tam the house about to be destroyed
HYPOTHETICAL ACTIVEtojber to killtojb--uatojbua apt to killtojbua til a lethal potion
HYPOTHETICAL PASSIVEtiler to drinktil--uwatiluwa drinkabletiluwa mil potable water
Adverbial participles can be made from the above adjectival participles, by suffixing the letter y. Examples:
  • Iyt yepa ha tim deuzeay. She entered the room singing.
  • Ujbaway ha dodal, it pia. The speech having been finished, he left.
Also, the above participles can be nominalized by suffixing n. Examples:
  • tiluwa drinkable tiluwan potability
  • tojbua lethal tojbuan lethality
  • piaa departed ita piaan his having departed...
Furthermore, these participles can sometimes be pronominalized with s for things and t for peoples. These forms can, in turn, be pluralized:
  • xwa known xwas what is known, a fact
  • xwa known xwasi facts, information
  • oxwa unknown oxwas what is not known, a mystery
  • osexea destroying osexeas a destroyer
  • tojbua lethal tojbuas something lethal, a lethal thing
  • tojboa moribund someone about to die, a fatal case
  • tejea living tejeat a living person
  • tejea living tejeasi living things
There is a special nominalized animate participle used for agent nouns (English one who does something, Xer), which refer to person who habitually does some action, perhaps as a profession or trade. These participles end in ut.
  • sexut.... builder
  • nuut.... supplier
  • tojbut.... killer
  • ifut.... lover
  • akuti.... winners
Note: There is a slight difference of meaning between the tensed participial pronoun ha akeat the one winning and the non-tensed agent noun ha akut the winner.

Finite Forms

In Mirad, finite verb forms are those that can take a person subject, serve as a predicate, and be conjugated. Finite verb forms are conjugated by using suffixes indicating, through their presence or absence, the following categories:
  • two MOODS (indicative and hypothetical)
  • three TENSES (present, past, future)
  • five ASPECTS (simple, progressive, perfect, imminent, conditional)
  • two VOICES (active, passive)
Person and number are not marked on the verb form itself. For example, am, is, are, which change according to the person suject in English, are all expressed with the same verb form in Mirad: se. Thus, at se I am, et se you are, it se he is, etc.

Moods

There are two moods in Mirad: indicative and hypothetical.
  • Indicative Mood
The indicative form of the verb indicates an action or state that occurs in actual time, such as he went, he is going, he will go.
The indicative mood has three tenses, present, past, and future indicated by the suffixes -e, -a, and -o, respectively.
  • Hypothetical Mood
Wheras the indicative verb forms expresses actuality in time, the hypothetical mood expresses one of the non-actuality situations below:
  • a command , i.e. the IMPERATIVE (Go!)
  • a wish or suggestion, i.e. the HORTATIVE or JUSSIVE (May the king live long!, Let's celebrate!)
  • an imagined if-condition, i.e. the SUBJUNCTIVE (If I were a rich man...)
  • an imagined then-situation, i.e. the CONDITIONAL (I would be happy.)

Aspects

There are four aspects in the Mirad verb system.
  • the SIMPLE aspect (default), i.e. non-progressive, non-perfect, non-imminent, and non-conditional.
  • the PROGRESSIVE aspect, i.e. an action or state on-going in the particular tense.
  • the PERFECT aspect, i.e. an action or state anterior or already completed.
  • the IMMINENT aspect, i.e. an action or state about to happen.
  • the CONDITIONAL aspect, i.e. an action supposed to happen.
  • The Simple Aspect (default)
Unless specifically marked, the default aspect is simple, i.e. non-progressive, non-perfect, and non-conditional.
Here is a chart showing the simple, active voice instantiations of two Mirad verbs (saxer to create and ser to be) with the endings underlined:
MOODTENSEASPECTVOICEVERB #1 saxerVERB #2 ser
INDICATIVEPRESENTSIMPLEACTIVEAt saxe. I createAt se. I am
INDICATIVEPASTSIMPLEACTIVEAt saxa. I createdAt sa. I was
INDICATIVEFUTURESIMPLEACTIVEAt saxo. I will createAt so. I will be
HYPOTHETICALATEMPORALSIMPLEACTIVEAt saxu. I would create [CONDITIONAL]
Hav aat saxu! Let's create! [HORTATIVE]
Saxu has! Create it! [IMPERATIVE]
Hav hyat saxu! May everyone create! [JUSSIVE]
At su. I would be
Hav has su. Let it be.
Su fia! Be good!
Hav hyat su iva! May everyone be happy!
  • The Simple Indicative Present Tense
The simple indicative present tense instantiation is marked with the vowel suffix e and has a non-progressive (habitual) aspect as in English I work or I live. Progressive aspect forms like I am studying are explained later.
  • The Simple Indicative Past Tense
The simple past tense instantiation is marked with the vowel suffix a and has a non-progressive (punctual) meaning as in English I did something at some particular point in time.
  • The Simple Indicative Future Tense
The simple indicative future tense is marked with the vowel suffix o and has the same meaning as in English I will do something at some particular point in the future.
  • The Simple Hypothetical Atemporal
A verb form ending in u like pu has no time value and is used to express unreal actions or states, such as the imperative, hortative, jussive, conditional, or subjunctive.
Generally, if a verb form ending in u begins a sentence, then it is an IMPERATIVE (a command). For example, Ipu!, Go away!. If the verb form has a subject not preceded by the complementizers hav, hev, or hov, than it is probably a CONDITIONAL predicate like At fu per. I would like to go.. If the subject of the verb is preceded by hev if, then it is a SUBJUNCTIVE (unreal conditional) clause as in Hev at su nasikat... If I were a rich man.. If the subject is preceded by Hav that/let/may or hov don't, then it is a HORTATIVE wish like Hav et yagteju. May you live long. or a JUSSIVE suggestion like Hav aat fadilu. Let us pray. or a prohibition like Hov tilu his! Don't drink this!. If the sentence consists merely of a SUBJECT + VERB ending in -u, the meaning is CONDITIONAL, eg.: At voy xu hus. I would not do that.

Voices

Mirad has two voices, ACTIVE and PASSIVE (although REFLEXIVES and RECIPROCALS can be produced lexically.).
  • Active Voice
The default voice is active, i.e. the subject of the verb is doing the action.
  • Passive Voice
A verb form is converted from active to passive by inserting a w just before the last vowel of the verb form. The past passive particle ending awa can be reduced to wa (done is xawa or xwa) if the resultant combination of consonants is not to hard to pronounce.
The following chart shows the distinction between active and passive voice of various verbs:
TENSE-MOODACTIVEPASSIVEEXAMPLE
INFINITIVExer to doxwer to be doneEse hyos xwer. There is nothing to be done.
PRESENT PARTICIPALsexea constructingsexewa being constructedHis se sexewa. This is under construction.
PRESENTxe doesxwe is doneHuyenasi hoj xwe. Such things are never done.
PAST PARTICIPALxaa having donex(a)wa doneHyas se xawa. Everything is done.
PASTtojba killedtojbwa was killedHoj it tojbwa? When was he killed?
HYPOTHETICALbakxu healbakxwu be healedHav it bakxwu. May he be healed.
Sometimes, the passive voice is used to represent a medio-passive. For example, ujwer to open is used medio-passively in the expression Ha mes ujwa. The door opened., because there is no overt subject, as if the door opened itself. Many intransitive verbs cannot be made passive. For example, tajer to be born is intransitive (takes no object) and has no passive voice form. However, the verb tajber to bear, give birth can be passive, as in Ha tobob tajbwa zajub. The child was delivered yesterday (as opposed to Ha tobob taja zajub. The child was born yesterday.)
  • Reflexive Voice
A verb is made reflexive by prefixing the reflexive pronoun ut (self), for example:
  • tojber to kill uttojber to kill oneself
  • milber to wash utvyilxer to wash up
  • teater to see utteater to see oneself
  • yalber to lift utyalber to lift oneselfUtyalbu! Lift yourself up!
  • ter to know utter to know oneselfUttu! Know thyself!
  • Reciprocal Voice
A verb is made reciprocal by prefixing the reciprocal pronoun hyuit one another, for example:
  • tojber to kill hyuittojber to kill one another
  • vyilxer to wash hyuitvyilxer to wash one another
  • teater to see hyuitteater to see one another
Both the reflexive pronoun and reciprocal pronoun can be used as standalone objects. However, the plural form uut is used if the subject is plural, for example:
  • Iiyt vyilxa uut.....They (f.) washed up. (= washed selves).
  • Ha twobeti dizeuda hyuit.....The boys laughed at one another.

Aspects Revisited

Mirad verbs have the following aspects:
  • SIMPLE -- this is the default aspect, shown above, i.e. NON-PROGRESSIVE, NON-PERFECT, NON-IMMINENT, and NON-POTENTIAL.
  • PROGRESSIVE -- this is an aspect where the verb describes an on-going action or state spread over time.
  • PERFECT -- this presents the action or state as anterior, or completed prior to another action or state.
  • IMMINENT -- this describes an action or state about to happen.
  • POTENTIAL -- this refers to an action or state where something is possible.

The Simple Aspect

The following chart presents Mirad verbs in the Simple aspect. In the active voice, the tense vowels a, e, o, and u are affixed to the stem. In the passive voice, the passive marker consonant w is inserted between the stem and the final tense vowels. The simple present tense refers to actions or states that are habitual (I regularly go to school.), regular (The earth revolves around the sun.), or permanent (Blue is a color.). The simple past refers to actions or states that occurred at a fixed point in time (I did my homework last night.). The simple future refers to actions or states that will occur at some particular point in the future (The sun will rise tomorrow at dawn.). The simple conditional refers to an imagined action or state that has not be realized (You would make a good president.).
SIMPLE ASPECTACTIVE VOICEPASSIVE VOICE
SIMPLE PRESENTAt xe.... I doHas xwe.... It is done
SIMPLE PASTAt xa.... I didHas xwa.... It was done
SIMPLE FUTUREAt xo.... I will doHas xwo.... It will be done
SIMPLE CONDITIONALAt xu.... I would doHas xwu.... It would be done

The Progressive Aspect

The following chart presents Mirad verbs in the Progressive aspect. The present tense vowel e followed by a buffer consonant, are inserted between the stem and the final tense vowel. The buffer consonant is y in the active voice, or w in the passive voice.
PROGRESSIVE ASPECTACTIVE VOICEPASSIVE VOICE
PRESENT PROGRESSIVEat xeye.... I am doingHas xewe.... it is being done
PAST PROGRESSIVEat xeya.... I was doingHas xewa.... it was being done
FUTURE PROGRESSIVEat xeyo.... I am going to be doingHas xewo.... it will be happening
CONDITIONAL PROGRESSIVEat xeyu.... I would be doingHas xewu.... it would be happening

The Perfect Aspect

The following chart presents Mirad verbs in the Perfect aspect. The past tense vowel a following by a buffer consonant are inserted between the stem and the final tense vowel. The buffer consonant is y in the active voice, or w in the passive voice.
PERFECT ASPECTACTIVE VOICEPASSIVE VOICE
PRESENT PERFECTAt xaye.... I have doneHas xawe.... It has been done
PAST PERFECTAt xaya.... I had doneHas xawa.... It had been done
FUTURE PERFECTAt xayo.... I will have doneHas xawo.... It will have been done
CONDITIONAL PERFECTAt xayu.... I would have doneHas xawu.... It would have been done

The Imminent Aspect

The following chart presents Mirad verbs in the Imminent aspect. The future tense vowel o following by a buffer consonant are inserted between the stem and the final tense vowel. The buffer consonant is y in the active voice, or w in the passive voice.
IMMINENT ASPECTACTIVE VOICEPASSIVE VOICE
PRESENT IMMINENTAt xoye.... I am going to doHas xowe.... It is going to be done
PAST IMMINENTAt xoya.... I was going to doHas xowa.... It was going to be done
FUTURE IMMINENTAt xoyo... I will be about to doHas xowo.... It will be about to be done
CONDITIONAL IMMINENT(not used)(not used)

The Potential Aspect

The following chart presents Mirad verbs in the Potential aspect. The hypothetical vowel u followed by a buffer consonant are inserted between the stem and the final tense vowel. The buffer consonant is y in the active voice, or w in the passive voice.
POTENTIAL ASPECTACTIVE VOICEPASSIVE VOICE
PRESENT POTENTIALAt xuye I am to doHas xuwe It is to be done, it is doable
PAST POTENTIALAt xuya I was to doHas xuwa It was to be done, it was doable
FUTURE PERFECT(not used)(not used)
CONDITIONAL PERFECT(not used)(not used)

Putting It All Together: The Mirad Verb Conjugation System

The following chart presents the totality of the Mirad verb conjugation system using the verb xer to do and its passive xwer to be done, happen:
STATEMOODASPECTTENSEVOICECONJUGATED FORMTRANSLATION
INFINITIVESIMPLEACTIVE
PASSIVE
xer
xwer
to do
to be done, to happen
INFINITIVEPERFECTACTIVE
PASSIVE
xaer
xawer
to have done
to have been done, to have happend
PARTICIPLEPROGRESSIVEACTIVE
PASSIVE
xea
xewa
doing
being done, happening
PARTICIPLEPERFECTACTIVE
PASSIVE
xaa
xawa xwa
having done
done, happened
PARTICIPLEIMMINENTACTIVE
PASSIVE
xoa
xowa
about to do
about to happen
PARTICIPLEPOTENTIALACTIVE
PASSIVE
xua
xuwa
bound to do
doable
GERUNDACTIVE
PASSIVE
xen
xwen
doing, deed
being done, happening, event
FINITEINDICATIVESIMPLEPRESENTACTIVE
PASSIVE
xe
xwe
does
is done, happens
FINITEINDICATIVESIMPLEPASTACTIVE
PASSIVE
xa
xwa
did
was done, happened
FINITEINDICATIVESIMPLEFUTUREACTIVE
PASSIVE
xo
xwo
will do
will be done, will happen
FINITEHYPOTHETICAL
(CONDITIONAL / IMPERATIVE)
SIMPLEACTIVE
PASSIVE
xu
xwu
would do, do!
would be done, would happen, be done!
FINITEINDICATIVEPROGRESSIVEPRESENTACTIVE
PASSIVE
xeye
xewe
is doing
is being done, is happening
FINITEINDICATIVEPROGRESSIVEPASTACTIVE
PASSIVE
xeya
xewa
was doing
was doing, was happening
FINITEINDICATIVEPROGRESSIVEFUTUREACTIVE
PASSIVE
xeyo
xewo
will be doing
will be happening
FINITEHYPOTHETICAL
(= CONDITIONAL)
PROGRESSIVEACTIVE
PASSIVE
xeyu
xewu
would be doing
would be happening
FINITEINDICATIVEPERFECTPRESENTACTIVE
PASSIVE
xaye
xawe
has done
has been done, has happened
FINITEINDICATIVEPERFECTPASTACTIVE
PASSIVE
xaya
xawa
had done
had been done, had happened
FINITEINDICATIVEPERFECTFUTUREACTIVE
PASSIVE
xayo
xawo
will have done
will have been done, will have happened
FINITEHYPOTHETICAL
(= CONDITIONAL)
PERFECTACTIVE
PASSIVE
xayu
xawu
would have done
would have been done, would have happened
FINITEINDICATIVEIMMINENTPRESENTACTIVE
PASSIVE
xoye
xowe
is about to do
is about to be done, is about to happen
FINITEINDICATIVEIMMINENTPASTACTIVE
PASSIVE
xoya
xowa
was to be done
was to be done, was to happen
FINITEINDICATIVEPOTENTIALPRESENTACTIVE
PASSIVE
xuye
xuwe
is supposed to do
is supposed to happen
FINITEINDICATIVEPOTENTIALPASTACTIVE
PASSIVE
xuya
xuwa
was supposed to do
was supposed to be done, was supposed to happen

Predicate Types

Predicate types, i.e. illocutions, refer to whether the verb, predicate, clause, or sentence is expressed as a question (INTERROGATIVE), a declaration (DECLARATIVE), a negation (NEGATIVE), affirmation (AFFIRMATIVE), or combinations of these.

Making Predicates Interrogative

To make a declarative predicate or sentence into a question, simply begin it with the Yes/No Question Introducer Duhev Say whether.../Is it true that...? or any other interrogative pronoun or adverb such as Hos? What?, Hot? Who(m)?, or Hom? where?. Note that the Du in Duhev means Say.../ Tell me..., so Duhev...? really is a command meaning Say whether.... The word hev without the du is a conditional complementizer and just means if or whether. The part of the sentence after Duhev is a simple declarative statement in the normal word order. The same is true for the words following other interrogative words, such as Hos? What? and Hom? Where?. In other words, there is no inversion of word order in questions as there often is in English, Spanish, and many other languages.
DECLARATIVEINTERROGATIVE
Et se taduwa..... You are married.Duhev et se taduwa?.... Are you married? (= Say whether you are married.)
Ha mari se maya..... The stars are bright.Duhev ha mari se maya?.... Are the stars bright? (= Say whether the stars are bright.)
Hut aka.....That guy won.Hot aka?.... Who won?
Iyt aka glas.....She won a lot.Hoglas iyt aka?.... How much did she win?
It paye..... He has gone.Hom it paye?.... Where has he gone?
Note that the question words introduce the sentence and do not alter the word order as seen in the declarative. Also, a declarative sentence can be made interrogative simply by adding a question mark at the end in writing or raising the voice inflection at the end in speaking, eg:
  • Et bese ha yubem?.... You live in the neighborhood?
The yes-no tag vao can be placed at the end of a declaration to make it a question, eg.:
  • Et bese ha yubem, vao?....You live in the neighborhood, right?
Yes/no questions such as the above and those introduced with Duhev usually are answered with va yes, ve maybe, or vo no or their equivalents.
YES-NO QUESTIONANSWER
Duhev eta dyun se John?.... Is your name John?Vo, se Bill..... No, it's Bill.
Duhev eta apet aka?.... Did you horse win?Va. Atas vay aka....Yes. Mine won indeed.
Duhev et texe hav ha malyen gafiso hijub?.... Do you think the weather will improve today?Ve..... Maybe.
Fe per bay at?.... Wanna go with me?Vey zajub.... Maybe tomorrow.
Et se tadio, vao?....You're going to get married, right?Vey va, vey vo.....Maybe yes, maybe no.

Affirming/ Doubting / Negating Declarations

The following set of interjections and adverbs can be used to affirm, cast doubt on, or negate declarations:
 INTERJECTIONADVERBPROPOSITION
AFFIRMATIVEva yesvay indeed, reallyVa. At vay yantexe.... Yes, I indeed/do/really agree.
DUBITATIVEve maybe, perhapsvey possibly, may...Ve. At vey po..... Maybe. I may/possibly will go.
NEGATIVEvo novoy notVo. At voy su iva..... No. I would not be happy.

Mixing Them Up

The above interrogative words and the words of affirmation / doubt / negation can be used in various combinations, for example:
  • Duves et voy se tadsa?.... Aren't you married?
  • Avhos iyt se voy tadsa?.... Why isn't she married?
  • Vey voy mamilo..... It may not rain.
  • At vay voy tadso iyt..... I will certainly not marry her.
  • Et peyo, vao?.... You will go, right?
  • Vo. Hus vey vay se vyoa..... No. That may indeed be wrong.
  • Et te ha dud, vao?.... You know the answer, don't you? (=right?)
Note that the particles of affirmation/doubt/negation usually precede the verb, but can just as easily follow it.
  • At voy te. .... I don't know.
  • At te voy. .... I don't know. [Lit: I know not.]
Note that vao? is a particle meaning yes or no?, right?, n'est-ce pas?

Imperative and Hortative Expressions

An imperative expression is a command. In Mirad, a verb in the hypothetical form ending in -u without a subject is assumed to an imperative referring implicitly to you. For example:
  • Ipu !.... Go away!
  • Tiju !.... Wake up!
  • Su fiat !.... Be a good person!
Hortative expressions, i.e. urging or wishing expressions like Let's go. or May he win., use the hypothetical form of the verb with the clause introduced by the positive complementizer vas that, may, let. In Arabic and some other languages, this is called the jussive' mood.
  • Hav aat fadilu..... Let's pray. (Lit: That we would pray.)
  • Hav et aku hia ifek..... May you win this game.
  • Hav ha edeb yagteju..... Long live the king. (Lit. That the king would long-live.)
The negative version of imperative and hortative expressions is introduced with the negative complementizer hov don't, lest, let's not. If there is no subject pronoun, you is understood.
  • Hov dalu at huyen..... Don't (you) speak to me that way.
  • Hov iit oku..... May they not lose.
  • Hov aat toxu it..... Let's not forget him.

Complementizers

Hav, hev, and hov are part of a whole system of complementizers:
TYPECOMPLEMENTIZERSMEANINGMIRAD
EXAMPLE
ENGLISH
EQUIVALENT
INTERROGATIVEduhev...?Is it true that...?
Tell (me) whether...
(yes/no question introducer)
Duhev eta dyun se John?Is (it true that) your name is John?
CONDITIONALhevif, whetherHev et te, du has.
At utdide hev it upo.
If you know, say so.
I wonder whether he'll come.
ANTI-CONDITIONALohevunlessOhev et yexe, et voy ako.Unless you work, you will not win.
POSITIVE/HORTATIVEhavthat, so that, let, mayAt ta hav it upo.
Hav aat dilo.
Hav et su iva.
At xa has hav et fitexu at.
I knew (that) he would come.
Let's pray.
Let you be happy.
I did it so you'd think well of me.
NEGATIVE/PROHIBITIVEhovDon't, let...not, lestHov teaxu at.
Hov aat su uva.
At pio hov et futipsu.
Don't look at me.
Let's not be sad.
I will leave lest you get angry.
RELATIVEhuwho, whom, that, whichHa toybi hu ifaye et...
Ha toyb hu et ife.
Koxon hu at yofe onyafxer.
The women who have loved you.
The woman (whom) you love.
A problem (that/which) I cannot solve.

Subjunctive Clauses

The hypothetical mood is also used in subjunctive clauses. A subjunctive clause is one in which an action or state is desired, requested, required, or wanted in some other way by the actor in the main clause. Positive subjunctive clauses are introduced with the positive complementizer hav that, let's, so that. Here are some examples:
  • Ha ideb dila hav at tyoibu za it..... The king asked that I kneel before him.
  • Se igefwa hav et upu gwa ig..... It is urgent that you come as soon as possible.
  • Dirwa hav hyat dolu..... It was ordered that everyone be silent.
A negative subjunctive clause is introduced with the negative complementizer hov don't, lest.
  • Su bikaya hov et pyosu..... Be careful lest you fall / that you not fall.
The conditional complementizer hev if, whether can introduce a clause in the subjunctive, indicating an unreal condition, as in the following examples:
  • At sexu tam hev at su nasika....I would build a house if I were (= would be) rich.
  • Hos et xu hev et baysu ga nas?...What would you do if you had (= would have) more money?
Many of the above sentences could be rephrased with an infinitive in order to avoid the subjunctive:
  • Ha ideb dila at tyoiber za it..... The king asked me to kneel before him.
  • Se igefwa av et uper gwa ig..... It is urgent for you to come as soon as possible.
  • Hyat dirwa doler..... Everyone was ordered to be silent.
  • Su bikaya voy pyoser..... Be careful not to fall.

If-Then Conditional Clauses

A conditional clause is introduced with the conditional complementizer hev if, whether. The if-clause can be a real tense or a hypothetical. If the if-clause is hypothetical, the then-clause is also hypothetical. Here are the possible variations:
IF-CLAUSETHEN-CLAUSE
PRESENT INDICATIVEPRESENT INDICATIVE
Hev ot yexe gla,
If one works hard,
ot akxe.
one succeeds.
PAST INDICATIVEPAST INDICATIVE
Hev et ta,
If you knew,
et dola.
you kept quiet.
FUTURE INDICATIVEFUTURE INDICATIVE
Hev et pio,
If you leave,
at so uva.
I will be sad.
PRESENT HYPOTHETICALPRESENT HYPOTHETICAL
Hev at su nasika,
If I were rich,

Hev et teetu,
If you would listen,
at nusbiu aga tam.
I would buy a new house.

et testu.
you would understand.
PAST HYPOTHETICALPAST HYPOTHETICAL
Hev at tayu,
If I had known,
at dudayu hyuyen.
I would have responded differently.
Note that in English, when the then-clause is future tense, the if-clause is present; This is not the case in Mirad, where both clauses are in the future. In Mirad, the formula is "If you WILL leave, I WILL be sad." In English, the formula "I didn't know whether he WOULD x" is translated in Mirad as "I didn't know whether he WILL x."

If/Whether Subordinate Clauses

Here are some examples of sentences where the main clause contains some verb of knowing, questioning, wondering, guessing followed by a subordinate clause introduced by the conditional complementizer hev whether / if. Note that the tenses in Mirad are somewhat different in that there is no relative shifting of time as in English.
MAIN CLAUSEIF / WHETHER SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
PRESENT INDICATIVEPRESENT INDICATIVE
At utdide
I wonder
hev it te ha vyan.
if / whether he knows the truth.
PRESENT INDICATIVEPAST INDICATIVE
At voy te
I don't know
hev iit aka ey oka.
if / whether they won or lost.
PRESENT INDICATIVEFUTURE INDICATIVE
At voy te
I don't know
hev et ujako.
if / whether you will succeed.
PRESENT INDICATIVEPRESENT HYPOTHETICAL
At utdide
I wonder
hev et yantexu.
if / whether you would agree.
PAST INDICATIVEPRESENT INDICATIVE
At voy ta
I didn't know
hev wit se taduwa.
if / whether he was [Mirad: is] married.
PAST INDICATIVEPAST INDICATIVE
At dida
I asked
hev iyt teata hia dezun.
if / whether she had seen [Mirad: saw] this play.
PAST INDICATIVEFUTURE INDICATIVE
At voy ta
I didn't know
hev it upo
if / whether he would [Mirad: will] come.
PAST INDICATIVEPRESENT HYPOTHETICAL
At dida
I asked
hev it fu per bay at.
if / whether he might like to go with me.
PAST INDICATIVEPAST HYPOTHETICAL
At dida
I asked
hev it fayu per bay at.
if / whether he might have liked to go with me.
The negative conditional complementizer ohev unless is used in main-subordinate clause structures in the same way as the above.
MAIN CLAUSEIF / WHETHER SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
PRESENT INDICATIVEPRESENT INDICATIVE
Ot voy ujake
One does not succeed
ohev ot yexe jestay.
unless one works hard.
FUTURE INDICATIVEPRESENT INDICATIVE
Et voy teato at
You won't see me
ohev et upo.
unless you come (= will come).

Relative Clauses

Relative clauses are of two types:
  • Bound relative clauses qualify an explicit element (usually a noun or phrase) appearing in the main clause, and refer back to that element by means of the relative complementizer hu, and:
  • Free relative clauses, which do not have an explicit antecedent external to themselves. Instead, the relative clause itself takes the place of an argument in the matrix clause. For example, in the English sentence I like what I see, the clause what I see is a free relative clause, because it has no antecedent, but itself serves as the object of the verb like in the main clause. (An alternative analysis is that the free relative clause has zero as its antecedent.) In Mirad, deictic pronouns or adverbs followed by the relative complementizer hu, as shown in the chart below, are used to introduce the free relative clause.

Bound Relative Clauses

The invariable relative complementizer hu is used to introduce a bound relative clause and refer back to an element in the main clause. Here are some examples:
  • Ha tob, hu tadsa ja ewa jabi, bayse awa tobot.....The man, who got married two years ago, has one child.
  • Ha toyb hu ake ibe aga nazun.....The woman who wins receives a big prize.
  • Hia pati hu at pexa magilwo himaj.....These birds (that/which) I caught will be cooked this evening.
  • Biu hyea jotul hu et fu.....Take any dessert (that) you'd like.
  • Ha apet hu at bua it ha afyab apeda bay if.....The horse I gave the apple to neighed with pleasure. (= ...that I gave him the apple...)
  • Iyt ijtyexa at bu ha yexeb hu iyt yexaya ob it je gla jabi....She introduced me to the boss under whom she had worked for many years. (Lit: ...that she had worked under him...)
Note that in cases where the relative clause ends in a preposition governing the man clause antecedent, a pronoun is added agreeing in gender, number, and animacy with the main clause antecedent. This type of construction occurs in the last two example sentences above. So, the English relative clause for whom I sang would be expressed in Mirad as that I sang for her/him/it/them depending on the gender, number, and animacy of the antecedent in the main clause.
  • Ha toybi hu at deuza av iyti fida ata yafi.....The ladies for whom I sang (= that I sang for them) praised my abilities.
Bound relative clauses beginning with whose are expressed in Mirad as hu ita/iyta/yita/yiyta (= that his/her/their/their), depending on the gender and number of the explicit antecedent in the main clause.
  • Ha ekuyt hu iyta tyoyab yonpyexwa yofa eker hijeb....The female player whose foot (= that her foot) was broken was unable to play this season.
  • Ata yubati, hu yita tam sa jay ga aga vyel yatas, agaxa iita param gajod....Our neighbors, whose (= that their) house is already bigger than ours, enlarged their garage again.
If no preposition governing the antecedent is involved, but the relative clause takes the place of an objective case element, supplying a pronoun referring back to the antecedent noun, is optional:
  • Ha dyeni hu at dyedi (hasi) zamaj sa hya fiasi....The books I read (= them) last evening were all good (ones).

Free Relative Clauses

Free relative clauses are introduced by a deictic pronoun or adverb followed by the relative complementizer hu as shown in the charts below.
RELATIVE PRONOUNSMIRAD...ENGLISHEXAMPLE
THING(S)has hu...what/that which/the thing that
hasi hu...what/those which/the things that
hyes hu...whatever/anything that
hyesi hu...whatever/anything that/any things that
hyas hu...everything that/all that
hyasi hu...all (things) that
hyos hu...nothing (that)
hyosi hu...none of the things (that)
haas hu...which one
haasi hu...which ones
Has hu at da se vyaa....What I said is true.
Hasi hu it xa futepyenua at....What/the things he did angered me.
At xo hyes hu et do....I will do whatever/anything you say.
Et voy teeta hyesi hu at deuza....You didn't hear any of the things I sang.
Hyas hu at fe se poos....All I want is peace.
At akxa hyusi hu at fa....I achieved all the things I wanted.
At testa hyos hu et da....I understood nothing you said.
Hyosi hu et iyfe ifue at....None of the things you like appeal to me.
At te voy haas hu at gwafe....I don't know which one I like best.
At te haasi hu at gwofe....I know which ones I like least.
PERSON(S)hat hu...who//the person (who)
hati hu...those who/the ones who
hyet hu...whoever/anybody who/that
hyeti hu...whoever/any people that/who
hyat hu...everyone that/everybody who
hyati hu...all (people) who
hyot hu...nobody (that/who)
hyoti hu...no people (that/who)
hata hu...whose
haat hu...which one
haati hu...which ones
Hat hu et teata pia....The person you saw left.
Hati hu at tye yantexe....The people I know agree.
At teapo hyet hu at fe....I will visit whomever I wish.
Et voy teata hyeti hu at teata....You didn't see any of the ones I saw.
Hyat hu at ijtya sa fiyena....Everyone I met was nice.
At fida hyati hu at yeyfa....I praised all the people I was supposed to.
At testa hyot hu at teeta....I understood nobody I heard.
Hati hu et ijtyaxa sa fuyena....The ones you introduced were ill-mannered.
At te voy hata hu ifpot his se....I don't know whose pet this is.
At te voy haat hu at gwafe....I don't know which one (person) I like best.
At te haati hu at gwofe....I know which ones (people) I like least.
RELATIVE ADVERBSMIRAD ADVERB...ENGLISH ADVERBEXAMPLE
PLACEham hu...where
hyem hu...wherever
hyam hu...everywhere
hu...bi ham...from where, whence
hu...bu ham...to where, whither
Yat teje ham hu ha malyem se ema....We live where the weather is mild.
At fu per hyem hu et po....I'd like to go wherever you go.
Hyam hu et pe, su bikaya....Everywhere you go, be careful.
Ha dom hu at upe bi ham se gla oga....The town from where I come (Lit: that I come from it) is very small.
Ha memi hu at popeyo hami se gle jiba....The countries where I am going to be traveling are quite distant.
TIMEhaj hu...when
hyej hu...whenever
hyaj hu...everywhere
Du at haj hu et puo....Tell me when you arrive.
Hyej hu iyt se iva, iyt deuze....Whenever/anytime she is happy, she sings.
Hyaj hu at yabteaxe, et yobteaxe....Every time I look up, you look down.
MANNER/KINDhayen hu...how, in what way, as
hyeyen hu...however, in any way, in whatever manner
hyiyen hu just as, the same way as
At utdide hayen hu it xa hus....I wonder how he did it.
Hyeyen hu xwa se kos....However it happened is a mystery.
Xu has hyiyen hu at xe has....Do it the same way as I do it.
DEGREEhagla hu...how, to what extent
hyigla hu...as, to the same degree as
Et hyoj to hagla hu iva at se....You'll never know how happy I am.
At yofe poper hyigla yib hu et yafe....
I cannot travel as far as you can.
QUANTITYhagla hu...how much, how many
hyegla hu...however much, however many
hyigla hu...as much/many as
Duhev et te hagla nas hu it bayse?...Do you know how much money he has?
Yet dida yat hyegla tami hu yat sexa....You guys asked us however many houses we built.
Et niso hyigla nas hu at xe....You will earn as much money as I do.
REASONavhas hu...why, for what reason
avhyes hu...why ever, for whatever reason
Duhev et te avhas hu it xa hus....Do you know why he did that?
Yat voy teste avhyes hu et xu hus....We don't understand why ever you'd do that.
If the relative clause is restrictive (i.e. it cannot be omitted without violating the meaning of the sentence), then no commas are used, but if it is non-restrictive (i.e. it provides new information that can be omitted), then it is surrounded by commas, just as in English.
  • RESTRICTIVE: Ha mar hu yata mer zyupe dyunwe ha amar. The star that our planet goes around is called the sun.
  • NON-RESTRICTIVE: Ha amar, hu yata mer zyupe, se vay haway hea mar. The sun, which our planet goes around, is really only a star.

Indirect and Direct Discourse

As in English, Mirad has both indirect discourse and direct discourse. Indirect discourse is when you know or say that something happened, whereas direct discourse is when you directly quote what someone has said.

Indirect Discourse

Sentences that have a main clause of communication or knowledge, followed by a subordinate clause with an indirect indication of what was said or known, use the positive complementizer hav (that, the fact that) to introduce the subordinate clause. The tense in the subordinate clause is a true tense, not a relative tense. Unlike in English, where the that can often be omitted, the Mirad hav complementizer can never be omitted.
  • At ta hav et upo..... I knew that you would (= will) come.
  • Ata ted da hav it yexe hya ita tej gel fufut..... My father said that he had worked (= he worked) all his life as a plumber.
  • Se vyaa hav at gra tele..... It is true that I eat too much.
  • At jada hav et puo jwa..... I predicted that you would (= you will) arrive early.
The conditional complementizer hev if, whether and the negative complementizer hov lest, don't, that...not are discussed in later sections.

Direct Discourse

Direct discourse works as in English, except that a colon (:) is used instead of a comma. Double quotes are used to surround the directly quoted part of the sentence.
  • Iyt da: "At voy fe per." She said, "I don't want to go."
  • At dida it: "Hot so eta aadezut?". I asked him, "Who will be your lead actor?"

Transitivity

Verbs can be transitive, intransitive, or reflexive. Verbs in the passive voice are by nature intransitive.

Transitive and Intransitive Verbs

Transitive verbs can take a direct object and oppose themselves to intransitive verbs, which do not take a direct object. Some verbs are marked overtly for transitivity.
Verbs that end in xer (to do, -ify, -ize) are by nature transitive, and often have intransitive counterparts in ser (to be, become, -ify, -ize). Likewise, verbs ending in ber (to put, take) are transitive and have intransitive counterparts in per (to go). Here are some examples:
TRANSITIVEINTRANSITIVE
xer doser be
agxer grow (something)agser grow (up)
amxer heat, make hotamser become hot, heat up
puxer throwpuser jump
per gober put
aber put onaper get on
yaber raiseyaper rise
poxer stop (something)poser (come to a) stop
yuber bringyuper approach
yeber insertyeper enter
  • At agxe vobi..... I grow [TRANSITIVE] plants.
  • Ha vobi agseye ig..... The plants are growing [INTRANSITIVE] fast.
  • Poxu ha par!.... Stop [TRANSITIVE] the car!
  • Ha pur posa..... The car stopped [INTRANSITIVE].
  • At yaba ha mis..... I raised [TRANSITIVE] the window.
  • Ha amar yapaye..... The sun has risen [INTRANSITIVE].

Marking -jer Verbs for Transitivity

Note the following verbs, whose stems end in j are hard to pronounce with intransitive s and transitive x, so these two endings are placed with p and b, respectively, although the presence of the p is optional, i.e. it's presence or absence can slightly change the meaning from static to dynamic, eg. tujer to sleep vs. tujper to fall asleep. The transitive forms can be either active or passive.
INTRANSITIVE STATICINTRANSITIVE DYNAMICTRANSITIVE ACTIVETRANSITIVE PASSIVE
Ha mes yija....The door opened.Ha nasyef yijpa....The purse came open.At yijba ha mes....I opened the door.Ha mes yijbwa bey yelput.....The door was opened by an intruder
Ha mes yuja.....The door closed.Ha yanup yujpa.....The meeting adjourned.At yujba ha mes.....I closed the door.Ha mes yeyfe yujbwer ja sumjob.....The door should be closed by bedtime.
Ha dezun ijaye.....The play has started.Ha par ijpa boy poys.....The car started up immediately.At ijba ata tyal.....I started my meal.Ha tyal ijbwa jwa.....The meal was started early.
Ha dezun ujaye.....The play has ended.Ata yex ujpaye.....My work has come to an end.A ujba ha dyes.....I finished the book.Ha dyes hyoj ujbwa.....The book never got finished.
Ha tob toja zomoj.....The man died yesterday evening.Ha tob tojpa.....The man dropped dead. Hot tojba ha twob?....Who killed the man?Ha twob tojbwa bey ita tayd.....The man was killed by his wife.
Teju.....Live!.Tejpu!.....Come alive!.Yat efe tejber ha twob.....We need to revive the man.Ha twob yofwa tejbwer.....The man could not be revived.
Ha tobot taja zojub.....The baby was born yesterday.Hoj ha tobot tajpo?....When will the baby pop out?Iyt tajba awa twobot zojub.....She gave birth to a baby boy yesterday.Ha twobot tajbwa jo eymoj.....The baby boy was birthed after midnight.
At tija jwe.....I woke up on time.It voy tijpa.....He did not come to..At tijbo et jwa.....I will wake (you) up early.At voy fe tijbwo gra jwa.....I don't want to be woken too early.
At tujeya.....I was sleeping.At tujpeya.....I was falling sleep.At tujbo it.....I will put (him) to sleep..Ha tobot tujbwo glojo.....The baby will be put to sleep soon.

Reflexive Verbs

Reflexive verbs, where the object refers back to the subject, work just as in English, where the object is a reflexive pronoun, eg.:
  • At tujboye atut..... I am going to kill myself.
  • Tu etut!.... Know thyself!
  • It gorba itut bay gorbar..... He cut himself with a knife.
  • Ot yefe yuxer otut..... One must help oneself.
Sometimes, verbs incorporate the reflexivity in the actual verb form using ut as the prefix:
  • uttujber.... commit suicide
  • utboler.... support oneself
Sometimes, verbs are used reflexively in Mirad even though they are used simply intransitively in English, eg.:
  • Et efe vyilxer etut..... You need to wash up [= wash yourself]. (or)
  • Et efe utvyilxer.....You need to wash up [= self-wash].

Omission of Prepositions After Certain Verbs

Some verbs inherently incorporate a preposition and so it is not necessary to use that assumed preposition before what would normally be an indirect object.
PREPOSITION-INCORPORATING VERBEXAMPLE
per go (to)Pu tam! (Not: Pu bu tam!) Go home.
It pa Paris. He went to Paris.
der say (to), tellDu at eta dyun. Tell me your name.
Du at has. Tell it to me.
peser wait (for)Pesu at. Wait for me.
buer give (to)Buu at hua dyes. Give me that book.
As in English, in omitting the inherent preposition in a sentence with both a direct object and an indirect object, place the indirect object before the direct object. If the direct object comes first, then the preposition must be overtly specified before the indirect object, eg. Buu has bu at. Give it to me.

Transitive/Causative and Intransitive/Inchoative Verbs

Derived from Adjectives

Adjectives can be converted into transitive/causative and intransitive/inchoative verbs. A causative verb has the sense to make something have some quality, while an inchoative verb means to become or take on the quality of something. Causative verbs are always transitive (taking an object), while inchoative verbs are intransitive (not taking an object). English causative / inchoative verbs often end in -ify like magnify, or -ate, liberate, or ize, like sensitize.
To derive a causative verb from an adjective, add the suffix xer to do to either the stem or the whole adjective (with the a ending). Whether you do the former or the latter depends on several factors, but the end result is slightly different in nuance. A verb with adjective stem + xer is slightly more idiomatic or less literal than the adjective stem + axer.
ADJECTIVECAUSATIVE/TRANSITIVECAUSATIVE/TRANSITIVE
-xerLITERALIDIOMATIC
aga
big
agaxer
to magnify
agxer
to grow
ana
one
anaxer
to unify
anxer
to unite
yona
apart
yonaxer
to separate
yonxer
to cut
yaga
long
yagaxer
to lengthen
yagxer
to stretch
yuga
slow
yugaxer
to retard
yugxer
to brake
sana
formal
sanaxer
to formalize
sanxer
to form
gea
equal
geaxer
to equalize
gexer
to copy, equate
jaa
prior
jaaxer
to prioritize
jaxer
to prepare
To derive an inchoative verb from an adjective, add the suffix ser to be to either the stem or the whole adjective.
ADJECTIVEINCHOATIVE/INTRANSITIVEINCHOATIVE/INTRANSITIVE
-serLITERALIDIOMATIC
aga
big
agaser
to get bigger
agser
to grow
ana
one
anaser
to unify
anser
to unite, become united
yona
apart
yonaser
to become separate
yonser
to break


Be careful to use the transitive, causative verb form when you have a direct object, and the intransitive, inchoative verb form when no direct objects are present or possible, eg.:
  • Ansu ey eet yonxwo. Unite or you will be divided. [INTRANSITIVE]
  • At otadsa haj hu at sa eta jag. I got divorced when I was your age. [INTRANSITIVE]
  • Hisi agaxo has hu et teate. These will magnify what you see. [TRANSITIVE]
  • Hia tobot agseye ig. This child is growing up fast. [INTRANSITIVE]
  • Ata tayd agxe vosi be oyebzom. My wife grows flowers out back. [TRANSITIVE]

Derived from Nouns

Transitive/causative/active and intransitive/inchoative/passive verbs can also be formed from nouns. The sense of the former is to make be X and of the latter, to become X.
NOUNTRANSITIVE/CAUSATIVE/ACTIVEINTRANSITIVE/INCHOATIVE/PASSIVE
mog ashmogxer
to incinerate
mogser
to become ashes
yan collectionyanxer
to collect
yanser
to get together
tad spousetadxer
to marry
tadser
to get married
yom iceyomxer
to freeze/make ice
yomser
to freeze/become ice
mag firemagxer
to burn, set fire to
magser
to burn, get burned
uk voidukxer
to empty
ukser
become empty, empty out

Derived from Verbs

Verbal causatives like have/get my car washed, make/force him go, get one's hair cut are formed by suffixing the causative verb stem ux (active) or uxw (passive) to the stem of the verb signifying the action to be arranged or caused, eg.:
  • At gorbuxo ata tayeb zamaj..... I will get my hair cut tomorrow.
  • Et voy yafe puxer at..... You cannot make me go.
  • It tojbuxa iit..... He had them killed.
  • At efe vyilxuxer ata par..... I need to have my car washed.
  • Et upuxwa him avhes..... You were made to come here for some reason.
  • At bakambuxo et..... I will have you hospitalized.
  • Et voy yafe deuzuxer at..... You cannot make me sing.
  • At ivteuduxwa..... I was tickled (= made to laugh).
  • Eta deuz ivteuduxa aat..... Your song tickled us. (= Made us laugh.)
  • Hav het ivasuxu weet..... May someone get you guys to be happy.

Directional Verbs

The directionality of some verbs can be distinguished by the ending ier for an action or motion toward the speaker and uer for an action or motion away from the speaker toward some object, eg.:
SUBJECT-DIRECTEDOBJECT-DIRECTED
bier to takebuer to give
nier to consumenuer to supply
nyier to ordernyuer to deliver
nunier to buynunuer to sell
nazunier win a prizenazunuer award a prize
noysier pay offnoysuer charge
ojbier borrowojbuer lend
tadier get marriedtaduer marry off
papier take flightpapuer send off flying
pipier set sailpipuer dock
simbier take a seatsimbuer offer a seat
tampier leave hometampuer arrive home
tamier settle intamuer shelter
nusbier to buynisbuer to sell
telier to eatteluer to feed
gonbier to participategonbuer to share
tilier to drinktiluer to water, give to drink
teubier to swallowteubuer to spit out
teatier to observe, watchteatuer to show
taxier to memorizetaxuer to remind
alier to breathe inaluer to breathe out, expire
ilier to absorbiluer to leak, soak
ifier to enjoyifuer to please
dier to askduer to suggest
tier to learntuer to inform
pier to departpuer to arrive
kebier to choosekebuer to distribute
tujier to fall asleeptujuer to put to sleep
tojier to fall deadtojuer to kill
byier to originatebyuer to target
mempier to take offmempuer to land
sinier visualizesinuer display
xier to resultxuer to cause
yifier to get up the courageyifuer to encourage
yafonier to gain poweryafonuer to empower
tyier to become acquainted withtyuer to acquaint
tepizier to pay attention totepizuer to draw attention to

Prepositions and Directional Adverbs as Verbal Prefixes

Prepositions and directional adverbs can be prefixed to verbs in order to change their semantics. A preposition ending in b will assimilate to p before the verb per to go and a preposition ending in b will lose the b before a verb beginning with b. Here are some examples:
PREPOSITION/ADVERBTRANSITIVE VERBINTRANSITIVE VERB
ab onaber applyaper get on, mount
ob offober removeoper get of, dismount
eb betweeneber blockeper intervene
yab upyaber raiseyaper rise
yob downyober take downyoper descend
yub nearyuber bring nearyuper approach
yib faryiber take awayyiper go far away
yeb inyeber insertyeper enter
yeb inyepuxer throw inyepuser jump in
oyeb outoyeber exposeoyeper exit
oyeb outoyepuxer ejectoyepuser jump out
zyu roundzyuber rotatezyuper revolve
zya throughoutzyaber spreadzyaper tour
av foravdaler pleadavper pursue
ov againstovber opposeovper countervene
yan togetheryanber composeyanper meet
yon apartyonber separateyonper separate
iz directizber leadizper head
uz curveduzber divertuzper diverge
yuz aroundyuzbexer surroundyuzper circulate
yiz beyondyizber transferyizper surpass
Note:
The prefix eg- anew, again is used like the English prefix re-, eg.:
  • ember to positionegember to reposition, replace
  • der to sayegder to repeat
  • sanxer to shape, formegsanxer to reshape, reform
The prefix lo- reverses the semantics of a verb and is like English dis-, de-, or un-, eg.:
  • saxer to build, constructlosaxer to destroy, deconstruct
  • yonxer to uniteloyonxer to disunite
  • xer to doloxer to undo
The prefix vyo- is used as the counterpart to the English mis-, meaning wrongfully, eg.:
  • nadxer to alignvyonadxer to misalign
  • der to sayvyoder to misstate, lie
  • utbier to appropriatevyoutbier to misappropriate
The prefix yan- together is used as the English co-, eg.:
  • exer to operateyanexer to cooperate
  • tamer to dwellyantamer to cohabit
  • napber to put in orderyannapber to coordinate
The prefix zoy- is used as the English re(tro)-, meaning back, eg.:
  • teaper to visitzoyteaper to revisit
  • uper to comezoyuper to return, come back
  • buxer to pushzoybuxer to repel, push back
  • puxer to throwzoypuxer to reject, throw back, jettison
The prefix az- (from aza strong) is used as an intensifier, eg.:
  • yujber to closeazyujber to lock
  • der to sayazder to emphasize
  • duer to suggestazduer to urge
  • dizeuder to laughazdizeuder to guffaw
By contrast, the prefix oz- (from oza weak) is used as a softener, eg.:
  • der to utterozder to whisper
  • duer to suggestozduer to hint
  • dizeuder to laughozdizeuder to chuckle
  • uvteuder to moanozuvteuder to whimper
The prefix ja- before is used as the English prefix pre-, fore-, or ante-, eg.:
  • der to telljader to foretell, predict
  • teater to seejateater to foresee, preview
  • ter to knowjater to presage, have foreknowledge of
  • yever to judgejayever to prejudge
  • juder to datejajuder to antedate
By contrast, jo- after is used as the English prefix post-, eg.:
  • juder to datejojuder to postdate
  • texer to thinkjotexer to reflect on, review
  • der to sayjoder to mourn, regret
  • ibler to obtainjoibler to inherit
The prefix gra- too much is used for actions that are excessive, eg.:
  • telier to eatgratelier to overeat
  • fer to wantgrafer to cover
  • der to saygrader to exaggerate
  • daler to talkgradaler to yammer

By contrast, the prefix gro- to little is used for actions that are underdone, eg.:

  • fyinder to valuegrofyinder to underestimate
  • mageler to cookgromageler to undercook
Modal verbs are auxiliary verbs that are usually followed by the main verb in the infinitive or a subjunctive dependent clause and have to do with wanting, permitting, prohibiting, being able, being unable, needing, being obliged to do something, etc.

Principal Modal Auxiliary Verbs

Here is a chart showing the main modal auxiliary verbs in Mirad:
POSITIVE NEGATIVE
afer may
ayfer might
efer needofer may not
oyfer might not
ifer love
iyfer like
fer wantufer hate
uyfer dislike
yafer can, be able
yayfer might, could
yefer must, have to
yeyfer ought, should
yofer cannot
yoyfer could not, might not
yifer dare yufer be afraid
yiver have a right, be free yuver be bound
If the modal verb is in the hypothetic aspect (conditional), then the sense is somewhat mitigated, as in these examples:
  • At fe per..... I want to go.
  • At fu per..... I would like to go.
  • Et yafe aker..... You can win.
  • Et yafu aker..... You could win.
  • Yet yefe iper..... You must leave.
  • Yet yefu iper..... You ought to leave.
Post-iotating the stem vowel of the modal verb also reduces the strength, for example:
  • At ife et. ....I love you.
  • At iyfe et. ....I like you.
  • Et yefe iper..... You must leave.
  • Et yeyfe iper..... You should leave.
  • Iyt yafe aker..... She can win.
  • Iyt yayfe aker..... She might win.
  • At ufa uda tuz..... I hated that art.
  • At uyfa uda tuz..... I disliked that art.
By the same token, adding the intensifying consonants l and r add strength to the model verb sense:
  • Hua toyb yufxa at..... That woman scared me.
  • Hua toyb yulfxa at..... That woman intimidated me.
  • Hua toyb yurfxa at..... That woman terrorized me.
  • Hia yex efwo..... This work will be necessary.
  • Hia yex elfwo..... This work will be critical.
  • Hia yex erfwo..... This work will be indispensable.
  • Su yifa..... Be brave.
  • Su yilfa..... Be bold.
  • Su yirfa..... Be heroic.
  • Et yuve buer nas..... You are supposed to give money.
  • Et yulve buer nas..... You are bound to give money.
  • Et yurve buer nas..... You are absolutely compelled to give money.
Here are some examples showing how these modal verbs are used as auxiliaries:
  • Et afe oyeper ay ifeker..... You may go out and play.
  • Aat efa tujer..... We needed to sleep.
  • Ot ofe mavier him..... One is prohibited to smoke here.
  • Mavier him ofwe..... Smoking here is prohibited.
  • At ife dyeer..... I love to read.
  • He et fe yebuper?.... Do you want to come in?
  • At fu teaper et edjub..... I would like to visit you some day.
  • It ufaye hyaj teaxwer..... He has always hated being looked at.
  • Duhev et iyfe per tilami?.... Do you like going to bars?
  • At uyfe tijer gra jwa..... I dislike waking up too early.
  • Et yafe xer hyes hu et fu..... You can do whatever you like.
  • Et yefer xer ad vyaas..... You must do the right thing.
  • Et yeyfe voy daler huyen azay..... You should not talk so loud.
  • At yeyfa ter ga fi..... I should have known better.
  • At voy yifu der hyea fuas..... I would not dare say anything bad.
  • Hov yufu der has hu et tesde..... Don't be afraid to say what you mean.
  • Et yive dier yevanavdut..... You have a right to ask for a lawyer.
  • Aat voy yuve kyoejer..... We are not bound to stick around.

Subject-oriented vs. Patient-oriented Modal Verb Forms

All of these modal verbs can be passive, in which case they are "patient-oriented" rather than "subject-oriented." The participial adjective yafa able is subject-oriented and refers to a person, whereas the passived adjective yafwa possible is patient-oriented and refers to a thing or event. Here is a chart of the principal modal verbs and corresponding participial adjectives with this subject/object-orientation distinction shown:
MODAL TYPESUBJECT-ORIENTEDSUBJECT-ORIENTEDPATIENT-ORIENTEDPATIENT-ORIENTED
VERBADJECTIVEVERBADJECTIVE
PERMISSIONafer.... mayafa.... allowedafwer.... be permittedafwa.... permissable
NECESSITYefer.... needefa.... needfulefwer.... be necessaryefwa.... necessary, required
PROHIBITIONofer.... be unallowedofa.... prohibitedofwer.... be prohibitedofwa.... banned
POSSIBILITYyafer.... be ableyafa.... ableyafwer.... be possibleyafwa.... possible
OBLIGATIONyefer.... mustyefa.... obligedyefwer.... be obligatoryyefwa.... obligatory
DUTYyeyfer.... shouldyeyfa.... supposed, duty-boundyeyfwer'.... be supposedyeyfwa.... due
IMPOSSIBILITYyofer.... be unableyofa.... unableyofwer.... be impossibleyofwa.... impossible
VOLITIONfer.... wantfa.... willingfwer.... be desirablefwa.... desirable, wanted
LOVEifer.... loveifa.... enamoredifwer.... be lovedifwa.... lovable
HATEufer.... hateufa.... averseufwer.... be hatedufwa.... odious
RISKyifer.... dareyifa.... daring, braveyifwer.... be safeyifwa.... safe
FEARyufer.... be afraidyufa.... afraidyufwer.... be a dangeryufwa.... frightening
JOYiver.... enjoyiva.... gladivwer.... be a joyivwa.... enjoyable
SORROWuver.... be sorryuva.... sorry, saduvwer... be a shameuvwa.... regrettable
Examples of subject-oriented forms:
  • At se yafa xer hes..... I am capable of doing anything.
  • Et ofe teater hia dyezun..... You are not allowed/are prohibited to see this film.
  • Duhev at afe per hum?.... Am I allowed to go there?
  • Yat fu ter eta dyun..... We would like to know your name.
  • Piti ufe beser be mel..... Fish hate to remain on dry land.
  • At ajay ifa dazer..... I once loved to dance.
  • Et se iva, at yife der..... You are beautiful, I dare say.
  • At yeyfa xer has ga ig..... I should have done it sooner.
  • Hov yufu; At yupeye..... Fear not; I am coming.
  • Et yefe puer ja eymaj..... You must arrive before noon.
  • Eet yofe daler je ha dezun..... You people must not talk during the performance.
  • Aat yeyfe (= se yeyfa aker..... We should (= are bound/supposed/due) to win.
  • At ive teater et bakser..... I'm glad to see you get better.
  • Su iva..... Be happy.
  • At uvu (= su uva) teater et iper..... I would be sad to see you leave.
Examples of patient-oriented forms:
  • Afwe (= se afwa) mavier him..... It is permissible to smoke here.
  • Ofwe (= se ofwa*) puxer fyumul him..... It is prohibited to throw litter here.
  • Fwe (= se fwa) hav yet dolu..... It is desired that you stop talking.
  • Voy yafwe beser him gajob..... It is not possible to remain here any longer.
  • Yofwa av at ivteuder..... It was not possible for me to laugh.
  • Yefwe hav et piu ig..... It is essential that you leave quickly.
  • He yeyfwe ober ata tyoyafi?.... Is it obligatory to remove my shoes?
  • Ga yux efwo..... More help will be needed.
  • Yurx se ufwa xetyen..... Slavery is an odious practice.
  • Uvwe hav wit oka..... It's a shame that he lost.
*Ofawa is used for unwanted for disambiguation purposes.

Deriving Causatives from Modal Stems

Various causative verbs can be formed from modal stems, as shown in the chart below:
SUBJECT-ORIENTEDPATIENT-ORIENTED
afxer allow (someone to do sthg.)afwaxer permit (something to be done)
efxer requireefwaxer necessitate
ofxer prohibitofwaxer prohibit
yafxer enableyafwaxer make possible
yefxer obligeyefwaxer make obligatory
yofxer crippleyofwaxer disable
yifxer emboldenyifwaxer make safe
yufxer intimidateyufwaxer make frightening
ifxer pleaseifwaxer make pleasant

Creating Modal Verbs and Adjectives with Modal Stem Suffixes

Verb stems can be suffixed with modal participles to produce related modal verbs and adjectives. The first chart shows the modal participles themselves that can be suffixed to verb stems. Subject-oriented forms refer only to people, while patient-oriented forms (ending in -wa) refer only to things.
SUBJECT-ORIENTEDPATIENT-ORIENTED
Xyafa.... able to X, -ableXyafwa.... posssible to X
Xyofa.... unable to XXyofwa....impossible to X
Xifa.... fond of Xing, Xophile
Xufa.... averse to Xing, Xophobic
Xyika.... hard of XingXyikwa.... hard to X
Xyuka.... comfortable/easy XingXyukwa....easy to X
-Xefa in need of XingXefwa necessary to X
Xyufa afraid of XingXyufwa frightening to X
This table shows some of these modal suffixes applied to actual verb and noun stems:
POSITIVE ADJECTIVEPOSITIVE VERBNEGATIVE ADJECTIVENEGATIVE VERB
SUBJECT-ORIENTEDteatyafa able to see, sightedteatyafer be able to seeteatyofa blindteatyofer be blind
PATIENT-ORIENTEDteatyafwa visibleteatyafwer be visibleteatyofwa invisibleteatyofwer be invisible
SUBJECT-ORIENTEDteetyafa able to hear, hearingteetyafer be able to hearteetyofa deafteatyofer be deaf
PATIENT-ORIENTEDteetyafwa audibleteetyafwer be audibleteeyofwa inaudibleteeyofwer be inaudiable
SUBJECT-ORIENTEDdalyafa able to speakdalyafer be able to speakdalyofa mute, dumbdalyofer be mute, dumb
SUBJECT-ORIENTEDdoabifa patrioticdoabifer be patrioticdoabufa rebelliousdoabufer rebel
SUBJECT-ORIENTEDtosyafa sensitivetosyafer be able to feeltosyofa insensitivetosyofer be numbed
PATIENT-ORIENTEDtayotyafwa palpabletayotyafwer be palpabletayotyofwa numbtayotyofwer be impalbable, numb
PATIENT-ORIENTEDtestyukwa easy to understandtestyukwaxer make easily understoodtestyikwa hard to understandtestyikwaxer make hard to understand
SUBJECT-ORIENTEDtilefa thirstytilefer be thirsty
SUBJECT-ORIENTEDtelefa hungrytelefer be hungry
PATIENT-ORIENTEDtejefwa vitaltejefwer be vital

Sensing Verbs

Verbs involving the senses, such as sight or hearing, follow a similar pattern, as the following chart shows:
teab eye
teata visual
teeb ear
teeta audial
teib nose
teita olfactory
teub mouth
teuta gustatory
tayob skin
tayota tactile
RECEPTIVE/ACTIVEteater seeteeter hearteiter smellteuter tastetayoter feel
RECEPTIVE/PASSIVEteatwer be seenteetwer be heardteitwer be smelledteutwer be tastedtayotwer be felt
STATIVEteaser seemteeser soundteiser smellteuser tastetayoser feel
DYNAMIC/ACTIVEteaxer look atteexer listenteixer sniffteuxer tastetayoxer touch
DYNAMIC/PASSIVEteaxwer be looked atteexwer be listened toteixwer be sniffedteuxwer be tastedtayoxwer be touched
CAUSATIVE/ACTIVEteatuer showteetuer make hearteixuer make smellteuxuer offer a tastetayoxuer make feel
CAUSATIVE/PASSIVEteatuwer be shownteetuwer be made to hearteituwer be made to smellteutuwer be given a tastetayotuwer be made to feel
INCHOATIVE/ACTIVEteatier perceive,
catch sight of
teetier catch the
sound of
teitier get a whiff ofteutuer get a taste oftayotier get the sensation of
INCHOATIVE/PASSIVEteatiwer be perceivedteetiwer be heardteitiwer be whiffedteutiwer be tastedtayotiwer be felt
NEGATIVE-MODAL/PATIENT-ORIENTED/
STATIVE
teatyofer be blindteetyofer be deafteityofer be unable to smellteityofer be unable to tastetayotyofer be insensitive
NEGATIVE-MODAL/OBJECT-ORIENTED/
STATIVE
teatyofwer be invisibleteetyofwer be inaudibleteityofwer be undetectable
odorwise
teityofwer be insipidtayotyofwer be undetectable
by touch
NEGATIVE-MODAL/PATIENT-ORIENTED/CAUSATIVEteatyofxer blindteetyofxer deafenteityofxer desensitize
to smell
teutyofxer desensitize to
taste
tayotyofxer desensitize
NEGATIVE-MODAL/OBJECT-ORIENTED/CAUSATIVEteatyofwaxer make invisibleteetyofwaxer make inaudibleteityofwaxer make odorlessteutyofwaxer render tastelesstayotyofwaxer numb
Examples of usage:
  • At teatyofxwa bey ha mani. I was blinded by the lights.
  • Ha xeus sa teetyofxyea. The noise was deafening.
  • Hia tit se gla teatiyafa. This pupil is very perceptive.
  • Hua bekil se teityofwa. That medecine is odorless (impossible to smell).
  • Teatyofwaxu ha vyuni. Make the spots invisible.
  • Ha magmeb yonprex tayotyafwa zya ha mir. The volcano eruption could be felt throughout the world.

Prepositions

Prepositions are words that connect and show a relationship between a noun or noun phrase and the rest of the sentence. In Mirad, prepositions are simple monosyllables or phrases. Prepositions, as in English, are positioned before the noun or noun phrase they connect.

Single-word Prepositions

Here is a chart of simple prepositions. Most are spatial, but some are temporal, relational, or mathematical.
POSITIVENEUTRALNEGATIVE
SPATIAL
ab.... on, uponeb.... betweenob.... off, off of
ayb.... over, aboveeyb.... among, amidoyb.... under, below
bu.... tobe.... atbi.... from, of
byu.... as far as, up to byi.... since, starting with
ub.... toward ib.... away from
za.... in front ofze.... at the middle ofzo.... behind, in back of
zu.... (to the) left (of) zi.... (to the) right (of)
zya.... throughoutzye.... through
zey....across
 
TEMPORAL
ja.... beforeje.... during, whilejo.... after
ju.... until ji.... since
RELATIONAL
bay.... withbey.... byboy.... without
av.... forvyel.... than, as, compared to, aboutov.... against
ay.... andey.... oroy.... but, except
MATHEMATICAL
gab.... plus, + gob.... minus, -
gal.... times, ×gel.... like
ogel.... unlike
gol, ÷.... divided by
gar.... to the power of, ˆgor.... to the minus power of,
Examples showing how these single-word prepositions are used:
  • Ha dyes se ab ha sem..... The book is on the table.
  • Hov et pyosu ob ha abtamas!.... Don't fall off the roof!
  • Ha pati papa ayb ata tam..... The birds flew over my house.
  • It kosa oyb ha yagsim..... He hid under the bench.
  • Simbiu eb hut ay at..... Take a seat between that person and me.
  • Yat teje eyb fiati..... We live among good people.
  • Hos se nax bi pop bu ay bi Boston?.... What is the cost of a trip to and from Boston?
  • His se ifek bi kyen..... This is a game of luck.
  • Duhev et sa be hua duzun zomoj?.... Were you at that concert last night?
  • Iit se embwa be ha zenod bi ha mapil..... We are positioned at the hub of this storm.
  • Iyt tyoyapa byu ha mis..... She walked up to/as far as the door.
  • Ha twob tojbwa bey gobar..... The man was killed with/by a knife.
  • Et xu ga fiay ser bay at vyel boy at..... You would do better to be with me than without me.
  • Teaxu ib ha amar..... Look away from the sun.
  • Hov teaxu iz ub ha man..... Don't look directly toward the light.
  • Iyt simpa za at. .... She sat in front of me.
  • Et yeyfe simbier zo hua toyb..... You should sit in back of that woman.
  • Embu has zu ha mis..... Put it to the left of the door.
  • At simpo zi et..... I will sit to the right of you.
  • Ha pat poosa ze ha tim..... The bird stayed in the middle of the room.
  • Mil upeye zye ha mes..... Water is coming through the door.
  • Et popo zey ewa mipi.....You will travel across two rivers.
  • His xwo ja zajub. .... This will happen before tomorrow.
  • Esa mapil je ha moj..... There was a storm during the night.
  • Ju zamaj..... Until tomorrow morning.
  • At voy teataye et ji zoyejub..... I have not seen you since last week.
  • Diwe xu hes av at..... Please do something for me.
  • Hia dyen se din vyel ewa fiuti..... This book is a story about two lovers.
  • Datan se ga fia vyel nas. Friendship is better than money.
  • Hos se ge fua vyel has hu yat soa zojab. Nothing is as bad as what we underwent last year.
  • Iit yexeya ov aat..... They were working against us.
  • Et ay at yeyfe ser dati..... You and I should be friends.
  • Hot ako, et ey at?....Who will win, you or I?
  • Hyat oy hut ta ha dud..... Everyone but that guy knew the answer.
  • Et voy se gel at..... You are not like me.
  • Et se hyagla ogel at..... You are totally unlike me.
  • E gab e gese u..... Two plus two equals four.
  • U gob e gese e..... Four minus two equals two.
  • E gal e gese u..... Two times two equals four.
  • E gol e gese a..... Two divided by two equals one.
  • U gar e gese asya..... Four squared (42) equals sixteen. (Lit: Four to the power of two...)
  • Alya gor e gese u..... The square root (√16) of sixteen is four. (Lit: Sixteen to the minus power of two...)

Phrasal Prepositions

Phrasal Prepositions Using Adverbs

There are certain directional adverbs that can play a part in forming phrasal prepositions, but cannot act as prepositions in and of themselves:
yub nearyib far
yuz aroundyiz beyond
iz directly, straightuz indirectly, roundabout
yab upyeb in
oyeb out
yob down
yaz alongyez flush (with)yoz perpendicular (to)
zay forward, aheadzey acrosszoy back
The next chart lists some phrasal prepositions using the above adverbs:
PHRASAL PREPOSITIONEXAMPLE
yub bi near to, close toAt fe tujer yub bi et..... I want to sleep close to you.
yib bi far fromHa amar se yib bi ha imer..... The sun is far from the earth.
yab bu up toIt fu paper yab bu ha mam..... He would like to fly up to the sky.
yab bi up fromSu yab bi ha sim..... Get up from the bed.
yab bey up (by way of)Aat tyoyapo yab bey ha meab..... We will walk up the hill.
yab be up onHa yipet kaxwa yab be ha abtammmas..... The cat was found up on the roof.
yob bu down toIgpu yob bu ha obmos..... Run down to the cellar.
yob bi down fromHa tat upa yob bi ha mam..... The angel came down from the sky.
yob bey down (by way of)Iyt igtyoyapa yob bey ha meab..... She ran down the hill.
yob be down onHa dyes kase yob be ha oybmas..... The book is down on the floor.
yob ab down onHas kaxwa yob ab eta oybmos..... It was found down on your floor.
yeb be in, insideEta teyd se yeb be ha tam..... Your mother is in(side) the house.
yeb bu intoIt pyasa yeb bu ha mip..... He jumped into the river.
yeb bi in fromUpu yeb bi ha oma oyebem..... Come in from the cold outdoors.
oyeb be out in/atHa tobobi sa oyeb be ha zodeym.....The children were out in the backyard.
oyeb bi out fromYepu oyeb bi ha om.....Come in out from the cold.
oyeb bu out toAat fu peper oyeb bu ha meim.....We'd like to ride out to the countryside.
yaz bi alongHa twob tyoyapa yaz bi ha mip.....The man walked along the river.
yez bi flush withHa simi se yez bi ha mas..... The chairs are flush with the wall.
yoz bi perpendicular toHa mampar pyosa yoz bi ha mel..... The plane fell perpendicular to the ground.
yuz bi aroundHa pati papa yuz bi yata tam.....The birds flew around our house.
yiz bi beyond, pastEt paye yiz bi ha yuznad.....You have gone beyond the perimeter.
iz bu straight toPu iz bu fyomir! ....Go straight to hell!
iz zoy bi right back fromIt upu iz zoy bi ha yexim..... He came right back from the office.
zay bu on to, forth to, ahead toHa naadpar popa zay bu zona doym..... The train traveled on to the next town.
zey bi across fromIyt simbia zey bi yat..... She sat across from us.
zoy bi back fromAt se zoy bi ha yexim..... I am back from the office.

Phrasal Prepositions Using Nouns

The following chart shows how prepositions and directional adverbs can be joined with the spatial ending -(e)m meaning place (or others) to be form spatial nouns, which, in turn, can be used in idiomatic prepositional phrases:
PREPOSITION OR ADVERBSPATIAL NOUN
ab onabem top
abned upper surface
abmas roof
eb betweenebem interstice
ebjob interval
ebnod intersection
ebmas partition
ob offobem bottom
obned lower surface
obmas foundation
ayb aboveaybem area above
aybmas ceiling
oyb belowoybem area below
oybmas floor
yab upyabem upstairs, upper area
yabneg top level
yob downyobem downstairs, lower area
yobneg bottom level
yeb inyebem inside, interior, indoors
yebnig inner space
oyeb outyobem outside, exterior, outdoors
za in front ofzam front, foreground
zan face
ze in the middle ofzem middle
zenod center, hub
zen center
zenad median
zo behindzom back, rear, background
zi rightzim right area
zikum left side
ziizon right direction
zimer east
zu leftzum left area
zukum left side
zuizon left direction
zumer west
iz straightizmep direct route
iznad vector
izon direction
uz indirectlyuzmep detour
uznad curve
uzon deviation
yub nearyubem vicinity
yubkum near side
yubaj recent past
yib faryibem distance
yibkum far side
yibnod pole
yiboj distant future
yuz aroundyuzem perifery
yuznad perimeter
yuznig environment
yiz beyondyizem area beyond
yiznod extremity
The following chart shows phrasal prepositions that can be created with the use of the spatial nouns in the previous section or other nouns. These phrases are considered idiomatic, because they are abbreviated by the omission of the definite article ha in front of the noun:
be abem bi at the top ofbu abem bi to the top ofbi abem bi from the top of
be obem bi at the bottom ofbu obem bi to the bottom ofbi obem bi from the top of
be ebem bi in the area betweenbu ebem bi to the area betweenbi ebem bi from the area between
be aybem bi above, overbu aybem bi to the area abovebi aybem bi from the area above
be oybem bi below, underbu oybem bi to the area belowbi oybem bi from the area below
be eybem bi amidzye eybem bi through the midst ofbi eybem bi from the midst of
be zam bi at the front ofbu zam bi to the front ofbi zam bi from the front of
be zem bi at the middle ofbu zem bi to the middle ofbi zem bi from the middle of
be zom bi at the back ofbu zom bi to the back ofbi zom bi from the back of
be zim bi at the right ofbu zim bi to the right ofbi zim bi from the right of
be zum bi at the left ofbu zum bi to the left ofbi zum bi from the left of
be yubem bi in the vicinity ofbu yubem bi to the vicinity ofbi yubem bi from the vicinity of
be yibem bi at a distance frombey azon bi by dint ofbe avon bi in favor of
be ubem bi in the direction ofbay ux bi with assistance frombe byux bay in touch with
be yabem bi in the upper reaches ofbe vyen bu in relation todoytaxwa bay associated with
be yobem bi in the bottom area ofbe ned bi on the level ofbe mep bu on the way to, en route
be yebem bi on the inside of, insidebe oyebem bi on the outside of, outsidebu oyebem bi to the exterior of
bey mep bi by way of, viabe kum bi beside, at the side ofbe ij bi at the start of
be uj bi at the end ofbey uxun bi by means ofbe kunad bi at the edge of
be nod bi at the point ofbe yebem bi at the interior of, insidebe oyebem bi at the exterior of, outside
be nad bay in line withbe uznod bi alongsidebe tes bi in the sense of
be teas bi in the guise ofbe san bi in the form ofbe yanx bi in conjunction with
be bol bi in support ofbe gab bu in addition tobe dyun bi in the name of
be avson bi on behalf ofbe vyeson bi on the subject ofbay yux bi with the aid of

Separable Verb Prefixes

Verbal prefixes that are prepositions can usually be "unpacked", that is, treated as separate prepositions. The following table demonstrates how that works:
yuzper = per yuz...go around, circleZyulmap yuzpa yata tam. = Zyulmap pa yuz yata tam....The tornado circled/went around our house.
yobnoger = noger yob...scale downHa yux bi yams yobnogwu. = Ha yux bi yams nogwu yob....The use of carbon should be downscaled.
zaybuxer = buxer zay...advance, push forward Aat zaybuxo hia dovyabdren. = Aat buxo hia dovyabdren zay....We shall advance this legislation.

Conjunctions

Conjunctions are words that join or introduce clauses. They are divided into coordinating and subordinating conjunctions. Also some conjunctions consist of a combination of words.

Coordinating Conjunctions

This chart shows the coordinating conjunctions used in Mirad:
ayand
eyor
oybut
oeynor
Usage examples:
  • At oveko ay at ako. I will compete and I will win.
  • Bosu ey at tuyapyexo et. Be still or I will spank you.
  • It yeka oy it oka. He tried but he lost.
  • At voy tilo oey at telo. I shall not drink, nor shall I eat.

Correlative Coordinating Conjunctions

The above coordinating conjunctions can be associated in correlative pairs, as follows:
hyaewa...ayboth...and
hyeawa...eyeither...or
hyoawa...oeyneither...nor
voy hyawa...oy (gay)not only...but (also)
Examples:
  • At hyaewa dyede ay dre Mirad..... I both read and write Mirad.
  • Et yafe hyeawa beser ey pier. Se eta kebiun..... You can either stay or leave. It's your choice.
  • Aat hyoawa move oey tile..... We neither smoke nor drink.
  • At voy hyawa deuze oy gay at daze.....I not only sing but also I dance.

Subordinating Conjunctions

Subordinating Conjunctions introduce a dependent clause. All subordinating conjunctions must consist of at least one of the five so-called complementizers in the following chart. These complementarizers function in two ways:
  • as a clause linker, where the complementizer introduces a clause that is a statement of FACT or CONDITION, or
  • as a clause introducer, where the complementizer introduces a sentence that is a command/wish, a prohibition, or a yes-no question. Some of these complementizers can act in either or both roles.

Complementizers

There are six complementizers, which, in and of themselves, are subordinating conjunctions. They can act as clause linkers or statement introducers, as shown in the chart below:
TYPECOMPLEMENTIZERCLAUSE LINKERSTATEMENT INTRODUCER
POSITIVE / HORTATIVEhavthat, the fact thatMay... (something happen), Let... (something happen)
CONDITIONALhevif, whether--
NEGATIVE / PROHIBITIVEhovlest, that...notDon't
ANTI-CONDITIONALohevunless --
INTERROGATIVEDuhev...?--Is it true that, say whether..., do(es)?
RELATIVEhuthat, which, who(m)--
Examples of these conjunctions linking a main and subordinate clause:
  • At ta hav et upo..... I knew that you would come.
  • At xa has hav et testu..... I did it so that you would understand.
  • At voy ta hev et upo..... I did not know whether you would come.
  • Hev et te ha dud, du has..... If you know the answer, say it.
  • At yufa hov et upu..... I feared lest you come.
  • At voy upo ohev et upo gay..... I will not come unless you come, too.
Example of these conjunctions introducing different types of statements:
  • Hav aat fadilu..... Let us pray. (HORTATIVE, i.e., A WISH)
  • Hav iit teliu avol!.... Let them eat bread.
  • Hav ha edeb yagteju..... May the king live long.
  • Duhev et te ha dud?.... Do you know the answer? (YES/NO QUESTION)
  • Duhev et se tadsa..... Say whether you are married.
  • Hov (et) yufu..... Don't (you) be afraid. (PROHIBITIVE, i.e., AN INJUNCTION)
  • Hov hus xwu..... Let that not happen.
The sentence-initial interrogative complementizer Duhev (Is it true that?) is used to introduce a yes/no question. The word can be analyzed as a command meaning Say whether....
  • Duhev et se tadokayt?.... Are you a widow? (= Say whether you are...).

Conjunctions with hav

Other conjunctions are formed with two or more morphemes, the last being a complementizer. These contain an a preposition or adverb of place, time, cause, etc., followed by the positive complementizer hav or sometimes, the conditional complementizer hev. English can use a bare preposition as a conjunction, as in the sentence "He will grow up before you notice it." However, Mirad requires the hav or hev complementizer, much as in French, where "avant" (before) must be accompanied by "que" when followed by a clause ("Il se grandira avant que tu ne le remarque.") Here is a chart showing the most important of these conjunctions:
CONJUNCTIONEXAMPLES
ja hav.... beforeDu hay ja hav et pio..... Say hi before you leave.
je hav.... whileJe hav at so him, at xo gle yex av et..... While I'm here, I'll do some work for you.
jo hav.... afterAt buo et has jo hav et nuso..... I will give it to you after you pay.
ju hav.... untilAat voy ijo ju hav et puo him..... We won't start until you get here.
ji hav.... sinceAt voy teataya huyenas ji hav et sa hum..... I had not seen such a thing since you were there.
gey hev.... even ifGey hev et yontexe, at bolo et..... Even if you disagree, I'll support you.
gel hev.... as ifAat yeyfe axer gel hev aat teata yod..... We should act as if we saw nothing.
gey ov hav.... even thoughGey ov hav ha pansin sa gra yaga, at ifia has.....Even though the movie was too long, I enjoyed it.
ov hav.... (al)thoughAt po ov hav at voy fe..... I'll go, although I don't want to.
av hav.... so (that)It utifbua av hav hyuti yafu tejer..... He sacrificed himself so that others might live.
If the conjunction contains a deictic adverb like where, when, how, etc., then the relative complementizer is attached, as in the following examples:
CONJUNCTIONEXAMPLES
haj hu.... when
(Lit: the time that...)
Haj hu et pua, ha iv ija..... When you arrived, the fun began.
ham hu.... where
(Lit: the place that...)
At voy te ham hu it pa..... I don't know where he went.
av has hu.... why
(Lit: for the thing that...)
Duhev et te av has hu it xa his?.... Do you know why he did it?
av has hu.... because
(Lit: for the thing that...)
It xa has av has hu it fa teatuer yat hes..... He did it because he wanted to show us something.
hayen hu....how, as, in the way that
(Lit: the way that...)
Xu hayen hu et fu hav hyuti alxu ub et..... Do as you'd want others to act toward you.
In other cases, the conjunction is really just a relative adverb, and often ends in hus that:
CONJUNCTIONEXAMPLES
jo hus.... thenAat deuza jo hus hyat daza..... We sang, then everyone danced.
je hus.... meanwhileJe hus, at ujba hyas..... Meanwhile, I finished everything.
av hus.... so, thereforeIt vuda at, av hus at pia..... He insulted me, so I left.
(gey) ov hus.... nevertheless, even so, despite that, yet, howeverAt yexa kyotepay, ov hus, at ujoka.....I work diligently, yet I failed.
gel hus.... likewise, also, similarlyAt daze. Gel hus, at deuze.....You dance; likewise, I sing.
ogel hus.... otherwise, elseDu hes, ogel hus, piu.....Say something, otherwise, leave.
There are some common conjunctions that need no complementizers:
CONJUNCTIONEXAMPLES
ay....andIt upa, it teata, ay it akra.....He came, he saw, and he conquered.
ey (hyuyen)....or (else)Yexu kyotepay ey (hyuyen) et ujoko.....Work hard or (else) you'll fail.
oy....butIt tyoyafa oy iyt pa bey par.....He walked but she went by car.
hyiyen....likewise, and soIt aka; hyiyen at.....He won; and so did I.
hyuyen....otherwise, elseXu has; hyuyen dolu.....Do it; otherwise shut up.

Interjections

Interjections in Mirad include the words for yes, no and maybe:
vayes
vemaybe, perhaps
vo*no
* Not to be confused with voy, which translates the English adverb not, as in Vo, it voy se tadsa. He is not married.

Examples:
  • Va. At se otadsa..... Yes. I am unmarried.
  • Va. At se vay otadsa..... Yes. I am indeed/really unmarried.
  • Va, vay..... Yes, indeed.
  • Va ay vo. Hus vey se vyaa..... Yes and no. That may be true.
  • Va ey vo?.... Yes or no?
  • Ve. At te voy valay..... Maybe. I don't know for sure.
  • Vo. At voy vatexe et..... No. I don't believe you.
  • Vo! Dilwe hov xu has..... No! Don't do it.
  • Et se Amerikama, va vo?.... You're American, yes or no?
  • Hev va, (hav et) xu has..... If so, (let you) do it.
  • Hev vo, hov (et) xu has..... If not, don't (you) do it.
Other interjections include greetings and non-vulgar expletives:
INITIAL GREETINGhay!Hello!, Hi!
VOCATIVE GREETINGhey!Hey!, O!, Oh!
TERMINAL GREETINGhoy!Goodbye!, Bye!
PROXIMAL SPECIFIERhiy!Voici!, Here is...
DISTAL SPECIFIERhuy!Voila!', There is...
POSITIVE EXCLAMATIONhyay!Great! Wow!, Bravo!, Woopee!,Hurrah!, Thanks!
SURPRISE EXCLAMATIONhyey!What a...!, Oh!, Well!, You're welcome!
NEGATIVE EXCLAMATIONhyoy!What a pity!, It's a shame!, Woe is...!, Darn it!, Yikes!, Boo!, Sorry!
Examples:
  • Hay! Ata dyun se Johan.....Hi! My name is John.
  • Hey, Johan! Hoyen et xeye?....Hey, John, how are you doing?
  • Hey, Tot! O, God!
  • Hoy. At teato et zajub.....Bye. I will see you tomorrow.
  • Hiy ha dyen et dila..... Here's the book you requested.
  • Hiy Tobyan..... Behold Man. (Ecce Homo).
  • Hiy ata dyundraf..... Here's my caling card.
  • Huy! Se xawa..... Voilà! It's done.
  • Huy hos at yaka..... There's what I expected.
  • Hyay et!.... Good for you!
  • Hyay! Et utnaze his...... Bravo! You deserve this.
  • Hyay! Et sa gla fitipa......Thanks.! You were very kind.
  • Hyey via imaj! ....Oh, what a beautiful morning!
  • Hyey At ta voy hav et upo..... Oh! I didn't know you were coming.
  • Hyoy at..... Woe is me.
  • Hyoy! Ga fia fikyen jonay..... Pity!. Better luck next time.
Vulgar expletives are not offered here, but may arise naturally in daily speech.

Alternating Directionals

There is a class of words in Mirad which are called alternating directionals, which are abbreviated combinations of opposite morphemes that mean something and something else or something or something else. For example, in English, swinging is "rocking BACK-AND-FORTH", or, questions can be of the type "YES-OR-NO". The vowels in these directionals are, for euphonic purposes, ao, eo, or ui. These alternating expressions are often used as adverbs or verbal prefixes. Here is an incomplete list of such expressions, the elements decomposed, and examples of their usage:
ABBREVIATED ALTERNATING DIRECTIONALDECOMPOSITIONEXAMPLES
yaob....up-and-downyab (up) + yob (down)yaobur....elevator (up-and-down machine)
yaopyaser....jump up and down
yeob....in-and-outyeb (in) + oyeb (out)yeobar....piston (in-and-out-device)
zao....front-and-back / north-and-southza (front) + zo (back)zaobaser....rock
zaopaser....swing
zaonada....vertical
zaomera....north-south
zui....left-and-right / east-and-westzu (left) + zi (right)zuinada....horizontal
zuibaser....wobble
zuipaser....zigzag
zuimera....east-west
bui....to-and-fro // give-and-takebu (to) + bi (from)buinax....round trip fare
buipar....shuttle bus
buier....trade
aob....off-and-onab (on) + ob (of)aoper....get on and off
aober....take on and off
vao....yes-and-no / yes-or-nowva (yes) + vo (no)vaoder....decide
vaotexer....wonder
vaodid....yes-or-no question
yuij....open-and-shutyuj- (shut) + yij- (open)yuijer....blink
teoj....life-or/and-deathtej (life) + toj (death)teoja ebyem....life-and-death situation
huim....here-and-therehum (there) + him (here)huimpoper....travel here and yon
huis....this-and-thathus (that) + his (this)huisbier....select (between this and that)
hyaos....all-or-nothinghyas (everything) + hyos (nothing)hyaoson....all-or-nothing matter
hyuit....one anotherhyut (another) + hyit (the same person)hyuita....mutual
hyuitifer....love one another
Keep in mind that if an alternative directional ends in b, the b assimilates to the first consonant of per (go) and ber put words, such that -b + b becomes b and -b + p becomes p. Thus, aob + per becomes aoper. This follows the regular manner of assimilation between any prepositional prefixes ending in -b before per and ber verbs and their derivatives.

Greetings and Other Polite Expressions

MIRADENGLISH
Hay!Hello!
Hey!Hey!
Hoy!Bye!
Hiy...Here is / Here comes... / Voici
Huy...There's... / There goes... / Voila
Hway!*Great! / Good for you! / Thanks! / Congratulations!
Hwey!Oh my! / Goodness gracious! / Well! / Your're welcome!
Hwoy!Too bad! / What a shame! / Sorry!'
Fijub!Good day!
Fimaj!Good morning!
Fimoj!Good evening!
Hoyen et xeye?How are you? (Lit. How are you doing?)
Fi. Ay et?Fine. And you?
Iftaxwo.
Hway.
Thank-you. (Lit. (It) will be fondly remembered.)
Toxu.
Hwey.
You're welcome. (Lit. Forget (it).)
Diwe.Please. (Lit. It is asked.)
Yovobu (at).
Hwoy.
Excuse (me).
Fipop!Bon voyage!
Su valta!Be safe!
Igbaksu!Get well soon!
Yanivtos!
Hway!
Congratulations! (Lit: together-happy-feeling)
Iva Tajjub!Happy Birthday!
Yanuvtos!
Hwoy!
My condolences! (Lit: together-sad-feeling)
  • hw is pronounced in Mirad like a wh in English words.

Word Formation

In order to facilitate word-building and to maximize comprehension and decipherability of words, certain meanings have been attached to consonants and various values have been ascribed to vowels.
The vocabulary of Mirad is composed of core words and derived words.

Guiding Principles for Word Formation

The vocabulary is built on root morphemes, that is, indivisible, building-block words. The choice of the root of these words (formed generally from two or three letters) is determined by:
  • The meaning of each letter of the word.
  • The importance of the group of ideas that this word evokes in its proper sense and in the sense that is directly opposite it, eg.: fixed vs. variable.
  • How frequently the word and its derivations are used in the language.
  • The geometric system of vocabulary construction (see a later section on what this is all about).
  • The logic of its composition.
  • The mnemonic associations this word suggests.
The words derived from root morphemes in turn follow very simple laws called vocabulary-building rules.

Root Morphemes

Root morphemes are elements of vocabulary that cannot be broken down any further and which serve as the basis for many derived words in the language. These root morphemes are divided into two groups:
  • 1st Group:  consisting of nouns
  • 2nd Group:  consisting of prepositions, adjectives, adverbs, conjunctions, and verbs.
Root Morphemes of the 1st Group (nouns) are composed of three letters:
  • The first, a consonant called the classifier
  • The second, a vowel1 called the ordinal
  • The third, a consonant called the generic
Examples:
CLASSIFIERORDINALGENERICMEANING
tobman
dotsociety
fabtree
1. A vowel in this case includes pre-yodified vowels like ya, ye, etc.
Root Morphemes of the 2nd Group (Adjectives, Verbs,and anything but nouns) are composed of a consonant+vowel or vowel+consonant, such as the following:
ab....onob....off
bu....tobi....from
if-....loveuf-....hate
fi-....goodfu-....bad
va....yesvo....no
vya-....truevyo-...false
In a few cases, a 2nd group root morpheme consists of just a single consonant or just a single vowel:
b-....putp-....go
s-....bex-....do
t-....knowd-....say
f-....wantw-....[passive marker]
i....[plural marker]o....un-
a....[adjective marker]-t...person

Consonants and Their Meanings

The classifier and generic letters in 1st group root morphemes are consonants. Also, 2nd group root morphemes almost always have one consonant. So, you need to be familiar with the general meaning of the consonants in the Mirad alphabet, as shown in the following chart:
CONSONANT1st Group Root Morphemes (NOUN)2nd Group Root MorphemesNumeric Value
 INITIAL
FINAL
INITIAL OR FINALIN NUMBERS
borgan, health, body, etc.
organism
gesture, putting--
panimal, vehicle
motion
motion, going--
sthing, furniture
thing
form, thinghundred
xaction
doing
action, doing, making--
dsociety
family
reading, writing, saying--
thuman
person, animal
intelligence, knowing--
fvegetation
clothing
volition, attributes--
vplant, color
linen
veracity, attributes--
gquantity
measurement
quantity, attributes--
k--
risk
change, attributes--
jtime
time
time--
z--
precious, art
spatial, attributes
l--
liquid
(intensifier)ten
mnature
place, building, furniture, metal
ml = million
nmerchandise
abstraction
(abstract)(abstract)
r--
tool, machine
(intensifier)thousand, mr = billion
y(intensifier/minimizer/feminine)(intensifier/minimizer)
w--(passivizer, intensifier substitute, masculine)(enumerator)
h(deictic formant)----
The letters l and r are used after vowels to intensify the semantics of a word. The letter y, if used before a stem vowel intensifies the semantics of the word, but mitigates the semantics if it follows the stem vowel.
The letter h is used only in certain interjections, conjunctions, and determiners and has no semantic identity.
The letter w has no semantic identity of its own, but is used only to form the masculine gender of pronouns and the passive of verbs and to form a counter morpheme used in numbers, and sometimes to substitute for y when the latter letter would cause ambiguity or difficulty in pronunciation with other consonants eg. jwo late, instead of jyo).

1st Group Root Morphemes

The ordinal vowels of noun morphemes have certain values:
  • Numeric Values:
The numeric value of vowels is shown in the chart below. The vowels beginning with y are considered pre-iotated vowels.
oaeiuyoyayeyiyualoalaale
0123456789101112
zeroonetwothreefourfivesixseveneightnineteneleventwelve
A vowel with a numeric value is sometimes prefixed to nouns to form a hierarchy of nouns:
MIRAD
deb
ENGLISH
ruler
MIRAD
dob
ENGLISH
rule
adebemperoradobempire
edebkingedobkingdom
idebprinceidobprincipality
udebdukeudobduchy
yodebmarquis, margraveyodobmarquisate
yadebearl, countyadobcounty, earldom
yedeblord, vassalyedobdominion
yidebviscountyidobviscountcy
yudebbaronyudobbarony
alodebtribal chiefalodobtribe
Sometimes the numeric vowel falls inside the word after the ordinal vowel. This happens with days of the week, as shown here:
MIRAD
jub
ENGLISH
day
juabMonday
juebTuesday
juibWednesday
juubThursday
juyobFriday
juyabSaturday
juyebSunday
  • Positional Values:
The positional value of vowels is shown below (Rule nr. 10):
 a.... up, superior, north, ahead, on 
u.... left, west, neare.... center, middlei.... right, east, away
 o.... down, inferior, south, back, off 
 za.... front, ahead 
zu.... leftze.... middlezi.... right
 zo.... back 
 zamir.... north 
zumir.... westzemir.... equatorzimir.... east
 zomir.... south 
 ab.... on 
ib.... awayeb.... betweenub.... toward
 ob.... off 
 yab.... up 
yib.... faryeb.... inyub.... near
 yob.... down 
 ja.... before 
ji.... sinceje.... duringju.... until
 jo.... after 
  • Geophysical Values:
oouter space, nature
aair, gas, sky
eland, soil, earth
iliquid, water, juice
uunderground, minerals
Some examples:
mol naturemom outer spacepoper travelpot animalmop orbitdop military
mal airmam skypaper flypat birdmap winddap air force
mel soilmem landpeper ridepet land animalmep roaddep army
mil watermim seapiper sailpit fishmip riverdip marines
mul mineralmum undergroundpuper burrowput bugmup tunneldup submarine force
Morpheme Chart
The meaning of the 1st Group root morphemes comes from the combination of the values of the classifier consonant and the generic consonant, as show in the chart below. Most often, the root morphemes have a zeroth element in which the ordinal vowel is o. Related, usually hierchically subordinate, words are created by increasing the numeric value of the ordinal vowel.
ROOT MORPHEMECLASSIFIER CONSONANTGENERIC CONSONANT
tob mant = human, animalb = organism
tod familyt = human, animald = society
tof clothest = human, animalf = tissue
tov lingeriet = human, animalv = linen
tol foodt = human, animall = fluid, substance
vob plantv = plantb = organism
tom buildingt = human, animalm = place
dob stated = socialb = organism
dom cityd = socialm = place
dop militaryd = socialp = movement
som furnitures = thingm = place
pot animalp = movementt = human, animal
Chart of 1st Group root morphemes:
bok....illness
byok....pain
bryok....torture
byook....suffering
book....fatigue
bak....health bek....treatment
byek....cure
bik....care buk....injury
bruk....mutilation
dob....state
doab....fatherland
doeb....federal state

adob...empire
edob....kingdom
idob....principality
udob....duchy
yadob....earldom
yedob....dominion
yidob....viscountcy
yudob....barony
alodob....tribe
dab....governmentdeb....leader
adeb...emperor
edeb....king
ideb....prince
udeb....duke
yadeb....earl
yedeb....lord
yideb....count
yudeb....baron
alodeb....tribal leader
dib....administrationdub....ministry
dom....city
doam....township
doem....village
doim....hamlet
doum....estate
dam....air fielddem....parkdim....fountain
dop....military dap....air forcedep....army
diep....marine force
dip....navydup....submarine forces
dot....society
doyt...club
dat....friend
daat....buddy
det....matedit....citizendut....sir
duut....sire
duyt....madam
duyut....lady
job....time
joob....eon
joab....era
joeb....period
joib....epoch
joub....age
joyob....chron
joyab....term
jod....occasion
jab....yearjeb....season
jeab....spring
jeeb....summer
jeib....autumn
jeub....winter
jej....course
jib....month
jiab....January
jieb....February
jiib....March
jiub....April
jiyob.... May
jiyab....June
jiyeb....July
jiyib....August
jiyub....September
jilob.... October
jilab....November
jileb....December
jub....day
juab....Monday
jueb....Tuesday
jueb....Wednesday
juub....Thursday
juyob....Friday
juyab....Saturday
juab....Sunday
jud....date
jwob....hourjwab....minute jweb....second
mor....universe mar....star
amar...sun
mer....planet
Amer....Mercury
Emer....Venus
Imer....Earth
Umer....Mars
Yomer....Jupiter
Yamer....Saturn
Yemer...Uranus
Yimer....Pluto
mir....worldmur....satellite
amur....moon
mol....nature mal....air
maal...atmosphere
mael...troposphere
mail...stratosphere
maul...ionosphere
mayol...exosphere
mel....soil
meel....terrain
meil....mud
mil....water
mial....steam
miil....dew
mul....matter
mom....cosmos mam....skymem....land
meam...region
meem....territory
meim....countryside
meum....zone
myem....yard
mim....sea
miam....lake
miem....lagoon
miim....pond
mium....pool
miyom....puddle
mum....underground
mog....ash
mon....darkness
moz....black
moj....night
mag....fire
man....light
mak....electricity
maz....white
maj....daytime
meg....stone
meag....marble
meeg....slate
meig....granite
meug....clay
meyog....china
meyag....chalk
meyeg....limestone
meyig....alabaster
meyug....gypsum
melog...argil
melag....adobe
meleg....terra cotta
melig....marl
melug....kaolin
melyog....pegmatite
melyag...feldspar
melyig....silica
melyug....flint
mealog....sandstone

mek....dust
miek....sand
myek....powder
myeik....paste
mug....metal
muk....mineral
mop....orbit map....wind
maap....puff
maep....breeze
maip....gust
maup....gale
mayop....typhoon
mep....road
meap....avenue
meep....boulevard
meip....lane
meup....trail
mip....river
miap....stream
miep....brook
miip....rivulet
miup....tributary
mup....tunnel
mof....galaxy
mov....smoke
maf....cloud
maaf....stratus
maef....nimbostratus
maif....cumulus
mauf....cumulonimbus
mayof....stratocumulus
mayaf....allocumulus
mayef....allostratus
mayif....cirrocumulus
mayuf....cirrostratus

mav....flame
mef....brick
mev....porcelaine
mez....crystal
amez....diamond
emez...topaz
imez...ruby
yomez....sapphire
yamez....amethyst
vamez....emerald
muf....rod

mob....chasm
moab....gulf
moeb....ravine
moib....cave
moub....ditch
moyob....depression
moyab....shaft
.... meb....mountain
meab....hill
meeb....knob
meib....mound
meub....ridge
meyob....bump
mub....promontory
mos....floor mas....wallmes....doormis....windowmus....stairs
som....furniture sam....chestsem....tablesim....chair
siim....bench
sum....bed
suam....cushion
nod....point nad....line
naad....rail
naed....lane
naid....stripe

nab....rank
naab....organization

nap....order
naap....system
ned....plane
nyed....grid
nid....volume nud....column
nog....degree nag....measure
sag....number
syag....count
jag....age
xag....frequency
neg....level nig....space
nox....expense
noz....jewel
nax....price
nas....money
naz....value
nam....store
nex....savingsnix....incomenux....payment
nun....merchandise
nyox....waste nyax....accumulation nyex....storage nyix....demand nyux....supply
nof....fabric
nov....linen
naf....cloth
naaf....drape
naef....canvas
naif....velvet
nauf....sail
nayof....denim
nayaf....veil
nef....knit nif....wire
niv....thread
nuf....button
nyof....film
nyov....ribbon
nyaf....knotnyef....sack
nyev....bag
nyem....box
nyif....cord
nyiv....lace
nyuf....package
fob....vegetation fab....tree

faab....sap
faob....wood
fayob....bark
fayeb....leaf
afab....apple tree
efab....pear tree
ifab....cherry tree
ufab....prune tree
yofab....apricot tree
yafab....peach tree
yefab....quince tree
yifab....walnut tree
yufab....hazelnut tree
alofab....blackberry bush
defab....pine tree
dyofab....cocoa plant
fefab....date palm
fifab....banana tree
fufab....coconut palm
fyofab....pomegranate tree
fyifab...fig
kafab....olive vine
lafab....orange tree
lefab....mandarin tree
lifab....lemon tree
lufab....grapefruit tree
lyofab....lime tree
rafab....acorn tree
refab....beechnut tree
rifab....chestnut tree
safab....tea plant
sefab....coffee plant
sifab....pepper plant
sufab....strawberry tree
syofab....red current tree
vafab....grape vine
vefab....ivy bush
feb....treetopfib....trunkfub....branch
fuf....pipe
fuv....nail
fyob....rootfyab ....fruit
afyab....apple
efyab....pear
ifyab....cherry
ufyab....prune
yofyab....apricot
yafyab....peach
yefyab....quince
yifyab....walnut
yufyab....hazelnut
alofyab....blackberry
defyab....pine cone
dyofyab....cocoa
fefyab....date
fifyab....banana
fufyab....coconut
fyofyab....pomegranate
fyifyab...fig
kafyab....olive
lafyab....orange
lefyab....mandarin
lifyab....lemon
lufyab....grapefruit
lyofyab....lime
rafyab....acorn
refyab....beechnut
rifyab....chestnut
safyab....tealeaf
sefyab....coffee bean
sifyab....pepper
sufyab....strawberry
syofyab....red current
vafyab....grape
vefyab....ivy
sar....instrument sir....machine sur....motor
tob....man
toyb...woman
toob....male
tooyb....female
tab....body
taab....lymph
taeb....muscle
taib....bone
taob....flesh
taub....nerve
tayob....
skin
tayab....
fat
tayeb....
hair
tayib....
cartilege
tayub....
gland
teb....head
teab....
eye
teeb....
ear
teib....
nose
teob....
cheek
teub....
mouth
teyob....
neck
tib....trunk
tiab....
chest
tiayb....
breast
tilab....
nipple
tieb....
lung
tiib....
heart
tiub....
belly
tiyob....
kidney
tiyab....
bladder
tiyeb....
testicles
tiyib....
ovary
tiyub....
penis
tiyuyb....
vagina
tikab....
esophagus
tikeb....
stomach
tikib....
liver
tikub....
pancreas
tikyob...
bowels
tikyab...
large intestines
tikyeb...
anus
tub....arm
tuab....
shoulder
tueb....
upper arm
tuib....
elbow
tuub....
forearm
tuyob....
wrist
tuyab....
hand
tuyeb....
fist
tuyib....
palm
tulob....
fingernail
tyob....leg
tyoab....hip
tyoeb....thigh
tyoib....knee
tyoub....tibia
tyoyob....ankle
tyoyab....foot
tyoyeb....heel
tyoyib....sole
tyoyub....toe
tyolob....toenail
tof....clothes taf....suit
tayf....dress
tef....hattif....waist coat
tilaf....brassiere
tuf....sleeve
tyof....pants
tyoyf....skirt
tyoyaf....shoe
tov....linen tev....scarf
teiv....handkerchief
teyof....necktie
teyov....collar
tiav....shirt
tiayv....blouse
tiuv....underwear
tiuyv....panties
tuav....shawl
tuyav....glove
tyoyav....sock
tyoyayv....stocking
tol....nutrition
taol....meat
tyal....meal
tel....food
teil....soup
til....drinktul....dish
tuil....sauce
tod....family tad....husband
tayd....wife
ted....father
teyd....mother
tid....uncle
tiyd....aunt
tud....godfather
tuyd....godmother
tyod....father-in-law
tyoyd....mother-in-law
tyad.... grandfather
tyayd....grandmother
tyed....relative tyud....tutor
top....soul tap....physiquetep....mindtip....sentimenttup....member
tom....building tam....house
taam....home
taym....pavillion
tem....hall
em....place
tyem....residence
yem ....enclosed space
tim....roomtum....compartment
toj....death taj....birthtej....lifetij....wakefulnesstuj....sleep
toz....art
toyz....craft
daz....dance
saz....sculpture
tez....culture
teyz....cult

dez....theatre
drez....poetry
dyez....cinema
teaz spectacle
teiz....perfume
tyez....magic
teuz....voice
deuz....song
seuz....tone
diz....comedy
siz...painting
tuz....skill
duz....music
vob....vegetable
avob....wheat
avob....wheat
evob....rye
ivob....barley
ovob....cereal
uvob....buckwheat
yovob....millet
yavob....hop
yevob....rapeseed
yivob....
rice
yuvob....oat
favob....cotton
fevob....flax
fivob....hemp
fuvob....jute
gavob....sunflower
gevob....corn
'
givob....tobacco
levob....beet
luvob....carrot
savob....fern
sevob....thistle
sivob....nettle
zavob....strawberry plant
zevob....basil
zivob....thyme
zuvob....rosemary
vab....grass veb....tuft vib....stem vub....twig
vyab....seed
avyab....green bean
evyab....lentil
ivyab....pea
ovyab....legume
uvyab....broad bean
yovyab....peanut
'yevyab....chickpea
yivyab....soybean
zavyab....strawberry
vol....legume
avol....bread
ovol....bran
apavol....white cabbage
'bavol....tomato
bevol....eggplant
bivol....squash
buvol....cucumber
byovol....artichoke
epavol....Brussels sprout
favol....leek
fevol....onion
fivol....shallot
fuvol....garlic
gavol....pumpkin
gevol....melon
givol....watermelon
lavol....potato
levol....beet
livol....radish
luvol....carrot
lyovol....turnip
lyavol....Jersualem artichoke
pavol....cabbage
pevol....cauliflower
upavol....kale
vavol....lettuce
vevol....spinach
vivol....sorrel
vuvol....dandelion
vyovol....chicory
vyavol....watercress
zavol....parsley
vos....flower
avos....lily
evos....narcissus
ivos....poppy
lavos....lily of the valley
levos....jonquil
livos....geranium
lovos....daisy
luvos....forget-me-not
uvos....rose
yavos....hydrangea
yevos....lilac
yivos....violet
yovos....cornflower
yuvos....carnation

voz....color
avoz....white
evoz....yellow
favoz.... beige
ivoz.... red
livoz.... lemon yellow
ovoza....blank
uvoz....pink
yavoz.... mauve
yevoz.... lilac
yivoz.... purple
yovoz....blue
vaz....green
yovaz....blue-green
pot....animal pat....bird


apat....cock, rooster
epat....duck
fapat....raven
fepat....crow
fipat....magpie
fupat....owl
gapat....ostrich
gepat....peacock
gipat....peafowl
ipat....turkey
rapat....eagle
repat....vulture
ripat....kite
rupat....buzzard
sapat....partridge
sepat....quail
sipat....woodcock
supat....lark
tapat....parrot
tepat....parakeet
upat....goose
vapat....nightingale
vepat....canary
vipat....canary
yapat....pigeon
zapat....swallow
zepat....swift"

pet....land animal


apet....horse
epet....bull
fapet....camel
fepet....dromedary
fipet....giraffe
gapet....elephant
gepet....rhinoceros
ipet....ass
kapet....squirrel
kepet....polecat
kipet....badger
kupet....otter
sapet....hedgehog
sepet....porcupine
sipet....mole
upet....ram
vapet....hart
vepet....reindeer
vipet....deer
vupet....chamois
yapet....hog
yepet....dog
yipet....cat
yopet....goat
yupet....rabbit
zapet....tortoise

pelt....insect
apelt....spider
fapelt....ant
fepelt....cockroach
kapelt....louse
kepelt....flea
kipelt....bug
kopelt....vermin

pit....fish


apit....trout
epit....perch
gapit....whale
ipit....pike
rapit....shark
repit....dolphin
ripit....sperm whale
rupit....walrus
sapit....herring
sepit....barbel
sipit....anchovy
supit....gilt-head
tepit....turbot
upit....carp
vapit....eel
yapit....gudgeon
yepit....stickleback
yipit....whiting
yopit....tench

pyot....wild animal


rapyot....lion
repyot....tiger
ripyot....leopard
rupyot....wolf
tapyot....ape
tepyot....bear
yapyot....boar
yepyot....wolf
yipyot....tiger

pyet....reptile


fepyet....slug
fipyet....leech
gapyet....crocodile
gepyet....cayman
kapyet....lizard
kepyet....gecko
lapyet....boa
lepyet....cobra
lipyet....viper
lopyet....snake
vapyet....snail

2nd Group Root Morphemes

The vowels of 2nd Group Root Morphemes also have certain values:
  • Positive-Intermediate-Negative Values:
  • POSITIVE a, ya oppose NEGATIVE o, yo
  • INTERMEDIATE e, ye
  • POSITIVE i, yi oppose NEGATIVE u, yu
Some examples:
POSITIVEINTERMEDIATENEGATIVE
ag- bigeg- normalog- small
az- strongez- moderateoz- weak
va yesve maybevo no
ak- winek- playok- lose
hyas everythinghyes anythinghyos nothing
ig- fastug- slow
im- wetum- dry
fi- goodfu- bad
kyi- heavykyu- light
  • Directional Values:
VOWELCONTACTDIRECTIONEXAMPLE
a-free movementfrom above ontoaber apply
-amovement with contactfrom above ontobaer lean
ya-free movementupwardyaper rise
-yamovement with contactupwardpyaser jump
o-free movementfrom below upwardober remove
-omovement with contactfrom below ontoboer uphold
yo-free movementdownwardyoper descend
-yomovement with contactfallpyoer fall
u-free movementtoward the centeruper come
-umovement with contacttoward the centerbuer give
yu-free movementnearyuber bring
-yumovement with contactnearbyuer touch
i-free movementawayiper leave
-imovement with contactawaybier take
yi-free movementfar awayyiper move far away
-yimovement with contactfar awaypyier originate
e-stop eper intervene
-epause peser wait
ye-in yeper enter
-yein byexer contain
Special Values of Certain Vowels:
  • The prefixes a-, an- have to do with one, single, singular and are opposed to:
  • The prefixes ya-, yan- meaning together, plural.
  • The prefix yan- contrasts with yon- meaning apart.
Some examples:
auta individual, privateyauta communal
at I, meyat we, us
anla singularyanla plural
yanper joinyonper separate
yanmel continentyonmel island
hat the personhyat everybody
Morpheme Chart
The 2nd Group root morphemes, containing roots other than nouns, come from a combination of the classifier consonant and the stem vowel (which is sometimes zero). The vowel can be pre- or post-iotated and modified with the scalar enhancer consonants r, l, and w. Here is a chart showing the principle root morphemes of this group. The root morpheme itself is in boldface, sometimes followed by derived words incorporating that root.
POSITIVEINTERMEDIATENEGATIVEPOSITIVEOPPOSITE
ja before, pre-
jana previous
japer precede
je during
jena current
jeper continue
jo after, post-
jona next
joper follow
ji since
 
 
ju until
 
 
aj past
ajna old
ej present
ejna new
oj future
ojna next
ij beginning
ijna initial
uj end
ujna final
jwa early
jwaa early
jwaber prepare
jwe on time
jwea punctual
jweder prompt
jwo late
jwoa late
jwoxer retard
yij opening
yija open
yijber open
yuj closure
juja closed
yujber close
ga more
gaber add
galer multiply
gla very
gra too
gwa most
ge as
geber equate
gean equality
gle rather
gre enough
gwe average
go less
gober substract
goler divide
glo slightly
gro insufficiently
gwo least
gi- point
gin point
gia sharp
 
 
gu- angle
gun angle
gua dull
 
 
gya- fat
gyaxer fatten
gyo- thin
gyoxer emaciate
gyi- solid
gyian solidity
gyu- fragile
gyuan fragility
ag- big
agxer grow
agla huge
agra immense
eg- normal
egaxer normalize
egan normality
og- small
ogxer shrink
ogla tiny
ogra miniscule
ig- fast
igay quickly
igper rush
ug- slow
ugay slowly
ugper amble
yag- long
yagaxer lengthen
yog- short
yogaxer shorten
yig- hard
yigaxer harden
yug- soft
yugaxer soften
ka- find
kaxer find
kader reveal
kaxon solution
ke- seek
kexer seek
keder inquire
kexon issue
ko- hide
koxer hide
koder cover up
koxon problem
ki-
kia diagonal
kim slope
 
ku-
kua lateral
kun edge
kum side
 
ak- win
akun gain
akler defeat
akrer triumph
ek- play
ekun game
ekler challenge
ok- lose
okun loss
okler go down in defeat
okrer suffer disaster
ik- full
ikber fill up
uk- empty
ukber empty out
kya- variable
kyaser change
kye- random
kyeser happen
kyo- fixed
kyoser stand still
kyi- heavy
kyiaxer weigh down
kyu- light
kyuaxer lighten
yak- expect
yakwa expected
yek- try
yekwa attempted
yok- be surprised
yokwa unexpected
yik- difficult
yikan difficulty
yuk- easy
yukan ease
va- yes
vader affirm
ve- maybe
veder equivocate
vo- no
voder deny
vi- beautiful
vila gorgeous
vu- ugly
vula hideous
av- for
avon favor
avun asset
ev- neutral
evan neutrality
ov- against
ovon hindrance
ovun liability
iv- happy
ivan happiness
uv- sad
uvan sadness
vya- true
vyan truth
vye- relative
vyen relation
vyo- false
vyon error
vyi- clean
vyisa pure
vyu- dirty
vyusa foul
yav- innocent
yavder acquit
yev- fair
yevder judge
yov- guilty
yovder accuse
yiv- free
yivxer release
yuv- captive
yuvxer capture
f- want
fer want
fi- good
fider praise
fu- bad
fuder malign
fya- holy
fyader bless
fyo- profane
fyoder curse
fyi- useful
fyin worth
fyu- damaging
fyun harm
af- allow
afwa allowed
ef- need
efwa necessary
of- ban
ofwa prohibited
if- love
ifwa beloved
uf- hate
ufwa despised
yaf- able
yafer can
yef- obliged
yefer must
yof- unable
yofer cannot
yif- brave
yifer dare
yuf- afraid
yufer fear
ba-
baer lean on
baler press
barer crush
baxer shake
→abaxer stroke
→ablaxer pat
→abraxer rub
b-
ber put
be at
beser stay
bexer hold
beler keep
bo-
boxer carry
boler support
→oboler drop
 
 
bi from
bier take
bixer pull
blixer yank
brixer uproot
 
bu to
buer give
buxer push
bluxer shove
bruxer kick
 
bay withbey byboy without
ab on
aber put on
abem top
eb between
eber block
ebem gap
ob off
ober take off
obem bottom
ib away
iber receive
ilber obtain
ub toward
uber send
ulber deliver
yab up
yaber raise
yalber lift
yaper rise
yarper climb
yeb in
yeber introduce
yelber insert
yeper enter
yob down
yober lower
yolber down
yoper descend
yorper plummet
yib far
yiber remove
yilber banish
yiper flee
yirper escape
yub near
yuber bring near
yolber abduct
yuper come
yurper intrude
bya-
byaser stand
bye-
byeser behave
byen manner
byo-
byoser hang
byi since
byiser spring from
byu up to
byuser reach
pa- motion
paser move
paxer move (tr.)
plaxer shake
→aplaxer swipe
p-
per go
peser wait
pexer trap
po- rest
poyser pause
poser stop
poxer stop (tr.)
pi- motion away
pier leave
piser withdraw
pixer catch
plixer capture
prixer rape
pu- motion toward
puer arrive
puser jump
puxer throw
pluser lunge
pruxer shoot
pya- strong upward motion
pyaser jump up
pyaxer launch
pye- strong inward motion
pyeser bump into
pyexer strike
→apyexer bang
→yonpryexer explode
pyo- strong downward motion
pyoser plunge
pyoxer knock down
pyi- strong motion away
pyiser spring
pyixer snatch
pyu- strong motion toward
pyuser pounce
pyuxer ram
za in front of
zaper get ahead
ze in the middle of
zeber balance
zo behind
zoper lag behind
zi- right
zituyaba right-handed
zu- left
zutuyaba left-handed
zay forward
zayper advance
zey across
transit
zoy back
zoyper recede
az- strong
aza strong
ez- medium
eza medium
oz- weak
oza weak
iz- straight
izper go straight
uz- curved
uzper turn
zya- wide
zyaber spread
zye through
zyeper transit
zyo- narrow
zyober restrict
zyi- flat
zyixer flatten
zyu- round
zyuper rotate
yaz- vertical
yazber stand upright
yez- horizontal
yezber lay flat
yoz- perpendicular
yoza perpendicular
yiz- beyond
yizper surpass
yuz- around
yuzper surround
da-
daler talk
 
 
 
 
d-
der say
drer write
dryer print
de-
deler declare
do-
doler be silent
 
 
 
 
di-
dier ask
dider question
diler request
direr demand
din story
du-
duer suggest
duder answer
duler insist
durer prod
dun word
dye-
dyeder read
dyen book
dyi-
dyier phone
dyu-
dyuer call
dyun name
ta-
taxer remember
tajer be born
 
 
 
 
t- know
ter know
te-
texer think
teser mean
tejer live
to-
toxer forget
tojer die
 
 
 
 
ti- learn
tier learn
tider understand
tixer study
tin doctrine, -ism
titam school
tijer wake
tu- teach
tuer teach
tuder explain
tuxer instruct
tun science, -ology
tutam institute
tujer sleep
tya-
tyan race
 
 
tye-
tyen craft, occupation
tyeer be familiar with
tryen industry
tyi-
tyier get acquainted
 
 
tyu-
tyuer acquaint
 
 
sa-
san form
saxer make
saun kind
 
 
s-
ser be
son thing (abstract)
sat being
se-
sexer build
so-
soer undergo
 
 
 
 
si-
sin image
siun sign
 
 
 
su- thing
sun thing
 
 
 
 
sya-
syan type
sye-
syen style
syi-
syin subject
syu-
syun object
as-
aser become
es-
eser exist
os-
oser vanish
is-
iser be the result
us-
user be the cause
xa-
xaer execute
xaler accomplish
x-
xer do
xe-
xen action
xeler conduct
xi-
xier result
xu-
xuer bring about
xuler provoke
xye-
xyen practice
xyel exercise
xyi-
xyier wear out
xyu-
xyuer proceed
ax-
axer act
alxer operate
ex-
exer function
 
ox-
oxer be idle
 
ix-
ixen effect
ux-
uxer cause
 
yax-
yaxer accomplish
yex-
yexer work
yelx labor
yerx drudgery
yox-
yoxer fail
yix-
yixer use
yilxer hire
yirxer exploit
yux-
yuxer help
yulxer serve
yurxer slave
na-
nax cost
nas money
naz value
nam shop
ne-
nex thrift
nes savings
no-
nox spending
nos expense
noz jewel
ni-
nix earning
nizer deserve
nu-
nux payment
nuz award
nun merchandise
nunam market
nya-
nyaxer accumulate
nyan stack
nye-
nyexer store
nyem box
nyef bag
nyo-
nyoxer waste
nyos surplus
nyi-
nyixer order
nyixut client
nyu-
nyuxer deliver
nyuxut supplier
nyus package
hav so thathev whetherhov lest
hay hihey heyhoy byehiy voicihuy voila
hyay bravohyey thankshyoy what a shame
ha- thehe- someho- which?hi- thishu- that
hya- everyhye- anyhyo- nohyi- samehyu- other
Vowel Patterns

Note that that in 2nd Group core words there is a three-way contrast with the root vowels a, e, o and a two-way contrast with the root vowels i and u, as in the chart below, where the root vowels are underlined:

PATTERN TYPEPOSITIVEINTERMEDIATENEGATIVE
3-WAY (a-e-o)aza strong eza mediumoza weak
2-WAY (i-u)fia good--fua bad
Meaning of the Classifier Consonant
Most human qualities are presented in the 2nd Group root morphemes that contain the consonants f or v.
Root morphemes relating to time all have the letter j.
The letters g and k relate mostly to physical qualities, measurements, and actions.

Parallelism in Root Morphemes

Root morphemes exhibit both vertical and horizontal parallelism in meaning as shown in some sample charts below:
azazavavyaayava
strongfrontyestrueinnocent
ezazevevyeayeva
moderatemiddlemayberelativefair
ozazovovyoayova
weakbacknofalseguilty
jajwaajakaeraker
beforeearlypastfindwin
jejweejakeereker
duringon timepresentseekplay
jojwoojakoeroker
afterlatefuture hidelose
fiaviavyiafyiaivayivaifer
goodbeautifulcleanproudhappyfreeto love
fuavuavyuafyuauvayuvaufer
baduglydirtyashamedsadboundto hate
tabtibtubtyobtayobtayebtyab
bodytrunkarmfootskinhairovary
fabfibfubfyobfayobfayebfyab
treetree trunkbranchrootbarkleaffruit
vabvibvubvyobvayobvayebvyab
plantstemtwigrootpeelleafseed

Ordered List of Root Morphemes

OAEIU
bo- support
byo- hang
boy without
ba- lean on
bya- stand
bay with
bax- gesture
b- put
be- have
be at
bel- carry
bex- hold
byex- strike
bi from
bi- take
bix- pull
byi since
bu to
bu- give
bux- push
byu as far as
byux- touch
bok illness
byok pain
bak healthbek treatment
byek cure
bik carebuk wound
bruk- mutilate
do- be silentdal- speak
-ad (language)
d- say
del- declare
dyed- read
dr- write
drye- print
deu- voice
di- ask
did question
dil- request
dir- demand
du- suggest
dud answer
dul- insist
dur- prod
dob state
-ob regime
dab governmentdeb leader
-eb leader
xeb boss
dib administrationdub minister
dom citydam airportdem park
deym garden
dim fountaindum well
dop militarydap air forcedep armydip marine
dot societydat frienddet matedit citizendut gentleman
daz dancedez theatre
dyez cinema
drez poetry
diz comedyduz music
f- wantfi- good
fiz honor
fu- bad
fuz shame
fob plant
fyob root
fab tree
fayeb leaf
fayob bark
faob wood
feb fruitfib trunkfub branch
fuf pipe
fuv nail
fyo- profanefya- holyfyi- worthfyu- waste
go less
glo few
gro insufficiently
gwo least
gyo- thin
ga more
gla very
gra too
gwa most
gya- thick
ge equal
gle quite
gre enough
gwe average
gin pointgun angle
gyo- thingya thickgyi- solidgyu- delicate
ho- which
hyo- no
hov don't
hoy! bye!
hyoy! boo!
ha the
hya- every
hav that
hay! hello!
hyay! hurrah!
he some
hye- any
hev if
hey! hey!
hyey! thanks!
hi this
hyi- same
hiy... voici...
hu- that
hyu- other
huy...voila...
jo after
jwo late
joy then
ja before
jwa early
jay already
je during
jwe on time
jey still
ji since
jiy ago
ju until
juy hence
job time
jwob hour
jab year
jwab minute
jeb season
jweb second
jib monthjub day
jod occasionjud date
jog- youngjag- old
ko- hideka- findke- seekki- slantku- side
kyo- fixedkya- mobilekye- randomkyi- heavykyu- light
lo- (dis-)-l- (tens marker)-ml- (millions marker)-l- (intensifier)
mon darkman light
mob cliffmeb mountainmub promontory
mof galaxymaf cloudmef brickmuf pole
mog ashmag firemeg stonemug metal
moj nightmaj day
mok cosmic dustmak electricitymek dustmuk mineral
mol naturemal airmel soilmil watermul matter
mom spacemam skymem landmim seamum underground
mop orbitmap windmep roadmip rivermup tunnel
mor universemar starmer planetmir worldmur satellite
mos floormas wallmes doormis windowmus stairs
mov smokemav flamemev porcelainmuv rod
moz- blackmaz- whitemez- crystal
no- spend
noz jewel
na- money
naz value
nya- stack
ne- save
nye- store
ni- consume
nyi- order
nu- supply
nyu- deliver
nod pointnad line
nab row
nap order
ned planenid volumenud column
nof textile
nov linen
nyov ribbon
nyof film
naf clothnef web
nyev bag
nyef sack
nif thread
niv strand
nyiv lace
nyif rope
nuf leash
nyuf knob
nog grade
nok degree
nag measure
nak meter
sag number
syag count
jag age
xag frequency
neg levelnig space
nik liter
nam shop
-am building
nem place
-em place
nyem box
-yem enclosure
-im room
o zero
o- un-
yo- non-
yon apart
a one
an- mono-
ayn whole
yan together
e two
en-
bi-
ey(n)- half
i three
in- tri-
iyn- terci-
u four
un-
tetra-
uyn-
quarti-
-o (future tense)-a (past tense)
-a (adjective)
-ay (adverb)
-e (present tense)-i (plural)-u (hypothetical mode)
ob offab oneb betweenib awayub toward
of- must notaf- mayef- need toif- loveuf- hate
og- smallag- bigeg- normalig- fastug- slow
oj future
aj past
ej present
ij beginninguj end
ok- loseak- winek- playik- fulluk- empty
om- cold
yom ice
am- hot
yam fire
im- wetum- dry
-om building-am house-em place-im room
-on (issue)-an (abstract quality-en (present gerund)-in (-ism)-un (thing)
op- get offap- get onep- stayip- go awayup- come
os- be absentas- becomees- existis- be the resultus- be the cause
ot oneat Iet youit heut self
ut self
-ut one who
ov againstav forev- neutraliv- happyuv- sad
ox- be idleax- actex- operateix- resultux- cause
oy butay andey or
-oy -less-ay -ful
oz- weakaz- strongez- moderateiz- straightuz- curved
po- stop
pyo- fall
pa- move
pya- jump
p- go
pyex- attack
pi- leave
pix- catch
pu- arrive

pux- throw
pyux- bump
pop- travelpap- flypep- drivepip- sailpup- burrow
pot animal
pyot wild beast
pat birdpet land animal
pelt insect
peit amphibian
pit fish
piit shellfish
put worm
-r- (thousands marker)-mr- (billions marker)-r- (intensifier)-er (infinitive)
som furnituresam armoiresem tablesim chairsum bed
son matter
syoz fantasy
san form
saz sculpture
s- besin image
syin subject
siz painting
sun thing
syun object
suz artifact
sar instrument
-ar instrument
sir machine
-ir machine
sur motor
-ur motor
syob basesyab summitsyeb container
tob human
tyob leg-t person
tab body
tayob skin
tayeb hair
tayib cartilege
teb head
tyeb brain
tib trunktub arm
tod familytad spouseted parenttid siblingtud child
tof clothing
tov linen

tyof pants
tyoyaf shoe
tyoyav sock
taf suit
tav robe
tef hattif vesttuf sleeve
tuyaf glove
toj deathtaj birthtej lifetij- awaketuj sleep
tol nourishment
-ol substance

tyal meal
-al gas
-yal juice
tel food
-el food
-yel oil
til drink
-il liquid
tul dish
tom buildingtam house
-am house
tem hall
-em place
tim room
-im room
tum cell
top spirittap physiquetep mindtip sentimenttup member
tos- feeltas-t- know
tes- mean
tye- recognize
tea- see
tee- hear
tei- smell
teu- taste
teud- shout
ti- learntu- inform
tox- forgettax- remembertex- thinktix- studytux- teach
toz- skin colortaz- scupturetez- culture
tyez- magic
tuz- art
vo no
voy not
va yes
vay indeed
ve maybe
vey possibly
vi- beautifulvu- ugly
vob plant
vol vegetable
voz color
vab grass
vaz- green
veb beanvib stemvub twig
vyo- falsevya- truevye- relativevyi- cleanvyu- dirty
-w- (passive voice)wa (counter)
xo-xa- executex- do
xey- behave
xi- resultxu- affect
yo five
yoon- penta-
yoyn- quint-
ya six
yaon- hexa-
yayn- sex-
ye seven
yeon- hepta-
yeyn- sept-
yi eight
yin- octo-
yiyn- oct-
yu nine
yun- nona-
yuyn- novi-
yob downyab upyeb inyib far awayyub near
yof- cannotyaf- canyef- shouldyif- dareyuf- fear
yog- shortyag- longyig- hardyug- soft
yij- openyuj- close
yok- surpriseyak- expectyek- tryyik- difficultyuk- easy
yon- apartyan- together-yen manner
yop- descendyap- ascendyep- enteryip- move awayyup- approach
yot theyyat weyet you (all)yit theyyut selves
yov- guiltyyav- innocentyev- justyiv- freeyuv- bound
yox- be idleyex- workyix- useyux- serve
yoz- concaveyaz- convexyez- horizontalyiz beyondyuz around
zo behindza beforeze middlezi rightzu left
zoy backzay aheadzey across
zyo- narrowzya- widezye throughzyi- flatzyu- round

Rules for Deriving New Words

Derived words, that is, words that are built from root morphemes and other words, are formed following certain very simple rules of vocabulary-building:
These word-building rules govern:
  1. Combining whole words
  2. Affixation
  3. Scaling Words through numerically-ordered Vowels
  4. Combining partial words
  5. Word-building by adding ordinal vowels
  6. Swapping endings
  7. Scientific word-building
  8. Feminizing words
  9. Geophysical vowel codification
  10. Directional and positional vowel codification
  11. Mnemonic markers
  12. Creating nuances of meaning

Rule #1: Combining Whole Words

Compound words are formed by the combination of two or more words. When compounding, the determining word is placed very simply in front of the determined word.
  • mar star + tun sciencemartun astronomy
  • mag fire + meb mountainmagmeb volcano
  • tul meal + dras writeuptuldren menu
  • nax cost + aga bignaxaga expensive
  • nax cost + oga smallnaxoga cheap
  • amar sun + yap ascentamaryap sunrise
  • amar sun + yop descentamaryop sunset
  • mam sky + par vehiclemampar airplane
  • map wind + yaf powermapyaf windpower
  • dom city + teas viewdomteas cityscape
  • tej life + tun sciencetejtun biology
  • man light + tam housemantam lighthouse
Such compounds sometimes consist of more than two agglutinated words, for example:
  • mam sky + pur vehicle + tam househangar

Rule #2: Affixation

Affixes can be prefixed or suffixed to verbs, nouns, and other parts of speech.
Prefixes
Adverbs and prepositions can serve as prefixes, especially for forming new verbs, eg.:
PREFIXBASE VERBCOMPOUNDED VERB
go lessber putgober subtract
yeb inber putyeber* introduce
oyeb outber putoyeber* oust
yuz aroundber putyuzber surround
ob offber putober* remove
ig fastxer doigxer accelerate
ug slowxer dougxer brake
ja beforexer dojaxer prepare
je duringxer dojexer continue
oj futurexer doojxer plan
ab onper goaper1 get on
yeb inper goyeper* enter
oyeb outper gooyeper* exit
zay aheadper gozayper advance
zoy backper gozayper retreat
ja beforeper gojaper precede
jo afterper gojoper follow
yuz aroundper goyuzper circulate
va yesder sayvader affirm
vo noder sayvoder deny
fi goodder sayfider praise
fu badder sayfuder malign
ja beforeder sayjader predict
ja beforedren writingjadren preface
jo afterdren writingjodren postscript
*Note: If the prefix is an adverb or preposition ending in b and is being affixed to the verb per go or ber put, then the b of the prefix is dropped. See the next section for this:
Prefixes Ending in b with Verbs per and ber
Prepositional prefixes ending in b lose the b before verbal elements based on per (go) and ber (put), as shown in the following chart:
PREFIXBASE VERBNEW VERB
yab upber putyaber raise (NOT: yabber)
yab upper goyaper rise (NOT: yabper)
ab onber putaber put on, apply
ab onper goaper get on, mount
yob downber putyober take down
yob downper goyoper descend
ob offber putober take off, remove
ob onper gooper get off, dismount
yeb inbux a pushyebux impulse
yeb inpyoser fallyepyoser collapse
Prefixing with Whole or Clipped Words
The two or three first letters of a root morpheme can serve as prefixes. The adjective ending a is often dropped1, as is the er or prefixes taken from verbs. Longish noun prefixes are sometimes clipped.
PREFIXBASE VERBCOMPOUND VERB
oza weakder sayozder whisper
yaga longder sayyagder ramble
aja pastder sayajder evoke
yoga shortder sayyogder summarize
tyoyab footper gotyoyaper walk
dreer writesar tooldresar pencil
tuyob handdren writingtuyodren manuscript
mam skymil watermamil rain
1: Sometimes, the adjective ending a is retained when an adjective is compounded with xer or ser. This device may be used to distinguished two differently nuanced verbs.
Prefixing with Prefixes Per Se
PREFIXMEANINGEXAMPLES
o-un-, expresses negation, opposition, opposite meaningdata friendlyodata unfriendly
lo-un-, same as o but used where o is not cleargla manylogla rare
yo-un-, same as o but more intensedat friendyodat enemy
av-pro-fyatin religionavfyatina pro-religious
ov-anti-, counter-dropek warovdropeka anti-war
hyas-all-, pan-, omni-tea awarehyastea omniscient, all-knowing
ja-before, ante-, pre-, fore-taj birthjataja pre-natal
jo-after, post-judrer to datejojudrer post-date
yiz-beyond, meta-tapa physicalyiztapa metaphysical
ey(n)-semi-, hemi-, half-eyseuz demi-tone, eylevelbaya semi-sweet, eyntepa half-wit
e(n)-bi-, duo-, two-ejaba biennial, entyoba biped, enteba two-headed
i(n)-tri-, three-invoza tricolor, ijib trimester, inzyun tricycle
u(n)-quadri-, four-untyoba quadriped, unkuma quadrilateral, ungona quadripartite
a(n)-uni-, singularanxer unite, asana special, auta individual, private
ya(n)-multi-, together, pluralyanxer assemble, yasana general, yauta common, public
yo(n)-dis-, se-, apartyonxer separate, yoniler unstick, youta alone, isolate
eg-re-, againeganxer reunite, egder repeat, egvader reaffirm
Comparison of Prefixes in English and Mirad
Here is a chart of the most productive prefixes in English of Latin, Greek, and Germanic origin and their most common counterparts in Mirad:
ENGLISH PREFIXMEANINGORIGINENGLISH EXAMPLEMIRAD EXAMPLE
a-, an-without, un-, -lessGREEKatonal oseuza
ab-awayLATINabsenceibsen
ab-not, un-LATINabnormalolega, ozeta
ad-to, towardLATINadventupen < ub-
after-afterGERMANICaftermathjoxwas
anti-againstGREEKantidoteovbokil
arch-chief, firstGREEKarchangel aatat
auto-selfGREEKautocracyutdab
back-backGERMANICbackstairszomus
bene-wellLATINbenefactorfixut
bi-twoGREEKbicameralentima
by-beyondGERMANICbypassyizper
cent(i)-hundredLATINcenturysojab
circ(um)-aroundLATINcirculateyuzper
co-togetherLATINcooperateyanexer
con-, com-, cor-, col-withLATINconveneyanuper
counter-, contra-againstLATINcontradictovder
cross-acrossGERMANICcrosswindzeymep
de-un-, reverseLATINdesalinateomimolxer, mimolober
de-downLATINdescend yo(b)per < yob + per
deci-tenLATINdecimeter alonag
di-twoGREEKdiodeenmep
dia-throughoutGREEKdiachroniczyajoba
dicho-doubleGREEKdichotomy engorbun
di(s)-apart, un-LATINdisappearoteaser
dys-badGREEKdysfunctionfuexen
ec(to)-outGREEKectomorphoyebsan
en-, em-inGREEKendemicyebdita
endo-withinGREEKendomorphicyebsana
equi-equalLATINequilateralgekuma
eu-good, niceGREEKeuphemismvidun
ex-, e-outLATINextractoye(b)bixer
extra-outsideLATINextraordinaryyizega
fellow-fellowLATINfellow-traveleryanpoput, dat-
fore-frontGERMANICforeskinzatayob
gyro-round, wheelLATINgyroscopezyunzebar
half-halfGERMANIChalf-deadeyntoja
hemi-halfGREEKhemisphereeynzyunid
hect(o)-hundredGREEKhectometerasonak
hept(o)-sevenGREEKheptogonalyeguna
hetero-differentGREEKheterogeneoushyusauna
hexa-sixGREEKhexagongalyaunguna
high-highGERMANIChigh-flyingyabpapea
homo-sameGREEKhomogeneoushyisauna
hyper-over, too muchGREEKhyperactivegraaxeya
hypo-under, too littleGREEKhypothermiagroaman
idio-peculiarGREEKidiopathasanbak
ill-poorlyGERMANICill-manneredfubyena
in-inLATIN/GERMANICincomingyebupea
in-not, un-LATINinadequateogrea
infra-belowLATINinfraredoybivoza
inter-betweenLATINinternationalebdooba
intra-amidLATINintramuraleybmasa
intro-intoLATINintroduceyebber
iso-equalGREEKisometricgenaga
kilo-thousandGREEKkilogramarokyik
macro-bigGREEKmacrometeragnagar
magn(i)-bigLATINmagnifyagaxer
mal-badlyLATINmalformedfusana
many-manyGERMANICmany-huedglavoza
maxi(m)-biggestLATINmaximizegyaxer
mega(lo)-bigGREEKmegacephalicagteba
meso-middleGREEKmesomorphzesanat
meta-beyondGREEKmetaphysicalyizmula
micro-littleGREEKmicrocosmogmir
mid-middleLATINmiddayzejub
milli-thousandLATINmilligramarokyik
mini(m)-tinyLATINminiskirtgyotyoyf
mis-wronglyLATINmisunderstandvyotider
multi-manyLATINmultilateralglakuma
neo-newGREEKneophytejogagsat
non-notLATINnonentityoseas
nona-nineGREEKnonagonyuungun
oct(a)-eightGREEKoctagonyigun
omni-allLATINomniscienthyastea
ortho-correctGREEKorthodontistizteupibtut
out-betterGERMANICoutplaygafieker
over-too muchGERMANICovereatgrateler
pan-allGREEKpantheonhyastotyan
para-alongsideGREEKparaphraseyeztesder
penta-fiveGREEKpentagonyoongun
per-throughLATIN/GREEKperpendicularzyepyonada
poly-manyGREEKpolyandryglatadan
post-afterLATINpostscriptjodren
pre-beforeLATINpreviewjateaxer, za-
proforLATINpro-lifeavtejina
pro-forwardLATINprogresszaynogper
pseudo-falselyGREEKpseudonymvyodyun
quadri-fourLATINquadrilateralunkuma
quasi-resembling, nearlyLATINquasi-scientificyubtuna
quint-fiveLATINquintetyounatyan
re-againLATINredoeejxer
rect(i)-straightLATINrectilineariznada
retro-backwardsLATINretrogresszoynogser
semi-halfLATINsemi-sweeteynlevelaya
sept-sevenLATINseptempartiteyegona
sext-sixLATINsextuplicateyaungeyxwas
sub-, sup-, sur-belowLATINsubmarineoybmimpar
super-, supra-aboveLATINsuperscriptaybdren
syn-, sym-, syl-withGREEKsymphonyyanduzutyan
tele-farGREEKtelephoneyibdalar
tetra-fourGREEKtetragonungun
trans-acrossLATINtransferzeyber
tri-threeGREEK/LATINtrigramindresin
ultra-beyond, extremelyGREEKultranationalistgwadoobina
un-notLATINuntieoyanxer
under-belowLATINunderarmoybtub
under-not enoughLATINunderactivegroaxeya
uni-oneLATINunicycleanzyus
Suffixes
Mirad has semantic suffixes, grammatical suffixes, and part-of-speech-changing suffixes
  • Semantic Suffixes
Semantic suffixes are generally formed from the two last letters of a root morpheme. They serve to put a word into some category, such as liquid, place, person, or material.
ROOT MORPHEMESUFFIXSUFFIXED DERIVATIONS
mil water-il liquidteabil tear < teab eye
  teubil saliva < teub mouth
  tayebil sweat < tayeb skin
  mamil rain < mam sky
tam house-am houseapatam chicken coop < apat chicken
  apelatam beehive < apelat bee
  melyexam farmhouse < melyex agriculture
  datibam hostel < datib guest-reception
nem place-em placevobyexem plantation, farm < vob plant + yex work
  vabem field < vab grass
  abem top, surface < ab above, upper
  obem bottom < ob below
nof cloth-of materialtof clothes < t- human
  misof curtain < mis window
  faof wood < fa(b)- tree
  tayof leather < tayo(b) skin
sar tool-ar instrumentpar vehicle < p- motion
  zyupar rotor < zyup turn
  gorbar knife < gorb cut
  syaagar computer < syaag computation
sun thing-un thingdun word < d- utter, say
  gorfun piece, scrap < gorfer rip, shread, tear
  zyiun plaque, plate < zyia flat
  vyun spot < vyua dirty
tin doctrine-in -ismtotin theism, religion < tot- god
  Kristin Christianity < Krist Christ
  vyisatin puritanism < vysiat puritan, clean person
  otofin nudism < otofa nude
fuf pipe-uf cylinder objectmanuf candle < man light
  tiibuf artery < tiib heart
  miluf toilet < mil water
  movuf cheminee < mov smoke
yel oil-yel oil, gel, wax, pulpkafyel olive oil < kaf olive
  apelatyel wax < apelat bee
  levyel jam, jelly, confiture < leve sugar, sweet
  bekyel salve < bek care, treatment
  megyel cement < meg stone
  yanyel paste < yan together
  • Grammatical Suffixes
Mirad has only a few grammatical or derivational (non-inflexional*) suffixes:
DERIVATIONAL SUFFIXBASE WORD → SUFFIXED DERIVATION
-er (verb infinitive)sag- cipher sager to count
nab ranknaber to rank
yex work yexer to work
-n (deverbal or deadjectival noun)yexe works yexen working
via beautiful vian beauty
yuba near yuban proximity, nearness
-a (adjective)yib- far away yiba remote
mor universe mora universal
ake wins akea winning
-y (deadjectival adverb)iga- quick igay quickly
yiba remoteyibay remotely
*Derivational affixes change the part of speech of a base word, whereas inflexional affixes change the status of a word within a grammatical paradigm. Verb tense/mood/voice affixes and the plural marker -i fall under the latter category.
  • Augmentative Suffixes
AUGMENTATIVE SUFFIXROOT MORPHEMESUFFIXED DERIVATION
-ag (augmentative)tam housetamag mansion
-ayg (affectionate augmentative)sem chairsemayg big old chair
-yag (pejorative augmentative)apet horseapetyag nag
  • Diminutive Suffixes
DIMINUTIVE SUFFIXROOT MORPHEMESUFFIXED DERIVATION
-og (diminutive)tam housetamog hut
-oyg (affectionate diminutive)tam housetamoyg cottage
-yog (pejorative diminutive)tam housetamyog shack
  • Suffixes Forming Nuanced Adjectives
ADJECTIVAL SUFFIXMEANINGBASE WORDSUFFIXED DERIVATION
-ayafull of, -ous, -ymiek dustmiekaya dusty
-oyaempty of, -less, -freevyun spotvyunoya spotless
-ikafull of, -ous, -ymiek dustmiekika dusty
-ukaempty of, -less, -freemiek dustmiekuka dust-free
-ea (present active particple)doing X, -ing, -ant, -entilp flowilpea flowing, fluent
-yeagiven to doing X, -ivevyod lievyodyea mendacious, given to lying
-wea (present passive participle)being Xedvyixer to cleanvyixwea being cleaned
-yenalike, -ly, -ictat angeltatyena angelic
-(a)wa (past passive participle)Xedoter to ignoreotwa or otawa unknown
-uwa (potential passive participle)-able, liable to be Xedteater to seeteatuwa visible
  • Other Suffixes
SUFFIXMEANINGBASE WORDSUFFIXED DERIVATION
-anabstract quality, -ness, -hood, -ityiva happyivan happiness
  via beautifulvian beauty
  ama hotaman heat
-atperson who has the quality ofyova guiltyyovat guilty party
  oga littleogat little person
-utagent, practitioner, one who does X, -er, -ant, -entyuxer to helpyuxut helper, assistant
  vyoder lievyodut liar
-eatone who does Xvyixeat cleaning person
-(a)watone who has been Xedtujber to killtujbwat or tujbawat murder victim
-(a)waswhat is/was Xedter to knowtwas or tawas what is known, fact
-eta person a level downted fathertedet son
  tid uncletidet cousin
  tad spousetadet brother
-esitem of lesser importancenas moneynases change, coin
-obchild of, offspringtob mantobob infant
  apet horseapetob foal
-un < sunconcrete thingviber decoratevibun ornament
-on < sonabstract thingkyiser weight downkyison problem
  ifer to loveifon love
-tunscience, ...ologytej lifetejtun biology
  tob mantobtun anthropology
-in < tindoctrine, -ismtot godtotin theism, religion
  dot societydotin socialism
-yancollection, aggregatefab treefabyan forest
  mar starmaryan constellation
-ar < sarinstrument, tool, deviceper gopar vehicle
  teab eyeteabar eyeglasses
-ur < surmachineyalb liftyalbur elevator
Many of the above suffixes and prefixes can be combined as in the following example:
  • ov- against, anti- + dot society + -in ism + -at person having the quality of + -yena like, -ish ovdotinatyena anti-socialistic

Rule #3: Scaling Words through Numerically-ordered Vowels

Creating a hierarchy of scalar terms applies only to root morphemes of the 1st group. The hierarchy of scalar terms is built by increasing the numeric value of the ordinal vowel of the root morpheme stem as the importance or relevance of the word decreases from the topmost, zeroth object. This process is called first-level ordinal scaling.
  • First-level Ordinal Scaling
t...bm...rj...bm...st...md...bf...bs...m
tob manmor universejob timemos floor (1st,2nd,etc.)tom buildingdob statefob plantsom furniture
tab bodymar sunjab yearmas walltam housedab governmentfab treesam armoire
teb headmer planetjeb seasonmes doortem halldeb leaderfeb treetopsem table
tib trunkmir earthjib monthmis windowtim roomdib officefib tree trunksim chair
tub armmur moonjub daymus stairstum celldub ministryfub branchsum bed
tyob legjyob* hourfyob root
  jyab* minute
  jyeb* second
* Easier to pronounce as jwob, jwab, and jweb.
  • Second-level Ordinal Scaling
A second-level hierarchy of scalar words can be creating by adding a vowel immediately after the ordinal vowel of the word stem.
Examples:
mi...pme...ptu...btyo...b
mip rivermep waytub armtyob leg
miap streammeap roadtuab shouldertyoab hip
miep brookmeep pathtueb upper armtyoeb thigh
miip rivuletmeip trailtuib elbowtyoib knee
miup torrentmeup tracktuub forearmtyoub shin
miyop trickletuyob wristtyoyob ankle
tuyab handtyoyab foot
tuyeb fisttyoyeb heel
tuyib palmtyoyib sole
tuyub fingertyoyub toe
tulob fingernailtyolob toenail
  • Third-level Ordinal Scaling
A third-level hierarchy can be created by adding a third ordinal number vowel to the front of the word.
Example:
...tuyub
tuyub finger
atuyub thumb
etuyub index
ituyub middle finger
utuyub ring finger
yotuyub pinky
So, to sum up, we have:
t...btob = man
FIRST-LEVELtub arm
SECOND-LEVELtuyub finger
THIRD-LEVELatuyub thumb
  • Scaling with Prefixed Numbering
We can also obtain a very convenient classification for new words through prefixed numbering even though there is no first-level or second-level numbering.
Example:
...dob...pet...mer
dob statepet animalmer planet
adob empireapet horseAmer Mercury
edob kingdomepet bullEmer Venus
idob principalityipet assImer Earth
udob duchyupet ramUmer Mars
yodob marquisateyopet goatYomer Jupiter'
yadob countyyapet pigYamer Saturn
yedob dominionyepet dogYemer Pluto

Rule #4: Portmanteau Compouding

When forming a compound word, the generic consonant (the last one) of the determinant (first word) is the same as the classifier consonant (first) of the determined (2nd word), the generic consonant is suppressed so as to avoid two of the same consonants in a row. This is also called portmanteau compounding.
  • dom city + mep waydomep boulevard
  • pat bird + teub mouthpateub beak
  • pat bird + tub armpatub wing
  • teb head + bok illnesstebok headache
When forming a compound word, the principal word has one or two prefixed vowels, this vowel or these vowels come at the beginning of the compound word.

Examples:

  • tuyub fingeratuyub thumbiatuyub right thumb
Codifying the Negative and Opposite Senses
In the codification of core words and derived words of the 1st group, the negative sense or opposite sense is obtained by adding the prefixes o and yo, the latter being more intense.
  • mola naturalomola unnatural, artificial
  • tobyena humaneotobyena inhumane
  • data friendlyyodata inimical
  • poos peaceyopoos turmoil
In the codification of core words and derived words of the 2nd group, the opposite sense is obtained by prefixing lo dis-, un-, de- if followed by a consonant, or ol if followed by a vowel, eg.:
  • fwa wantedlofwa unwanted
  • yuvxer to tie uployuvxer to untie
  • axaxer to activateolaxaxer to deactivate
  • afwa allowableolafwa disallowed

Rule #5: Codification by the Addition of Ordinal Vowels

a) When you wish to form a compound word with words from a same family of vowels, if the ordinal vowel is an o, you replace it with the ordinal vowel of the determinant word.
NUMERAL PREFIXCLASSIFIER CONSONANTORDINAL VOWELGENERIC CONSONANTMEANING
adobrepublic
 debleader
adebpresident
NUMERAL PREFIXCLASSIFIER CONSONANTORDINAL VOWELGENERIC CONSONANTMEANING
idobkingdom
 debleader
idebking
b) If, on the other hand, the two words are already subordinate, then the vowel of the determinant is placed between the ordinal vowel of the determined and the generic consonant.
Examples:
  • mil watermal airmial steam, vapor
  • mel soilmil watermeil mud
  • tul mealtil drinktuil soup
c) You can also form new compound words by applying the Rule # 6 above (a and b).
Examples:
  • adob republicdab governmentadab government of the republic
  • adab government of the republicdeb leaderadaeb president of the republic
  • (Applying Rule #8 on feminizing words by post-iotation) ⇒ adaeyb Madam President of the Republic

Rule #6: Swapping Endings

When the generic consonant of a core word is replaced by that of another core word, all of the vowels of this latter word undergo the transformation required by the new generic consonant.
Examples:
TOB
man
TOF
clothing
NOF
cloth


TYOYAB
foot
TYOYAV
sock
NOV
linen


BODY PARTAPPARELCLOTH/LINEN
tob mantof clothestov lingerie
tab bodytaf suittav robe
teb headtef hattev scarf
teab eyeteaf blinderteav eye patch
teeb earteef ear phoneteev ear muff
teib noseteif noseguardteiv handkerchief
teub mouthteuf muzzleteuv mask
teyob neckteyof necktieteyov collar
tib trunktif waistcoattiv sweater
tiab chesttiaf vesttiav shirt
tyob legtyof pantstyov underwear
tyoyab foottyoyaf shoetyoyav sock
tyoyib kneetyoyif knee padtyoyiv knee sock
tyoyob ankletyoyof ankle bracelettyoyov ankle sock
tuyob wristtuyof cufftuyov wristband
tuyab handtuyaf glovetuyav mitten

Rule #7: Scientific Vocabulary-building

Chemical Elements
The names of chemical elements are formed from a number representing the element's atomic number (number of electrons), followed by a letter combination indicating whether it is a metal or metalloid, and followed, if pertinent, by a combination of letters indicating whether it is a gas or liquid. The table that follows shows how this composition works:
ELEMENTELECTRON COUNTMETAL GENERIC = m
silver47 = ulyeulyem
aluminum13 = alialim
iron46 = elyaelyam
gold79 = yelyumyelyum
copper29 = elyuelyum
tin50 = yoloyolom
  METALLOID GENERIC = ms
phosophorus15 = alyoalyoms
carbon6 = yayams
  GAS = al LIQUID = il
hydrogen1 = aamsal
nitrogen7 = yeyemsal
oxygen8 = yiyimsal
mercury80 = yiloyilomsil
The words amsal, yemsal, and yimsal each carry three pieces of information.
The first letter indicates their classification by number of electrons.
The two following letters: mc indicates metalloids; The two last letters: al indicates that they are a gas.
The word yilomil also carries three pieces of information:
The three first letters: yi-l-o show classification by number of electrons.
The fourth letter, m, indicates that it's a metal.
The two last letters, il, indicates that it's a liquid.
Other Non-elemental Substances
Non-elemental natural and man-made substances and alloys are formed using mnemonic components.
  • steel = elyamyig < elyam iron + yig(a) hard
  • plastic = sanyel < san- shape + -yel oil, wax, gel, gum
  • rubber = yugyel < yug- soft + -yel oil, wax, gel, gum
  • cement = megyel < meg stone + -yel oil, wax, gel, gum
  • glass = zyev < zy(e) (see) through + (m)ev porcelain
  • bronze = elyumyig < elyum copper + yig(a) hard
  • paint = vozil < voz color + -il liquid
  • ink = dril < dr(er) write + -il liquid
  • coal = yamsun < yams carbon + -un substance
  • glue = yanil < yan together + -il liquid
  • paste = yanyel < yan together + -yel oil, wax, gel, gum
  • resin = defabyel < defab pine tree + -yel oil, wax, gel, gum
  • wood = faof < fa(b) tree + (n)of material, tissue
  • leather = tayof < tayo(b) skin + (n)of material, tissue
  • cement = megyel < meg stone + -yel oil, wax, gel, gum
  • concrete = megyelyig < meg stone + -yel viscous matter + yig hard
  • tar = movgyin < mov smoke + gyin solid
  • lava = magmebil < mag fire + meb mountain + -il liquid
  • fuel = magil < mag fire + -il liquid
  • shampoo = tayel < taye(b) hair + -(y)el oil, wax, gel, gum
  • detergent = vyunobil < vyu(a) dirty + -(u)n substance + ob(er) remove + -il liquid
  • soap = vyil < vyi(a) clean + -(i)l liquid
  • cheese = bilyig < bil milk + yig(a) hard
  • butter = bilyug < bil milk + yug(a) soft
  • syrup = gyalevil < gya extremely + lev(el) sugar, sweet + -il liquid
  • gravy = taobil < taob flesh, meat + -il liquid
  • alcohol = fil < (levaf) ferment + -il liquid
  • wax = apelatyel < apelat bee + -yel oil, wax, gel, gum
  • honey = apelatil < apelat bee + -il liquid
  • brick = mef < m(el) earthen + (no)f hard material
  • porcelain = mev < m(el) earthen + (no)v soft material
  • gem = mez < m(el) earthen + (no)z value, precious
Atomic and Subatomic Particles
From the word mul matter, substance, stuff, we get the following derivatives:
  • mul matter, substance, stuff
  • mula material, substantial, physical
  • omula immaterial, unsubstantial, non-physical
  • ovmul anti-matter
  • omul nothingness, void, nihil
  • omulxer anihilate
  • moza mul black matter
  • multun physics
  • multuna physics-related
  • multut physics scientist
  • mulog particle
  • muloga particulate
  • mulogxer crush, crumble, pulverize
  • vamulog proton
  • omulog neutron
  • vomulog electron
  • vomuloga electronic
  • vomulp electricity
  • vomulpa electric, electrical
  • vomulpaxer electrify
  • mules element
  • mulesa elemental
  • mulesyan compound
  • yanmul mix, mixture, chemical
  • yanmula chemical
  • yanmultun chemistry
  • yanmultuna chemical
  • yanmultut chemist
  • gwomul atom
  • gwomula atomic
  • obgwomula subatomic
  • zemul nucleus
  • zemula nuclear

Rule #8: The Feminization of Words

To form the feminine of a word or to indicate that an object or thing belongs to females, post-iotate (append a y) to the ordinal vowel of the word.
Examples:
MALE-RELATEDFEMALE-RELATED
tob mantoyb woman
tad spouse, husbandtayd wife
tadet brothertaydet sister
ted fatherteyd mother
tedet sonteydet daughter
tid uncletiyd aunt
tidet cousintiydet female cousin
apet horseapeyt mare
epet bullepeyt cow
tiav shirttiayv blouse
tyof pantstyoyf skirt
tulyuxut waitertulyuxuyt waitress
Note that personal pronouns can be feminized as well. The unfeminized form is either masculine or neutral with respect to gender.
MASCULINEFEMININE
at I / meayt we / us women
et youeyt you gals
it he / himiyt she / her
yat we / usyayt we females / us women
yet you guysyeyt you gals
yit they / themyiyt they / them (f.)
This process works for the possessive adjective derivatives of these pronouns:
  • iyta her
  • yeyta you gals'
The animate demonstrative pronouns (animate deictic determiners) can also be feminized:
  • huyt that female person, she, her
  • huyti these females, they, them


The generic pronouns ot one, yot they (generic) and (y)ut are not normally feminized.

Rule #9: Geophysical Vowel Coding

Geophysical vowel coding, as it's name indicates, occurs on vowels by giving them a particular geophysical meaning.
  • a = air, gas, skyward
  • e = soil, ground
  • i = water, liquid, juice, etc.
  • u = concrete thing, material, mineral, underground
  • o = abstract thing, initial item, outer space
This codification occurs on the ordinal vowel of 1st Group core words only.
Examples:
m...mm...pd...pp...tm...lp...p
mom outer spacemop galaxydop militarypot animalmol naturepop travel
mam skymap winddap air forcepat birdmal airpap flight
mem landmep waydep armypet (land) animal mel soilpep ride
mim seamip riverdip navypit fishmil waterpip sea voyage
mum undergroundmup tunneldup submarine forcemul mineralpup tunneling
Vowel coding also allows for arriving at other combined-concept word categories by placing a vowel having the value ascribed to it by Rule # 9 just a before the generic consonant of the initial word. (See Rule #5)
Examples:
COMBINED-CONCEPT WORDCODIFICATION
pait aquatic birdpat bird + liquid / sea
piat flying fishpit fish + skyward / air
diap naval aviationdip navy + skyward / air
meil mudmel soil + liquid / sea

Rule #10: Directional and Positional Vowel Coding

Directional and positional vowel coding works along lines of the charts below. Those vowels preceded by a y (iotated vowels) are, for this analysis, considered to be vowels pure and simple. Those vowels that are capitalized are positional in nature and serve as prefixes to 1st group words. Those vowels that are italicized are directional as prefixes to 2nd group words. The vowels that are underlined are directional in nature and are infixed just after the classifying consonant of 2nd group words, mostly verbs.
A a a ya ya
U u u yu uE e e ye yeI i i yi yi
O o o yo yo
VOWELFUNCTIONATTACHMENTMEANINGEXAMPLE
Apositional1st group prefixabove, northzamer north
adirectional2nd group prefixon, ontoaber put on, ab on
adirectional2nd group infixon, ontobaer lean on
yadirectional2nd group prefixupyaber lift up, yab up
yadirectional2nd group infixupwardpyaser jump up
Opositional1st group prefixunder, southzomer south
odirectional2nd group prefixoff, under, belowober take off, ob off
odirectional2nd group infixfrom below, downwardboer support
yodirectional2nd group prefixdownyober lower, yob down
yodirectional2nd group infixdown with contactpyoser fall down
Upositional1st group prefixleft, westzumer west, utuyab left hand
udirectional2nd group prefixtowarduper come, ub toward
udirectional2nd group infixto, toward with contactpuer arrive, bu to
yudirectional2nd group prefixnearyuber bring, yub near
yudirectional2nd group infixup to, as far asbyuer touch, byu up to, as far as
Ipositional1st group prefixright, eastzimer east, ituyab right hand
idirectional2nd group prefixawayiper go away, ib away from
idirectional2nd group infixaway with contactpier depart, bi to
yidirectional2nd group prefixfar away, far fromyiper go far away, yib far
yidirectional2nd group infixsince, starting frombyier originate, byi since
Epositional1st group prefixcenter, middle equatorzemer equator, eb between
edirectional2nd group prefixstaying in the middle, betweeneper stay
edirectional2nd group infixstopped in the middle, atbeer hold, be at
yedirectional2nd group prefixinsideyeber contain, yeb in
yedirectional2nd group infixinsidebyeer keep
Examples of verbs undergoing the rules of directional coding:
With ber put (transitive):
aber put oneber holdober take offiber receiveuber send
yaber raiseyeber containyober loweryiber put awayyuber bring
baer lean onbeer haveboer hold upbier takebuer give
byaer liftbyeer keepbyoer hangbyier obtainbyuer reach for
With per go (intransitive):
aper get oneper stayoper get offiper go awayuper come
yaper riseyeper enteryoper descendyiper put awayyuper bring
paer standpeer waitpoer fallpier departpuer arrive
pyaer get uppyeer stick aroundpyoer get downpyier originatepyuer reach

Rule #11: Codifying Mnemonic Markers

By changing the classifying or generic consonant of a derived word, a new, but related meaning can be obtained. Also, the classifying consonant can be replaced with an entire or partial word. The relationship among the altered word forms is therefore mnemonic. Here are some examples:
teub mouth teud cry     (d = communicate, utter, social)
teuz voice     (z = precious, art, etc.)
deuz song     (d = communicate, utter, social)
tayab fat fayab vegetable fat     (f = vegetable)
mayab mineral fat     (m = nature, mineral)
tub arm fub branch     (f = vegetable, tree, etc.)
vub twig     (v = plant, flower, etc.)
dub minister     (d = communicate, utter, social)
xub department     (x = do, work)
patub wing     (pat = bird)
pitub fin     (pit = fish)
tayob skin fayob bark     (f = vegetable, tree, etc.)
vayob peel     (v = plant, flower, etc.)
piyetayob shell     (piyet = mollusk)
pitayob scale     (pit = fish)
epeytayob cowhide     (epeyt = cow)
tayeb hair fayeb leaf     (f = vegetable, tree, etc.)
pitayeb scale     (pit = fish)
potayeb fur     (pot = animal)
patayeb feather     (pat = bird)
vosayeb petal     (vos = flower)
mayeb foil     (m = nature, mineral)
gorbayeb blade     (gorb = cut)
taob flesh, meat faob wood     (f = vegetable, tree, etc.)
vaob hay     (v = plant, flower, etc.)
epeytaob beef     (epeyt = cow)
kovaob thatch     (ko = cover + v = plant)
fyaob pulp     (fy(ab) = fruit )
faof board, plank     (f = vegetable, tree, etc. )
teater see teaxer look     (x = do, teab = eye)
teaper visit     (p = go)
teaser seem     (s = be)
teader testify     (d = communicate, utter, social)
izeader indicate     (iz = direct )
izteaxer aim     (x = do)
beaxer watch     (b(eer) = keep)
abeaxer survey     (ab = over)
yoneater discern     (yon = apart, t = know )
vyaleaxer check     (vyal = accurate )
yageaxer stare     (yag = long )
Suppressing Syllables for Brevity
Sometimes, syllables of longish words can be omitted for brevity as long as no confusion of meaning results. Here are some examples:
  • vafil wine < vafyabil (vafyab grape + -il liquid)
  • bil milk < tilabil (tilab breast + -il liquid)
  • ateuder neigh < apeteuder (apet horse + (t)euder emit a cry)
  • iteuder bray < ipeteuder (ipet donkey + (t)euder emit a cry)
  • bilyig cheese < tilabilyig (tilab breast + -il liquid + yig(a) hard)

Rule #12: Creating Nuances of Meaning

Words following Rule #12 are those that relate to one another through similarity of meaning or quality. These words differ by nuances indicated by phonetic devices that activate these nuances.
These nuances are obtained by:
a) Adding a sub-ordinal vowel of the same type as the ordinal:
a for a and ya
e for e and ye
i for i and yi
o for o and yo
u for u and yu
Examples:
NORMALNUANCED
valay surelyvaalay assuredly
nad linenaad rail
dab governmentdaab administration
dob statedoob nation
tam housetaam home
vyab rulevyaab regime, system
job timejoob era, time period
b) Post-iotating ordinal vowels and subordinal vowels. Often, the meaning of the word with the post-iotated vowel is a mitigated nuance of the word without the iotated vowel:
NORMALDIMINISHED NUANCE
nad linenayd ray
vua uglyvuya plain
ifer loveiyfer like
iva happyiyva content
tam housetaym cottage
ab onayb over
ob offoyb under
en- two-eyn- half-
ud thatuyd such
ama hotayma warm
c) Adding the sense-augmenting consonants l and r, the latter being the stronger.
NORMALAUGMENTED NUANCEFURTHER-AUGMENTED NUANCE
iva happyivla gladivra delighted
via beautifulvila magnificentvira marvelous
yifa braveyilfa courageousyirfa heroic
fua badfula awfulfura horrendous
alo hundredaro thousandamso million
yufxer intimidateyulfxer frightenyurfxer terrorize
aga bigagla hugeagra tremendous
Note: Sometimes the l or r nuance-enhancing consonants come after the generic consonant.
d) Adding consonants other than l and r as generic consonants. Sometimes, more than one nuance-altering consonant is added in the same word:
vala = sure
valta = safe

fua = bad
futa = evil [t usually refers to people or animals]

vyaa = true
vyala = authentic
vyafa = precise
vyama = real [m usually refers to nature, minerals, etc.]
vyava = exact [v usually refers to veracity]
vyalva = right
vyaba = regular [b usually refers to an organization or organism]
vyada = frank [d usually refers to communicating, talking, writing, etc.]
vyata = reliable
vyasma = concrete

Forming Adjectives

You can form an adjective by adding the suffix a to a substantive, adverb, or preposition. By substantive is meant a noun, pronoun, or gerund. Any of these can be adjectivized.
Examples:
NOUNADJECTIVE
taam hometaama domestic
doob nationdooba national
tej lifeteja vital
tyoyapyaf ability to walktyoyapyafa ambulatory
martun astronomymartuna astronomical
PRONOUNADJECTIVE
at I, meata my
etut yourselfetuta your own
hiyen this kindhiyena this kind of
hot? who?hota? whose?
GERUNDADJECTIVE
ifeken recreationifekena recreational
VERB FORMADJECTIVE (= PARTICIPLE)
teje (he) livestejea living
tojo will dietojoa moribund, about to die
tojbu would killtojbua lethal
twe is knowntwa known


Adjectival Suffixes

Various types of adjectives can be created with adjectival suffixes beyond just a.
Examples:
SUFFIXMEANINGNOUNADJECTIVE
-ayafull of, having, -ous, -ful, -ly
voz colorvozaya colorful
futax resentmentfutaxaya resentful
tiibil bloodtiibilaya bloody
yilf courageyilfaya courageous
-oyabereft of, -less, un-
voz colorvozoya colorless, pale
tajyaf talenttajyafoya untalented
-ikafull of, -ous, -ful, -y (same as -aya)
map windmapika windy
-ukabereft of, without, -less (same as -oya)
nas moneynasuka broke, penniless
-yena-like, -ous, -ly, -y, -ish, -ic, -al, having the qualities of
tobob childtobobyena childish, infantile
tot godtotyena divine, godly
pit fishpityena fish-like, fishy
-wa or -awa-ed, past passive participle (added to verb stem)VERB STEMPAST PASSIVE PARTICIPLE
t- knowtwa or tawa known
dal- speakdalwa or dalawa spoken, oral
nisbu- sellnisbuwa sold
-ea-ing (added to verb stem)VERB STEMPRESENT ACTIVE PARTICIPLE
ot- not knowotea ignorant
tej- livetejea living, alive
tuj- dietujea dying
-yea-ive, prone to Xing, given to X (added to verb stem)VERB STEMPRESENT ACTIVE PARTICIPLE
tujb- killtujbyea murderous
tex- thinktexyea pensive, thoughtful
tox- forgettoxyea forgetful
ax- actaxyea active
-uwa-able, apt to be Xed (added to verb stem)VERB STEMPOTENTIAL PASSIVE PARTICIPLE
ex- operateexuwa operable
tos feeltosuwa palpable
tex- thinktexuwa conceivable
tel- eatteluwa edible
-yafa-able, capable of Xing (added to verb stem)VERB STEMPOTENTIAL SUBJECT-ORIENTED
teat- seeteatyafa sightful, able to see
dyed- readdyedyafa literate
-yafwa-able, possible to be Xed (added to verb stem)VERB STEMPOTENTIAL OBJECT-ORIENTED
teat- seeteatyafwa visible
tax- remembertaxyafwa memorable
teet- hearteetyafwa audible
tel- eattelyafwa edible
-yofaincapable of Xing (added to verb stem)VERB STEMNEGATIVE POTENTIAL SUBJECT-ORIENTED
teat- seeteatyofa blind
tyoyap- walktyoyapyofa lame
teet- hearteetyofa deaf
dal- speakdalyofa dumb, incapable of speaking
-yofwaun-X-able (added to verb stem)VERB STEMNEGATIVE POTENTIAL OBJECT-ORIENTED
teat- seeteatyofwa invisible
teet- hearteetyofa inaudible
tox- forgettoxyofa unforgetable
dal- speakdalyofa unspeakable
-ifafond of, -phile (NOUN STEMADJECTIVE
pot animalpotifa pet-friendly
hyitoob- same-genderhyitoobifa homophile
tobot childtobotifa pedophile
fitel foodfitelifa gourmand
doob nationdoobifa patriotic
-ufaadverse to, hating, miso-NOUN STEMADJECTIVE
tob humantobufa misanthropic
hyut- other personhyutufa xenophobic
toyb- womantoybufa misogynist

Negating Adjectives

The sense of an adjective can be negated with the prefix o or the more intensive yo.
Examples:
  • vlea probable ovlea improbable
  • vyafa perfect ovyafa imperfect
  • twa known otwa unknown
  • bosa calm yobosa worried

Altering the Sense of Adjectives with Prefixes

As in English, the sense of adjectives can be altered by a number of prefixes of Germanic, Latin, and Greek origin. Here are the most common:
ENGLISH PREFIXMIRADALTERED ADJECTIVE EXAMPLES
un-, a(n)-, in-, non-o-obaka unhealthy, oyezyebeya incontinent, oyelpea non-invasive, ototina atheist
anti-, counter-ov-ovzuina anti-leftist, oviztida counter-intuitive
pseudo-kovyo-kovyotepina pseudo-intellectual
all-, pan-, omni-hyas-yadtea all-knowing, omniscient
re-yeg-yegtajbwa re-born
mis-vyo-vyoseudwa mispronounced
semi-, half-eyn-eynlevelaya semi-sweet, eyntija half-awake
ultra-, super-yiz-, gwa-gwadoobina ultra-nationalist, yizmola supernatural
under-, hypo-gro-grojaga under-aged
over-, hyper-, uber-gra-graagxwa overgrown, gratoseya hypersensitive
miso- [see suffixes]
multi-, many-, poly-gla-glakuma multilateral, glatadaya polygamous
mal-, ill-fu-futeyenxwa ill-conceived, fusanxwa malformed
well-fi-fitofabwa well-dressed
quasi-yuyb-yuybdaba quasi-governmental
pre-, (a)fore-, pro-ja-jateyenxwa pre-conceived, jaigdawa aformentioned
post-jo-jodropeka post-war

English and Mirad Adjectival Suffix Comparison

Here is a chart showing a comparison between English adjectival suffixes and their Mirad counterparts:
ENGLISH SUFFIXMEANINGMIRAD SUFFIXALTERED ADJECTIVE EXAMPLES
-fulfull of-aya, -ika vozaya colorful, tuzika skillful
-ousfull of-aya, -ika nazika precious, milaya aqueous
-filledfull of-aya, -ikamovika / movaya smoke-filled
-yfull of-aya, -ikamovika / movaya smoky,
-ousof, like-atotina religious, vyosa erroneous
-lylike-yenatotyena godly, toybyena womanly
-likelike-yenapatyena bird-like
-ishlike-yenatobobyena childish
-ylike-yenafyabyena fruity
-iclike-yenatuzyena artistic, silyena acidic
-icof, related to-atuna scientific, , beka therapeutic
-icalof, related to-azyunida spherical, iztexa logical
-ologicalpertaining to the study of-tunatejtuna biological
-ist(ic)pertaining to the doctrine of-inadoparina militarist(ic), nasyanina capitalist(ic)
-ophobic (and miso- prefix)hating, fearful of-ufayudatufa xenophonic, tobyanufa misanthropic
-ophilic (and philo- prefix)loving-ifatobobifa pedophilic, tobifa philanthropic
-allike-yenapyotyena bestial
-alof, pertaining to-ateja vital, amana thermal
-lesswithout, empty of-oya, -ukatejuka lifeless, toboboya childless
-freewithout, empty of-oya, -ukayomuka ice-free, vyosoya, error-free

Forming Adverbs

Adjectives can be converted into adverbs by post-iotating the adjectival suffix a, in other words, by adding a y to the adjective. Adverbs modify verbs, adjectives, and other adverbs.
Examples:
ADJECTIVEADVERB
fia goodfiay well
vyaa truevyaay truly
gyua easygyuay easily
iga quickigay quickly
auta personalautay personally
For brevity's sake, the stem of deadjectival adverbs like those above can be used at the end of a clause or sentence. For example:
  • It tyoyape ig. He walks fast.
  • Yit xa ad fi. They did it well.

Special Adverbs

Mirad has special adverbs that are not derived from adjectives and may or may not end in -ay.
Here are the principal such adverbs:
SPECIAL ADVERB
vay.... indeed, really, certainly, do (cf. va.... yes)
vey.... possibly, may, might (cf. ve.... maybe)
voy.... not (cf. vo.... no)
ga.... more (modifying an adjective, adverb, or verb)
gay.... also, moreover, further, still
ge.... as, equally (modifying an adjective, adverb, or verb)
gey.... even
go.... less (modifying an adjective, adverb, or verb)
goy.... no longer, no more
gla.... very
glay.... quite, rather, so
gle.... so
glo.... not very, not so
gra.... too
gre.... enough, sufficiently, over-
gro.... not...enough, inadequately, under-
gwa.... most, super-
gwe.... average
gwo.... least, sub-
The first three adverbs in the above chart are used to affirm or emphasize, cast doubt on, or negate verb predicates as in the examples that follow:
  • AFFIRMATIVE: Va, at vay se tadsa..... Yes, I am indeed married.
  • DUBITIVE: Iyta dud se vey vyosa..... Her response is possibly wrong.
  • NEGATIVE: At voy se eta yurxut..... I am not your slave.
The adverbs above beginning with g are quantitative adverbs and modify an adjective, verb, or another adverb:
  • Et se gla via.....You are very beautiful [=ADJECTIVE].
  • Et peya gra ig.'.... You were going too fast [=ADVERB].
  • It gra dale.'.... He talks [=VERB] too much.
Other special adverbs, which do not end in -ay, include the following, which can all be used in multi-word prepositions:
SPECIAL ADVERBEXAMPLES
yab upAd pat papa yab bu ha mam. The bird flew up to the sky.
yob downTeaxu yob bu ha mel. Look down to the ground.
yub nearPesu yub bi ha mas. Stay near the wall.
yib farAd tobi igpia yib bi ha yovbyokam. The men fled far from the prison.
ib awayTeaxu ib, diwe. Look away, please.
ub this wayTyoyapu ub. Walk toward this way.
yeb in, inward, insideKyedu hot ogja tyoyapa yeb! Guess who just walked in!
oyeb out, outsideIt tyoyapa oyeb zye ha zama mes. He walked out through the front door.
yuz aroundYit daza yuz bi yat. They danced around us.
yiz beyondEt yefe teaxer yiz bi hia titam av yux. You must look beyond this school for help.
iz....directly, straightPu iz bu hat. Go right up to him.
zi....rightUzpu zi! Turn right!
zu....leftHat uzpa zu. He turned left.

Pro-adverbs

There are also adverbial expressions that are agglutinated with deictic and quantitative morphemes to produce what are known as pro-adverbs. These include interrogative pro-verbs like hom? (where?), hoyen? (how?), hoj? (when?), hogla (to what extent?), and their answers, such as hum (there), heyen (somehow), and hyoj (never), hugla (so, to that extent). These words are discussed under the chapter on Determiners in Deictic Pro-adverbs.

Forming Verbs

Verbs can be formed from various parts of speech.

Forming Verbs from Nouns

Verbs can often be formed from nouns simply by adding the verb infinitive suffix er:
NOUNVERB
syag countsyager to count
tof clothestofer to dress
tam housetamer to dwell, live, reside
dyun namedyuner to name, call
teud cry, shoutteuder to cry, shout, exclaim
taj birthtajer to be born
tej lifetejer to live
toj housetojer to die
ej presentejer to continue
ij beginningijer to begin
uj endijer to end
yuj sleeptujer to sleep

Verb Formants

Sometimes an auxiliary verb or verb stub is used to create various verbs from nouns. The most common such verb formants are in this chart:
  • -ser to be usually intransitive and stative (unite = become one)
  • -xer to do/make usually transitive and dynamic (unite = make one)
  • -per to go usually intransitive and a verb of motion (mount = get onto)
  • -ber to put usually transitive and a verb of gesture (apply = put onto)
  • -ier a stub from the verb to take, usually an action verb benefitting the agent (eat = take food)
  • -uer a stub from the verb to give, usually an action verb benefitting the patient (feed = give food)
  • -der to say, a verb of communication (affirm = say yes)
  • -ter to know, verbs of the perception and knowledge (teater = see_
NOUNAUXILIARY VERB OR VERB STUBVERB
yav innocenceder to sayyavder to acquit
yov shame, guiltaber to apply, put onyovaber to shame, accuse
yov shame, guiltober to remove, take offyovober to excuse, exculpate
tof clothesaber to apply, put ontofaber to dress, don
tof clothesober to remove, take offtofober to undress, strip
det associateser to be, becomedetser to associate
dat friendxer to do, makedatxer to befriend
san formser to be, becomesanser to form (intransitive)
san formxer to do, makesanxer to form (transitive)
tel food(b)ier to taketelier to eat, consume
tel food(b)uer to giveteluer to feed, nourish
if pleasure(b)ier to takeifier to enjoy
if pleasure(b)uer to giveifuer to please
taj birth(b)uer to givetajuer to give birth
tej life(b)ier to taketejier to come alive
tej life(b)uer to givetejuer to bring to life
toj death(b)ier to taketojier to drop dead
toj death(b)uer to givetojuer to kill
tij wakefulness(b)ier to taketijier to wake up
tij wakefulness(b)uer to givetijuer to awaken
tuj sleep(b)ier to taketujier to fall asleep
tuj sleep(b)uer to givetujuer to put to sleep
tax memory(b)ier to taketaxier to recall
tax memory(b)uer to givetaxuer to remind
yev justiceder to say, tellyevder to judge
vyan truthder to say, tellvyander to tell the truth
vyon falsehoodder to say, tellvyonder to tell a lie
il liquidaker to gainilaker to take on liquid
il liquidoker to loseiloker to leak, lose liquid
il liquid(b)ier to takeilier to soak up
il liquid(b)uer to giveiluer to pour, water
il liquidikser to get fullilikser to be soaked (intransitive)
il liquidikxer to fill upilikxer to flood, soak (transitive)
il liquidukser to become emptyilukser to drain (intransitive)
il liquidukxer to emptyilukxer to flush (transitive)
il liquidser to be, becomeilser to liquify, melt (intransitive)
il liquidxer to do, makeilxer to liquify, melt (transitive)
il liquidaber to apply, put onilaber to wash (transitive)
il liquidaper to get onilaper to float (intransitive)
il liquidper to goilper to flow (intransitive)
il liquidzyaber to spreadilzyaber to spray, shower (transitive)
il liquidzyober to squeezeilzyober to squirt (transitive)
il liquidpyexer to strikeilpyexer to splash (with liquid)
il liquidyujer to closeilyujer to plug
Note that verbs ending in -ser and -ier are intransitive (they take no object), while those ending in -xer and -uer are transitive. Also, -ier verbs are inchoative, while -uer verbs are causative (making someone do something).

Forming Verbs from Adjectives With -xer and -ser

The verbs that are formed from adjectives fall mainly into two groups, the transitive group with -xer to do, make, cause, and the intransitive group with -ser to be, become.
The following chart shows how these verbs are formed:
ADJECTIVETRANSITIVE VERBINTRANSITIVE VERB
aza strongazaxer fortify, strengthen, make strongazaser get strong
oza weekozaxer weakenozaser grow weaker
kyia heavykyiaxer weigh downkyiaser grow heavy
kyua lightkyuaxer lighten, make lighterkyiaser get lighter
yana togetheryanaxer bring togetheryanaser get together
The final adjective ending a is often dropped to form a verb with a slightly different meaning, usually somewhat more idiomatic. In some cases, dropping the a makes it clear that the verb is created from a noun rather than an adjective, as in the last example of the following chart:
ADJECTIVETRANSITIVE VERBINTRANSITIVE VERB
aga bigagaxer magnifyagaser get big
agxer growagxer grow up, mature
iga fastigaxer accelerateigaser speed up
igxer rushigser hurry up
baka healthybakaxer make healthybakaser get healthy
bakxer healbakser heal
sana formalsanaxer formalizesanaser become formal
sanxer form, shapesanser form, take shape

Forming Verbs of Gesture and Motion with -ber and -per

Verbs of gesture are formed with the transitive auxiliary verb ber to put, while parallel verbs of motion are formed with the intransitive auxiliary verb per to go. These verbs are usually paired and are often built from a prepositional base. If the prepositional base ends in b, the b is dropped. Here are some examples:
PREPOSITON
BASE
TRANSITIVE GESTURE VERBINTRANSITIVE MOTION VERB
ab onaber apply, put onaper mount, get on
eb betweeneber blockeper intervene
ob offober remove, take offoper dismount, get off
ib awayiber receiveiper leave
ub towarduber senduper come
yab upyaber raiseyaper rise
yeb in
oyeb out
yeber insert
oyebertake out
yeper enter
oyeper exit
yob downyober loweryoper descend
yib faryiber take awayyiper move away
yub nearyuber bringyuper approach
zay forwardzayber advancezayper advance, go forward
zey acrosszeyber take across, transferzeyper cross, go over, transit
zoy backzoyber set back, returnzoyper retreat, go back, return
iz straightizber guideizper aim for
uz crookeduzber divertuzper turn, diverge
yiz beyondyizber take beyondyizper pass by
yuz aroundyuzber take aroundyuzper go around
More elaborate verbs of gesture and motion can be formed by adding positional/directional ordinal vowels along with combinations of ser and xer, plus the intensifiers y, l and r. In this more complex world, the last letter of the stem determines the transitivity: s for intransitive and x for transitive. Prepositions can also be prefixed to change the direction of the gestures or motions.
GESTURE VERBGESTURE VERBMOTION VERBMOTION VERB
INTRANSITIVETRANSITIVEINTRANSITIVETRANSITIVE
ber put
beer have
byeer keep
beler
carry
bexer
hold
per go
baer lean onbaler press
yanbaler compress
yobaler depress, suppress
yuzbaler hug
zoybaler repress
barer crush
baser gesticulatebaxer make a gesture
abaxer caress, pat
paser movepaxer move
byaser stand upbyaxer set up, erectpyaser jump uppyaxer shoot, launch
balser budgebalxer rouse
abalxer massage
palser get excitedpalxer excite
apalxer sweep
barser shakebalxer shake
abarxer rub
aparxer brush
beser staybexer hold
zoybexer restrain
yobexer detain, hold down
peser waitpexer trap
byeser behavebyexer hitpyeser run into, bump intopyexer strike, knock
yonpyexer break
yopyexer knock down
yanpyexer fight
apyexer attack
ovpyexer offend
kunpyexer sideswipe
tuyapyexer slap
balser adherebalxer retainpelxer pound, beat
apelxer assault
yonpelxer shatter, burst
yanperser implode
yonperser explode
perxer blast, bomb
boser calm down
boyser rest
boxer quieten, quellposer stop
poyser pause
poxer stop
byoser hangbyoxer hangpyoser fall
yonpyoser decay
pyoxer drop, throw down
yopyoxer topple
biser originatebixer pull
yanbixer contract
yonbixer distract
yubixer attract
yibixer distract
oyebixer extract
yebixer push in
pixer catch
bilser springbilxer yankpilxer snag, capture
yipilxer abduct
buser be destinedbuxer push, drive
zyobuxer squeeze
yebuxer expel
abuxer impose
apuser assaultpuxer throw, thrust
byuser bump intobyuxer touch
yanbyuxer contact
pyuser run intopyuxer crash
bulser swoopbulxer shovepulser lunge, pouncepulxer thrust
zyapulxer splatter
Yet more complex verbs can be generated by adding directional and positional prefixes to the above verbs. Let's just take the one verb baxer (and its intransitive partner baser) as our base verb and generate many others through prefixation of prepositional and other words as shown in the following chart:
PREFIXVERB
baxer gesture, make a bodily motion
ab onabaxer caress, pat, pet, stroke, rub
iz straightizbaxer point
teb headtebaxer nod
va yesvatebaxer nod yes
vo novotebaxer nod no
ve maybevetebaxer shrug
tuyab handtuyabaxer wave
tub armtubaxer flail, swing
teubab tongueteubabaxer lick
teab eyeteubaxer wink
patub wingpatubaxer flap
tiyub tailtiyubaxer wag
baser gesticulate
ig- fastigbaser jerk
zay forwardigzaybaser lurch
zoy backzoybaser recoil
yob downyobaser bow, bend down
ku- sidekubaser slide
ig- fastigkubaser slip
iz straight + uz curvedizuzbaser sway, swagger, swish
zi right + zu leftzizubaser wiggle, wobble, totter

Forming Frequentative Verbs

A frequentative verb, that is, one that involves an action done quickly multiple times in succession, can be formed by affixing the syllable eg to the verb stem. Here are some examples:
REGULAR VERBFREQUENTATIVE VERB
paser movepaseger shake, shudder
pyaser jumppyaseger bounce
paper flypapeger flutter, flit
braser shakebraseger shudder, quivver, vibrate
teupixer biteteupixeger nibble
ilzyaber sprayilzyabeger sprinkle

Forming Verbs and Other Words with Alternating Component Expressions

Expressions with alternating components like back-and-forth, up-and-down, etc. are formed in a peculiar, hybrid way. The following table shows this formation and how such words can be used, especially as prefixes on verbs:
ALTERNATING COMPONENTSHYBRID EXPRESSIONEXAMPLES
yab up + yob downyao(b)- up-and-downyaoper fluctuate, yaopuser bounce
zay forth + zoy backzayo(b)- back-and-forthzayobaser swing
za front/north + zo back/southzao(b)- front-back/north-to-southzaonada vertical, zaobaser rock
bu to + bi frombui- to-and-frombuipar shuttle, buipop round-trip
ab on + ob offao(b)- on-and-offaoper get on and off
yuj- closed + yij- openyuij- open-and-shutyuijbar switch, igyuijer blink
uj- stop + ij- startuij- stop-and-startuijparpan stop-and-go traffic
yeb in + oyeb outyeo(b)- in-and-outigyeoper run in-and-out
yub near + yib faryui(b)- near-and-faryuipoper travel near-and-far
ub toward + ib awayui(b)- toward-and-awayuipen coming and going
hum there + him herehuim here-and-therehuimkexer search high-and-low (here-and-there)
hus that + his thishuis this-and-thathuisyexer do odd jobs, work at this-or-that
hyut other person + hyit same personhyuit one anotherhyuitifer love one another, hyuita mutual, reciprocal

Word Families

The core words serve as nuclei for the word families. The nuclei represent an idea, an element, a type, a gesture, a movement that can be categorized or classified. Thus, the word families formed according to word-building rules represent large word groups that have meaningful relationships among them.
This is a language where phonetics is used to present mnemonic relationships and analogy among words as in the following example, based on the word teub mouth:
ceux sound
xeus noise
xeuz tune
teuz voice
deuz song
seuz tone
deus accent
Here are some other examples where analogy and mnemonics are used to the maximum:
teb headdeb leaderxeb bossfeb treetop
tub limbdub ministerxub subsidiaryfub branchvub twigpatub wingpetub pawpitub fin
teub mouthpateub beakpeteub muzzle
tayeb hairpatayeb featherpitayeb scalefayeb leafvosayeb petalpotayeb mane
tayob skintayof leatherpetayob hidefayob barkvayob peel
tyob legfyob rootvyob plant root
tib trunkfib tree trunkvib stem
tulob nailpetulob clawfulob thorndefulob needlemulob pin, prick
tiibuf arteryfuf pipemuf stick, rodmovuf chemineefauf logmanuf candle
til drinkteabil tearteubil salivadril inkmil watermamil raintayobil sweatbil milk

The xer (Do) Family

The verb xer means to do. Many words are built from this core word using the postional/directional vowel coding rule. Words ending in xer contrast with those ending in ser, in that the former are transitive (taking an object), as opposed to intransitive (taking no object).

Core Words

This chart shows the core verbs in the xer family:
axer actexer functionoxer abstainixer effectuxer cause
axler performexler operateoxler failixler reactuxler influence
axrer executeuxrer provoke
xaer executexeer exercisexoer undergo, submitxier resultxuer affect
xeyer behave
xaler accomplishxeler practicexoler failxiler undertakexuler achieve
yexer workyoxer be idleyixer useyuxer help
yexler laboryoxler resign
yoxluer fire
yixler hire, employyuxler serve
yexrer toilyixrer exploityuxrer slave
yuxruer enslave

Creating Derived xer Words with Prefixes

Using prefixation, many other words can be built from these core words:
Keep in mind that xer can mean do, make, or cause in the following derived terms:
PREFIX  +  BASEDERIVATION
ana single  +  xer makeanaxer unify
an- one-  +  xer makeanxer unite
yan together  +  exer operateyanexer cooperate
yan together  +  yexer workyanyexer collaborate
yon apart  +  xer makeyonxer split
ge equal  +  xer makegexer copy
ja before  +  xer makejaxer prepare
je while  +  xer dojexer continue
ig- fast  +  xer doigxer rush
ug- slow  +  xer dougxer delay
oj future  +  xer doojxer plan
eej- re-  +  xer doeejxer redo
sa(n) shape  +  xer makesaxer create
se(n) being  +  xer makesexer build
lo- un-  +  sexer buildlosexer destroy
mel soil  +  yexer workmelyexer plough
tea(b) eye  +  xer doteaxer look
o- un-  +  yirxer hireoyirxer fire
mag fire  +  xer causemagxer burn
yuf fear  +  xer causeyufxer frighten
dofun crime  +  xer dodofunxer commit a crime
gra too much  +  xer dograxer exaggerate
eg- re-  +  axer actegaxer react
fu- bad  +  xeyer behavefuxeyer misbehave

Using xer to Build Verbs from Adjectives

Unlimited transitive verbs can be created with adjectives and xer as a suffix like -ify, -ate, -ize in English.
ADJECTIVEVERB
aga.... bigagaxer.... magnify
goa.... lessergoaxer.... diminish
fia.... goodfiaxer.... improve
jwoa.... latejwoaxer.... retard
uva.... saduvaxer.... sadden
via.... beautifulviaxer.... beautify
ebdooba.... internationalebdoobaxer.... internationalize
Note: Sometimes, the adjectival ending -a is dropped. This often produces a difference nuance. For example, agaxer means to magnify, make bigger, but agxer is more idiomatic and means to grow.
The passive of xer, xwer to be done can be used to mean to happen or to become. For example:
  • Hoj hus xwa? When did that happen?
  • At uvaxwa ham hu at teata ha tobob. I became sad (=was saddened) when I saw the child.

Using xer for All-Purpose Idioms

The verb xer can be used as an all-purpose verb for actions which in English are expressed with a variety of idiomatic verbs, for example:
  • xer deuz.... to perform a song
  • xer ifpop.... to take a cruise
  • xer ebdid.... to conduct an interview
  • xer yagigpek.... to run a marathon
  • xer dazun.... to do a dance number
  • xer dezekgon.... to play a role
  • xer dovyabdras.... to enact a piece of legislation

The ser (Be) Family

Core Words

The core verb ser means to be and is the base for many verbs having to do with being, becoming, and creating. Verbs ending in ser are intransitive (taking no object) and contrast with those ending in xer, which are transitive (taking an object). Verbs in ser often are stative, i.e. linking verbs.
Summary:
aser becomeeser exist, there to beoser cease to beiser start outuser end up

Creating Stative Verbs from Adjectives

The core verb ser can be postfixed to adjectives to form a class of verbs called stative, which have the meaning become X, and which contrast with parallel transitive verbs in xer. If the adjectival ending a is dropped, then the resulting stative verb has a more idiomatic sense.
ADJECTIVESTATIVE VERB
aga.... bigagaser.... get big
aga.... bigagser.... grow
uza.... curveduzaser.... curve, bend, bow
kyaa.... mobilekyaser.... change, vary
mayna.... clearmaynaser.... clear up
iga.... fastigaser.... become fast, accelerate
iga.... fastigser.... rush, hurry
Stative verbs in -ser are most often intransitive and contrast with dynamic, transitive verbs in -xer. Here are some comparative examples:
  • It agxe vafyabi..... He grows grapes. (TRANSITIVE/DYNAMIC)
  • Vafyabi voy agse fiay him..... Grapes do not grow well here. (INTRANSITIVE/STATIVE)
  • His kyaxa yata teji..... This changed our lives.
  • Yata teji kyasa hujub..... Our lives changed on that day.
  • Ha mapi uzaxa ha fabi..... The winds bent the trees.
  • Ha fabi uzasa je ha mapilag..... The trees bowed during the storm.
  • Hov igxu at..... Don't rush me. (TRANSITIVE/DYNAMIC)
  • Igsu!.... Hurry up! (INTRANSITIVE/STATIVE)

Creating Stative Verbs from Nouns

The above stative verbs were created from adjectives, but such verbs can also be formed from nouns and have the meaning to become X
NOUNSTATIVE VERB
meg.... stonemegser.... petrify, become rock
abnod.... peakabnodser.... peak, climax
mus.... scale, stairmusser.... escalate
yom.... iceyomser.... freeze
maf.... cloudmafser.... cloud over
il.... liquidilser.... liquefy, melt

Creating Dynamic Verbs from Inherently Stative Verbs

Some verbs with stems ending in -j are inherently stative. Their dynamic counterparts end in -ber for transitive verbs and in -per for intransitive verbs. There is a table showing this:
STATIVE-INTRANSITIVEDYNAMIC-TRANSITIVEDYNAMIC-INTRANSITIVE
tojer.... dietojber.... killtojper.... drop dead
tajer.... be borntajber.... give birth (to), beartajper.... spring up
tejer.... livetejber.... bring to lifetejper.... come to life
tijer.... be awaketijber.... awakentijper.... wake up
tujer.... sleeptujber.... put to sleeptujper.... fall asleep
ijer.... beginijber.... begin (something)ijper.... start up
ujer.... endujber.... finish, put an end toujper.... come to an end
yijer.... open upyijber.... open up (something)yijper.... come open
yujer.... closeyujber.... close, bring to a closeyujper.... come to a close

The ber (Put) and per (Go) Families

The core words ber to put and per to go, combined with positional/directional prefixes and various nuance-creating consonants, form many words having to do with positions, bodily gestures, and directional motions. Those ending in ber are transitive verbs, while those ending in per are mostly intransitive.

Common ber/per Verbs Built from Postional/Directional Prefixes and Vowels

PREFIXTRANSITIVE
GESTURE
INTRANSITIVE
MOTION
PREFIXTRANSITIVE
GESTURE
INTRANSITIVE
MOTION
ab onaber put onaper get onbaer leanpaer stand
yab upyaber raiseyaper risebyaer liftpyaer jump
ob offober removeoper dismountboer hold uppoer hang
yob downyober loweryoper descendbyoer hangpyoer fall
ub towarduber senduper comebu tobuer givepuer arrive
ib awayiber receiveiper go awaybi frombier takepier leave
yub nearyuber bringyuper approachbyu up tobyuer touchpyuer reach
yib faryiber take awayyiper move far awaybyi sincebyier emanatepyier originate
eb betweeneber blockeper interveneyeb in
oyeb out
yeber inject
oyeber eject
yeper enter
oyeper exit
za frontzaber advancezaper advancezay forwardzayber promotezayper proceed
zo behindzober put behindzoper followzoy backzoyber put backzayper return
ze middlezeber balancezeper mediatezey acrosszeyber transferzeyper cross
zu leftzuber put to the leftzuper go leftuz curveuzber deviateuzper turn
zi rightziber put to the rightziper go rightiz straightziber guideizper head
zya all overzyaber spreadzyaper tourzye throughzyeber interjectzyeper permeate
zyu roundzyuber rotatezyuper rollyuz aroundyuzber turnyuzper circulate
yiz beyondyizber take beyondyizper surpasszyag stretched outzyagber stretchzyagper stretch out
ja beforejaber preparejaper precedeaj pastajber passajper pass
jo afterjober delayjoper followoj futureojber postponeojper wait?
je duringjeber continuejeper continueej presentejber presentejper present oneself
yan togetheryanber assembleyanper joinbay withbayber impartbayper accompany
yon apartyonber take apartyonper separateboy withoutboyber depriveboyper go without
kia obliquekiber bendkiper slantika fullikber fillikper become full
kua lateralkuber set asidekuper avoiduka emptyukber emptyukper become empty

The der (Say) Family

Summary

Words ending in der have to do with communicating, thus saying, talking, writing, reading.
daler speakder say
deler
announce
doler be silentdier ask
diler request
direr demand
duer suggest
duler urge
durer instigate
drer write
dryener print
droer erase
dyeder read
dyes book
dider askduder answer
deser pronounce
drez verse
din storydun word
dyun name
drun phrase
draf card
dref paper
dryef notebook
drof cardboarddyuf sheet
dyuv page

Saying Verbs

Many saying verbs are created by prefixing elements to der to say, tell, eg:
va yesvader affirm
vo novoder deny
ve maybeveder guess
vyaa truevyader swear
vyoa falsevyoder lie
fyaa holyfyader bless
fyoa profanefyoder curse
oza weakozder hint
eej re-eejder repeat
ve maybe + yova guiltyveyovder indict
va yes + yova guilityvayovder convict
ja beforejader predict
vao yes/novaoder decide
yev justiceyevder judge
fia goodfider praise
fua badfuder disparage
af permissionafder authorize
of prohibitionofder ban
naz valuenazder evaluate
yov guiltyovder blame
zyaa widezyader broadcast
yaga longyagder elaborate
vyoa wrong + via beautifulvyovider flatter
vyea relativevyeder relate
va yes + oj futurevaojder promise
ut self + fia goodutfider boast
uv sorrow + tax memoryuvtaxder regret
tes meaningtesder mean
ov againstovder object
kyia heavykyider emphasize
jwa earlyjwader warn
ja before + vo nojavoder preclude
yuj closeyujder conclude
ja before + nap orderjanapder preordain
hyay hurrahhyayder congratulate
hyey thankshyeyder thank
gra too muchgrader exaggerate
diz comedydizder joke
dre- writedreder spell
eb betweenebder communicate
eb between + di- askebdider interview
eb between + tes meaningebtesder interpret
eb between + tex thoughtebtexder decide
ek- playekder pretend

Animal Sounds

Animal noise verbs are created by replacing the final -t of an animal name with der:
yepet dogyepeder bark
yipet catyipeder mew
epeyt cowepeyder moo
epat duckepader quack
ipat turkeyipader gobble

Speaking in Languages

Names of languages can be formed by replacing the final -m of the country name with -d. Then, the verb meaning to say in x language or speak in x language can be formed by adding -der or -daler, eg:
Anglam EnglandAnglad English Anglader say in EnglishAngladaler speak in English
Fransam FranceFransad French (language)Fransader say in FrenchFransadaler speak French
The name of the language discussed in this book is Mirad, which comes from mira, meaning global, world. Thus, say in Mirad is Mirader and speak Mirad is Miradaler. A speaker of Mirad is a Miradut or Miradalut. Duhev et Mirade? Do you speak Mirad?. Hey Miraduti, ansu! Hey, speakers of Mirad, unite!

Communication Arts

Words for various communication art forms begin d- and end in -z, eg:
daz...dance
vidaz...ballet
dazun....a dancedazut....dancer
vidazuyt....ballerina
dazutyan....dance troupe
dazim....ballroom
vidazim....ballet studio
dez....theaterdezun....a playdezut....stage actor
dezutyan....cast
dezam....theater
dezyem....stage
dezmisof....curtain
diz....comedydizun....a sketchdizut....comedian
dizutyan....comedy cast
dizam....comedy club
dizyem....stage
drez....poetrydrezun....a poemdrezut....poetdrezim....poetry salon
duz....music
duzdinag....opera
duzdinog....operetta, musical
duzun....a musical pieceduzut....musician
duzutyan....orchestra
duzam....music arena
duzdinagam....opera house
duzar musical instrument
dyez....cinemadyezun....a moviedyezut....screen actor
dyezutyan....cast
dyezam....movie theater
dyezim....movie salon
deuz....songdeuzun....a songdeuzut....singerduzam....auditorium
dyezmis screen

The ter (Know) Family

The stems of the words in this family begin with t, meaning human and mental states and activities like knowing, thinking, feeling, etc.:
Summary:
tep mind, intellect
teptija conscious
teptuja unconscious
tepaza smart
tepoza stupid
tepiga witty
tepsin imagination
top soul
toptun psychology
tip sentiment
tipaga generous
tigoga stingy
tipifa kind
tipufa mean
tipyija tolerant
tipyiva liberal
tipyiga stern
tipyuga lenient
taxer remember
taxier memorize
taxuer remind
texer think
vatexer believe
vatexuer persuade
vetexer suspect
votexer doubt
votexuer dissuade
vyatex reason

ter know
oter ignore
ten knowledge
twas datum

tyer1 recognize
tyier get acquainted
tyuer acquaint

tez culture
tyez magic
ten knowledge
tyen technique
tyenyan technology
tyenier train (oneself)
tyenuer train

teyen idea
teyentun philosophy
teyenyan ideology
teyenier conceptualize
toxer forget tixer study tuxer teach
tayoter feelteser mean
tesier infer
tesuer imply
tester understand
tesder explain
testier realize
testun semantics
toser feel tier learn
tin doctrine
iztis intuition
vyatis wisdom
tuer inform
tun science
tuin theory
tuz art


1. Note that tyer recognize, know, be familiar with is used instead of ter know when referring to a person, much like Fr. connaître be familiar with (a person) vs. savoir know (a fact, how to), eg. It voy te hav at tye it. He doesn't know that I know him.
Suffixing -tun science to words forms many -ology terms. An -ologist is rendered with -tut, eg:
tep mindteptun psychologyteptut psychologist
tieb lungtiebtun pneumologytiebtut pneumologist
toj deathtejtun thanatologytejtut thanatologist
pat birdpattun ornithologypattut ornithologist
pit fishpittun ichthyologypittut ichthyologist
pot animalpottun zoologypottut zoologist
mul mattermultun chemistry ("materiology?") multut chemist
ko- hidden, dren writingkodrentun cryptologykodrentut cryptologist
Some -ology words in English refer to theories or pseudo-science and are translated into Mirad with the ending -tuin:
mar starmartuin astrology (cf. martun astronomy)martuit astrologist
sag numbersagtuin numerology (cf. sagtun mathematics)sagtuit numerologist
nif stringniftuin string theoryniftuit string theoretician
Words in English referring to doctrines, dogmas, or -isms are translated into Mirad with the ending -tin, eg:
dot societydotin socialism
Buda BuddhaBudatin Bhuddism
gwa most, fis good thinggwafistin optimism
vyaa truevyatin orthodoxy, truism
an- one, fyaat godanfyaatin monotheism
The general word for school is titam (house of learning). The various levels of schools are translated with this word scalarized numerically.
atitamprimary school
etitamsecondary school, high school, lycee
ititamcollege
utitamuniversity
The word pre-school, kindergarten is represented with jatitam (lit. pre-school), while post-graduate school is rendered with joutitam (lit. pre-university).
Some other, related terms:
  • enjab ititam two-year college
  • dovyap titam law school
  • yexyen titam trade school, vocational school
  • zetitam middle school
  • tutam academy
  • tiut pupil
  • tixut student
  • tixutyan student body
  • tuxut teacher
  • tuut educator
  • tuen education
  • tut professor, scholar
  • tit disciple, learner
  • titameb principal
  • ititameb dean
  • tuxutyan faculty
  • tuxim lecture hall, classroom
  • tixim study hall
  • tityan class
  • tiun lesson
  • tiundyes lesson book
  • aa tinag first grade
  • ea tinag second grade

The job (Time) Family

Here are the most important words derived from job time. Bear in mind that, in English, there are two meanings for time. One refers to time as it passes, which is translated by job in Mirad, and the other refers to a point in time, an instance or occasion, i.e. a countable noun concerning frequency, translated by jod in Mirad.

Calendar Time Units

TIMESEASONSMONTHSDAYS OF THE WEEK
job timejeab springjiab Januaryjuab Monday
jab yearjeeb summerjieb Februaryjueb Tuesday
jeb seasonjeib autumnjiib Marchjuib Wednesday
jib monthjeub winterjiub Apriljuub Thursday
jub dayjiyob Mayjuyob Friday
jwob* hourjiyab Juneyuyab Saturday
jwab* minutejiyeb Julyjuyeb Sunday
jweb* minutejiyib August
jiyub September
jilob October
jilab November
jileb December
OTHER
yejab weekasojab centuryamlojab millennium
* These would normally be jyob, jyab, and jyeb, but there are hard to pronounce and difficult to hear, so the y is replaced by a w.

Times of Day

TIMES OF DAY
maj daytime
ijmaj dawn
imaj morning
eymaj noon
joeymaj afternoon
ujmaj dusk
umaj evening
moj night
eymoj midnight

General Time Words

GENERAL TIME WORDS
job time
jod time, instance, occasion
xag frequency
jud date
jag age

Scalar Time Periods

SCALAR TIME PERIODS
joob eon
joab era
joeb period
joib epoch
joub age
joyob chron
joyab term

Some Parallel Time Terms

taj birthaj pastja beforejana previousajna former, oldjaga oldjwa earlyjwana pre-mature
tej lifeej presentje duringjena currentejna newjwe on timejwana mature, ripe
toj deathoj futurejo afterjona nextojna futurejoga youngjwo latejwona stale
tij wakefulnessij beginningji sinceijna initialjiga fresh, vibrant
tuj sleepuj endju untilujna finaljuga tired, jaded

Time, Frequency, and Age Questions

WHENHOW OFTENHOW OLD
hoj? when?hoxag how often?hojaga? how old?
haj hu whenhaxag hu as often ashajaga hu as old as
hej sometimehexag sometimeshejaga of a certain age
hij nowhixag this oftenhijaga this old
huj thenhuxag that oftenhujaga that old
huyj at such a timehuyxag so oftenhuyjaga so old
hyoj neverhyoxag not onceglejaga rather old
hyaj alwayshyaxag at all timesgrajaga too old
hyej anytimehyexag however oftengrojaga underaged
hyij (vyel) at the same time (as)gexag (vyel) as often (as)gejaga (vyel) of the same age (as)
hyuj (vyel) some other time (then)ogexag (vyel) not as often (as)ogejaga (vyel) not as old (as)
be jobi at timesawa jod onceawa (jab) jaga one year old
be hujobi in those timesewa jodi twiceewa (jabi) jaga two years old
byu jobuj forevergla jodi many timealo (jabi) jaga ten years old
byi huj since then aloni bi jodi hundreds of timesgajaga (vyel) older (than)
How old are you? is expressed as Hojaga se et?. A typical response is At se ali (jabi) jaga. I am thirteen (years old). If the quantity of time is months, than the answer would be like the following: Iyt sa ewa jibi (jaga). She was two months (old).

Age Classes

MALEFEMALE
awajagat....one-year-old boyawajagayt....one-year-old girl
alojagat....ten-year-old boyalojagayt....ten-year-old girl
jogat....boy, youngster, youthjogayt....girl, damsel
gwajogat....youngest boy/persongwajogayt....youngest girl
gojagat....younger boy, cadetgojagayt....younger girl
aloyjagat....teenager, teenaged boyaloyjagayt....teenaged girl
grajogat....minor, boy too younggrajogayt....minor female, girl too young
grojagat / jwot.... minor, immature person/boygrojagayt / jwoyt....minor girl
grejagseat / jwet.... adolescent (boy)grejagseayt / jweyt.... adolescent (girl)
grejagat / jwat.... adult male, boy of agegrejagayt / jwayt.... adult female, girl of age
zejagat.... middle-aged person/manzejagayt.... middle-aged female/woman
gajagat.... older person/man, elder, superiorgajagayt.... older female/woman, elder, superior
grajagat.... over-aged person/man, person/man too oldgrajagayt.... over-aged female/woman, woman too old
jaygat.... youngish individual, youngish manjaygayt.... youngish female, youngish woman
yiloyagat.... octogenarianyiloyagayt.... octogenarian woman, woman in her eighties
yuloyagat.... nonagenarianyuloyagayt.... nonagenarian woman, woman in her nineties
asoyagat.... centenarianasoyagayt.... centenarian woman, 100-year-old woman
jagat.... oldster, veteran, old person, old man, elderjagayt.... old woman, old lady
jaygat.... oldish personjaygayt.... oldish woman
gwajagat.... oldest/senior-most/eldest person/mangwajagayt.... oldest/senior-most/eldest woman
gwojagat.... the least young person/mangwojagat.... the least young woman

The sag (Number), xag (Frequency), nog (Measure), nod (Point) Families

The words in this family have to do with numbers, measurements, degrees, points, lines, etc.
Summary:
...AG WORDSN..[DBP] WORDS
ag.... sizenod.... point
sag.... numbernad.... line
syag.... countned.... plane
syaag.... calculationnid.... volume
nog.... degreenab.... rank
nag.... measurenap.... order
neg.... levelnaab.... organization
nig.... spacenaap.... system
jag.... agenyap.... rule
xag.... frequencynyed.... grid
yag.... length

Shapes

Summary:
zyus.... circle
zyuys.... oval
zyunid.... sphere
zyuk....wheel
unizgun.... rectangle
ungekun.... square
ungun.... quadrangle
unoizgun.... rhombus
ingun.... triangle
yoongun.... pentagon
ginid.... cone
yagunid.... cube
inguginid.... pyramid
fufnid.... cylinder
amezsan.... diamond
tosan.... cross
uznad.... arc
ilpsan.... wave
gunsan.... wedge
amarsan star

The tom (Building), em (Place) Families

The stems in this family end mostly in -m, meaning place. The family includes areas, places, locations, buildings, houses, rooms, spaces, and containers.
Summary:
FULL WORDSENDINGS
tom building-em general place
tam house-am indoor place
tem hall-yem enclosed space
tim room-im room
tum cell-yeb container

Common Spaces with -(e)m

The words in the following table refer to spaces or open places:
PLACEROOT
abem....topab....on
obem....bottomob....base
ebem....intervaleb....between
oyebem....outdoorsoyeb....out
yebem....indoorsyeb....in
yubem....vicinityyub....'near
yibem....distanceyib....far
yabem....upstairsyab....up
yobem....downstairsyob....down
hom?....where?ho-....which
zem....middleze-....middle
zam....frontza....before
zom....backzo....after
kum....sidekua....lateral
kim....slopekia....diagonal
byim....sourcebyi....since
byum....destinationbyu....up to
bem....positionbe....at
dem....parkd(o)-....social
dopekem....battlegrounddopek....battle
melyexem....farmmel....soil + yex...work
goynem....sectorgoyn....cut
ijem....originij....start
kosem....hideoutkos-....hide
kyosem....settlementkyos-....stay
mem....countrym-...natural things
mimpuem....dockmim....sea + pu-....arrive
obdobem....colonyob....off + dob....regime
apem....wharfap-....embark
sexem....construction sitesex....construction
tojmelukem....cemeterytoj....death + mel....soil + uk...vacuum
tom....buildingto-....human
ujem....terminusuj....end
vobem....planationvob....plant
xem....officex-....do
yomyuglapem....iceskating rinkyom....ice + yugla...smooth + p-....go

Common Places with -am

These words refer to houses and buildings:
BUILDINGROOT
nam....shopn-....commercial
aajasnam....antique storeaajas....antique
apelatam....beehiveapelat....bee
apetigpekam....(horse) racetrackapet....horse + ig-....fast + pek....competition
tam....houset-....human
bektam....hospicebek....treatment
bextam....castlebex-....keep
bekilnam....pharmacybekil....medecine + nam....store
saxam....factorysax-....make
bilunsaxam....dairybil....milk + -un....product + sax-...make
datibam....hoteldat....friend + ib-....receive
tistam....schooltis....learn
doyevam....courtdo-....public + yev....justice
doptam....barracksdop....military
dresam....bureaudres-....write
bokam....hospitalbok....sickness
mamparam....hangarmam....sky + par....vehicle
mogxam....crematoriummog....ash + x-....make
posam....stationpos-....stop
taolgolbam....butcher shoptaol....meat + golb-....cleave
tilam....bartil-....drink
yibdubam....embassyyib....far + dub....minister

Common Containers and Enclosed Spaces with -yem

CONTAINERROOT
apetyem....corralapet....horse
nyem....boxn-....commercial
syem....institutions-....exist
milpyem....swimming poolmilp-....swim
nunyem....packagenun....merchandise
ponyem....suitcasepo-....travel
tebnyem....skullteb....head
tuyabyem....pockettuyab....hand
vabijyem....podvabij....seed
tyem....residencet-....human
tobijyem....ovarytobij....embryo
tojnyem....caskettoj....death
ukyem....slotuk-....empty
myem....plot of groundm-....natural things
magilyem....fuel tankmagil....fuel
koyem....shelterko-....hide

Common Rooms with -(t)im

These words describe type of rooms (tim):
ROOMROOT
tim....roomt-....human
aybmostim....atticayb-....upper + mos....floor
oybmostim....basementoyb-....lower + mos....floor
ebmostim....mezzanine eb....between + mos....floor
avoliim....pantryavol....bread
apetim....stallapet....horse
beaxim....wardbeax-....watch
azla bikim....intensive care unitazla....intensive + bik....care
belunim....cargo baybelun....cargo
biktim....clinicbik....care
datibim....lobbydat....friend + ib-....receive
dyezim....screening roomdyez....cinema
doebdalim....conference roomdo-....public + eb....between + dal-....speak
ebtim....corridoreb....between
fyadilim....chapelfya-....holy + dil....request
dokebidim....voting boothdo-....public + kebi-....choice
fyatim....sanctuaryfya-....holy
milufim....toiletmil....water + -uf....pipe
movim....smoking denmov....smoke
novim....linen closetnov....linen
saxim....studiosax-....create
sumtim....bedroomsum....bed
teexutim....auditoriumteexut....listener
tulim....dining roomtul....cuisine
vaobim....hayloftvaob....hay
vyakexim....laboratoryvyakex....test
zatim....antechamberza....front
zyutim....rotundazyu-....round
yexim....officeyex-....work

Locative Deictic Adverbs

The locative deictic adverbs use the -m suffix of place, eg:
hom?where?
ham huthe place where, where
hemsomewhere
himhere
humthere
hyomnowhere
hyameverywhere
hyemanywhere, wherever
hyim(at) the same place
hyumelsewhere, somewhere else

The a (One) yan (Together) Families

The stems in this family are based on a one, and yan together and their opposites, o zero and yon apart.
Summary:
SINGLENULL
a- oneo- zero, un-
awa oneowa zero
an- uni-, mono-on- non-
yan- together, con-yon- apart, dis-
hya- allhyo- none
-aya -ful-oya -less
ay andoy but

Collective Nouns

The suffix -yan is used to form collective nouns. Here are some examples:
SINGLETONCOLLECTION
fab treefabyan forest
vyap rulevyapyan regimen, system
vos flowervosyan bouquet
uzun ringuzunyan chain
ut personutyan group
toom apartmenttoomyan apartment complex
teyen ideateyenyan ideology
tyen techniquetyenyan technology
tixut studenttixutyan student body
tit pupiltityan class
telar eating utensiltelaryan cutlery
sir machinesiryan machinery
pat birdpatyan flock
An extension of yan is nyan, meaning stack, pile, accumulation, crowd, and so is a bit more intensive:
SINGLETONCOLLECTION
pet land animalpetnyan herd
ut personutnyan crowd
dit citizenditnyan populace
taib bonetaibnyan skeleton
yaut public personayautnyan commune
dun worddunnyan list
vaob hayvaobnyan haystack
The following confusing terms should be kept distinct:
NOUNVERB
aut individual, personauta personal
anut private individualanuta private
utyan grouputyana collective
autyan peopleautyana popular
autyanin populismautyanina populist
autyandab republic, democracyautyandaba republican, democratic
yaut constituent, commoneryauta common, collective, public
yautyan community, constituency, publicyautyana communitarian
yautnyan commune, collectiveyautnyana communal, collective
yautin communismyautina communist
dot societydota societal
dotin socialismdotina socialist
dit citizendita civilian, civic
dityan citizenry, populationdityana of the citizenry, populational
ditnyan populaceditnyana popular
ditnyanin populismditnyanina populist
yanav party (political)yanava partisan
yaniv party (fun)yaniva festive
yanut associateyanuta general, public
yanutyan associationyanutyana associational

The tob (Human) Family

The stem of words in this family begin with the consonant t, designating human, and end in b, meaning organism, body, or organ or p, having to do with the non-corporeal aspects of man, such as mind and emotion.
Summary
-B-P
tob human, mantop soul, psyche
tab bodytap physique
teb headtep mind
tib trunktip sentiment, emotion
tub armtup limb
tyob leg


All the names of the parts of the body are derived from these core words in a hiearchical fashion using stem vowel scalarization, as can be seen from the sample chart below of the body parts relating to arm and leg (not the parallelism):
tub
arm
tuab
shoulder
tueb
upper arm
tuib
elbow
tuub
forearm
tuyob
wrist
tuyab
hand
tuyeb
fist
tuyib
palm
tuyub
finger
tulob
fingernail
tyob
leg
tyoab
hip
tyoeb
thigh
tyoib
knee
tyoub
tibia
tyoyob
ankle
tyoyab
foot
tyoyeb
heel
tyoyib
sole
tyoyub
toe
tyolob
toenail

Bodily Functions and Gestures

The following chart shows how gestural and bodily movements and functions are derived from body parts:

ORGANISMGESTURES, MOVEMENTS, FUNCTIONS
tob human
twob man
toyb woman
tobser become human, tobxer humanize, tobtojber murder
tobij embryo tobijier conceive, tobijuer impregnate, tobijer ovulate, tobijbeler gestate
tab body tabazaxer work out, tabmelukxer entomb, tabteaxer autopsy
tayeb hair tayebarer comb, tayeboker go bald, tayefarer brush, tayeborber shave, tayelber shampoo, tayevarer mop
tayob skin tayobiler sweat, tayobober flay, tayoboser itch, tayoser feel like, tayoter feel, tayoxer palpate, tayobdriler tattoo, tayotyofxer numb
teb head
tebabun scalp
tebzan face
tebabunober scalp, tebbaxer nod, tebober decapitate, tebzaner face
teab eye
teababun eyelid
teabyeb eyelash
teabil tear
teaser seem, teater see, teatyofxer blind, teaxer look, teaxuer show, teazuer amaze, teabizer aim, teaper visit, teabyujiger blink
teababuner blink
teababyexer bat an eyelash
teabiler tear up
teeb ear teeter hear, teeser sound like, teeper attend, teeder rumor, teeyofxer deafen, teexer listen
teib nose teiter smell, teiser smell like, teitier take a whiff of, teituer reek, teixer smell, teseuxer snore, teizber perfume, teipulxer sneeze, teibalier sniff, teibalegier sniffle, teibiler run at the nose, teibukxer blow the nose
teub mouth
teubil saliva
teubsin expression
deuz song
seux sound
seuz tone
teuz voice
toleuz taste
teuv mask
teuf muzzle
teubier swallow, yijteuber yawn, teuser taste like, teuter taste, teutier sample, teutuer offer a taste, teuxer taste, teuder shout, ivteuder laugh, uvteuder groan, ivteuber smile, uvteuber frown,vyoivteuder mock, ufteuber scowl, uvseuxer grumble
teubiler salivate, teubiloker drool, teubilokeger dribble, teubiloyeber expectorate, teubilpuxer spew, teubiluer spit, teubilier slurp
teubsiner grimace
deuzer sing, yandeuzer harmonize, yagdeuzer chant
seuxer ring seuxder pronounce, voyseuxder mispronounce
zoyteuzer echo, uvseuzer sigh
teuzuer vote, teuzier poll, teuzibarer telephone
toleuser taste like, toleuter taste, toleuxer savor, fitoleuser taste good, futoleuser taste bad
teuvuer mask
teufuer muzzle
teubab tongue teubaxer wag the tongue, teubabaxer lick
teubib gum teubixer chew, teubixeger ruminate
teupib tooth teupixer bite, teupixeger nibble, yebteupixer crunch
teubob lip teuboxer kiss, teuboxeger smooch, teubobaxer smack the lips
teyob neck teyobabaxer neck, teyopixer collar, teyozyober choke , teyopyoxer hang
tib trunk tibuzer bow
tibuj tail
tibuf train
tibujbarxer wag
tibufer trail
tieb lung
tiebal breath
tiebbok cold
tiexer breath, tiebyujber suffocate, teibukxer cough
tiebalier inhale, tiebaluer exhale, tiebaloker belch
tiebbokier catch a cold
tiib heart
tiibil blood

tiibiler bleed tiibiloker bleed out, tiibilglalser clot, tiibilier suck blood, tiibiluer let blood
tikeb stomach
tikebil chyme
tikebier digest, tikebukxer vomit
tikyeb anus
tikyebal flatulence
tikyebil feces

tikyebaler fart
tikyebiler defecate
tikyob bowels tikyobier ingest, tikyobober disembowel
tub arm yantubier embrace, tubbaxer wave
tuyab hand tuyaxer handle, tuyaber handle, tuyabalxer shake hand, tuyabexer manipulate, tuyabier grab, tuyabirer wrestle, tuyasiuner wave, tuyabuer hand out, tuyadrer write out longhand, tuyapixer clasp tuyapyexer clap
tuyeb fist tuyepeker fistfight, tuyebalxer shake one's fist, tuyepyelxuer pound, tuyepyexer box
tuyib palm tuyibabaxer pat, tuyibaber palm, tuyibuer palm off, tuyipyexer slap
tuyob wrist tuyoxer wave
tuyub finger tuyubarxer wag one's finger, tuyubifeker fiddle, tuyubizder point out, tuyuibeaxer indicate, tuyugiber poke, tuyupyexer tap, tuyuxer palpate
tulob fingernail
paltulob claw
tuloxer scratch, tuloxefer itch
patuloxer claw, patulober grip
tyoib knee tyoixer kneel, tyoiper crawl
tyoyab foot tyoyabarer stomp, tyoyakyeper hobble, tyoyapyexer kick
tyoyeb heel tyoyeber spurn
tyoyib sole tyoyiber supplant
tyoyub toe tyoyubaxeger wiggle one's toe, tyoyuzyuper pirouette

The bak (Health) Family

Here are the main words in Mirad dealing with health, illness, and medecine:
Summary:
NOUNSVERBS
bak health
baak hygiene
bakxer heal, bakser heal
bek treatment
byek cure
bekuer treat, bekier get treated
byekser heal, byekxer cure
bok illness
book fatigue
bokser get sick, bokxer sicken
bookser grow tired, bokxer tire out
bik carebikuer care for, bikier take care
buk injury
bruk mutilation
bukser be injured, bukxer injure
brukxer mutilate
byok pain
byork torture
byokuer inflict pain, byokier ache
byorkuer torture, byorkier agonize

The tod (Family) Family

Stems in this family begin with t for human and end in d for society and have to do with families and family relationships.
Core words:
Notice that kinship terms are gender-neutral unless there is a w before the root syllable vowel (indicating male-specific) or a y following the root syllable vowel (indicating female-specific).
tod....familyMALEFEMALE
tad....spousetwad husbandtayd....wife
ted....parenttwed fatherteyd....mother
tid....siblingtwid brothertiyd....sister
tud....childtwud sontuyd....daughter
Prefixes or word elements used to modify the above core words:
to-....god- (as in godson)
ta-....-in-law, through marriage
te-....father's
ti-....sibling's
tu-....child's
taj-....birth-, real
otaj-, ifbi-....foster, adopted
ij-....first, original
aj-....ex-, former
ej-....current, step-, half-
oj-....future, -to-be
aa....first
ea....second
yiba....distant
aa yiba....first-removed
ea yiba....second-removed
ota-....out-of-wedlock, bastard
oyted-....orphan(ed), without parents
oytad-....unmarried, without spouse
oytud-....childless, without child, barren
tiibil-....blood-
Kinship Terms Formed from the Above Core Words and Prefixed Elements
GENDER-NEUTRALMALEFEMALE
tad....spouse
ajtad....ex-spouse
ijtad....first spouse
ejtad....current spouse, step spouse
ojtad....spouse-to-be, fiance
oytadat....bachelor
twad....husband
ajtwad....ex-husband
ijtwad....first husband
ejtwad....current husband, step husband
ojtwad....husband-to-be, fiance
oytwadat....bachelor
tayd....wife
ajtayd....ex-wife
ijtayd....first wife
ejtayd...current wife, step-wife
ojtayd....wife-to-be, fiancee
oytadayt....spinster
ted....parent
tajted....birth parent
ejted....step parent, foster parent
ojted....parent-to-be
teted....grand-parent
teteted....great-grandparent
tated....parent-in-law
toted....godparent
oytedat....orphan
twed....father
tajtwed....birth father
ejtwed....step-father, foster father
ojtwed....father-to-be
tetwed....grand-father
tetetwed....great-grandfather
tatwed....father-in-law
totwed....godfather
oytwedat....male orphan
teyd....mother
tajteyd....birth mother
ejteyd....stepmother, foster mother
ojted....mother-to-be
teteyd....grandmother
teteteyd....great-grandmother
tateyd...mother-in-law
toteyd....godmother
oytedayt....female orphan
tid....sibling
ejtid....step-sibling
tatid...sibling-in-law
tetid....parent's sibling
tetetid....great parent's sibling
twid....brother
ejtwid....step-brother
tatwid...brother-in-law
tetwid....uncle
tetetwid....great uncle
tiyd....sister
ejtiyd....stepsister
tatiyd...sister-in-law
tetiyd....aunt
tetetiyd....great aunt
tud....child
tatud....child-in-law
ijtud....first-born child
ejtud....stepchild
otada tud....bastard child
titud....sibling's child
totud....godchild
tutud....grandchild
titutud....sibling's grandchild
tetitud....cousin
aa tetitud....first cousin
ea tetitud....second cousin
aa yiba tetitud....cousin first removed
twud....son
tatwud....son-in-law
ijtwud....first-born son
ejtwud....stepson
otada twud....bastard son
titud....nephew
totwud....godson
tutwud....grandson
titutwud....grandnewphew
tetitwud....cousin
aa tetitwud....first male cousin
ea tetitwud....second male cousin
aa yiba tetitwud....male cousin first removed
tuyd....daughter
tatuyd....daughter-in-law
ijtuyd....first-born-daughter
ejtuyd....stepdaughter
otada tuyd....bastard daughter
tituyd....niece
totuyd....goddaughter
tutuyd....granddaughter
titutuyd...grandniece
tetituyd....(female) cousin
aa tetituyd....first female cousin
ea tetituyd....second female cousin
aa yiba tetituyd....female cousin first removed
Suffixed -if gives you affectionate equivalents:
  • twadif....hubby
  • taydif....darling wife, wifey-poo
  • twedif....daddy, papa
  • teydif....mommy, mama
  • twidif....bro
  • tiydif....sis
  • twudif....sonny, kid
  • tuydif....darling daughter
Other terms:
  • todat....relative, sib
  • tiibil todat....blood relative
  • todatan....kinship
  • todatyan....kinfolk, clan
  • todeb....pater familias
  • todeyb....mater familias
  • otatud....bastard, bastard son, bastard child
  • otatuyd....bastard daughter
  • oytetwud....orphan, orphan son
  • oytetuyd....orphan daughter
  • oytwadat....bachelor, unmarried man'
  • oytadayt....spinster, unmarried woman, bachelorette
  • oytudayt....childless woman
  • glatidat....person with many siblings
  • oytidat....person with no siblings
  • tadat....in-law
  • otajted, ifbited....foster parent, adopting parent
  • otajtud, ifbitud....foster child, adopted child
  • otajteder, ifbiteder....foster, adopt
  • otajtedwa, ifbitedwa....adopted
  • teder....parent, raise
  • tadier....get married, take on a spouse
  • taduer....marry, preside over a marriage
  • todtun....genealogy
  • tood....ethnos, tribe, clan, race
  • toodtun....folklore
  • tooddin....folk story
  • toos....gender, sex
  • hyitoosifa....homosexual
  • hyutoosifa....heterosexual
  • entoosifa....bisexual
  • hyatoosifa....pansexual
  • hyotoosifa....asexual
  • hyitoosa tadan....same-sex marriage
  • tadyan....married couple
  • jwaa tadien....shotgun wedding

⇒== The dot (Society) Family==

The stems of the words in this family begin with d for society and end in t for human.
Summary:
dot society
dat friend
dwat male friend
dayt female friend
det comrade, mate
dwet boyfriend
deyt girlfriend
dit citizen
dut gentleperson
dwut gentleman, sir, lord
duyt lady, madame
dout bourgeois
The prefix do- can be used to form words that are public in nature, eg:
COMBINED FORMSUFFIX
dovyab.... lawvyab....rule
doyev.... justiceyev-....just
doyov.... crimeyov....shame
doyiv.... (civil) rightyiv....license
dobien.... coup d'etatbien....taking
dodres....bulletindres....document
dokex.... (public) inquirykex....search
doval.... public safetyval....safety
dovaldib.... policedib....administration
dotojben.... executiontojben....putting to death
dosyag....censussyag....count

The tof (Clothes) and nof (Textile)

The stems in this family of words begin with t for human and end in f or v, which are reminiscent of nof cloth and nov lingerie. The words have to do with clothing. Post-iotating the root vowel produces something that relates to women.
Summary:
BODY PARTCLOTHING ITEM
tob mantof clothing
tab bodytaf suit, tayf dress
teb headtef hat
teyob neckteyof necktie
tuab shouldertuaf shawl
tib trunktif vest
zetib waistzetif belt
tiab chesttiav shirt, tiayv blouse
tilab breasttilav bra
tuyab handtuyaf glove
tyob legtyof pants, tyoyf skirt
The nof family words begin with n meaning commercial and end in f meaning textile. Here is a summary:
BASIC WORD
DERIVATIVES
nof textile, tissue
nov linen
nofur loom, nofxer weave
nofyank stitch, nofyanker sew, nofyankut seamster
nofyonk rip, nofyonker rip, nofyonkar scissors, shears
nofyuj pleat, nofyujber fold
nofzyiar iron, nofzyiarer iron
novyan lingerie, novim linen closet 
misof curtain, obmasof carpet yebof sack
favof cotton, favoyf cotton wool
fevof flax
fivof hemp
fuvof jute
tayof leather
naf material, cloth, fabric
naaf drape
naef canvas
naif velvet
nauf veil
nayaf cordoroy

nef knit
neof stitch
neaf net, mesh, web
neef lace
neif braid
neuf wicker
neyof loop
neyaf wale
neyef strip, band
neyif plait
nayuf lattice
nefxer knit, neofxer stitch, neifxer braid neyofxer loop
nefar knitting needle
nefiaf sweater
vinef embroidery
yotayef goat's hair, wool
tayef bristle
utayef wool
zyef pane of glass, zyev glass
nyef bag, sack
yebeaf mesh bag
yebeuf wicker basket
nif yarn, fiber
niv thread
niyf filament, string
niif twine
nifur spinnernifxer spin, nifun spider's web
nifar needle
nivar pin
mugnif wire
apeyetif silk
nuf button
nufyujber button
nufyijber unbutton
nufzyeg buttonhole
nufag knob
nyaf knot
nyafer tie, onyafer untie, unravel
mugnyaf clasp, buckle
nyef bag, sack
zotibnyef backpack
tolnyef grocery bag
yignyef basket
nyif rope
mugnyif cable
nyifog lace, cord
nyuf package
nyufag crate

The mos (Floor) Family

The stems in this family begin with m, meaning place and end in s, meaning thing. The words all have something to do with parts of a building or house, i.e. masonry.
Summary:
MASONRY ROOT WORDDERIVATIVES
mos flooromos ground floor
amos first floor
abmos attic
ebmos mezzanine
obmos basement
mas wallabmas roof
aybmas ceiling
obmas foundation
oybmas floor
masof carpet
abzamas balcony
obzamas porch
ebmas partition
mes doorzames front door
zomes back door
mesnufag door knob
mesyuznad door frame
mestuyar door handle
mis windowmiszyef window pane
eymis shutter
misof curtain
mus stairsmusnog step, stair rung
musim starwell
magmus fire escape
musabnod climax
muys ladder
pasmus escalator

The som (Furniture) Family

The stems in this family begin with s, meaning thing, and end in m, meaning place. The words all have to do with furniture.
Summary:
FURNITUREDERIVATIVES
som.... furnituresomber.... furnish
somxut.... carpenter
milsom.... sink
milufsom ....toilet
maksom.... appliance
mansom.... light fixture
somyan.... furnishings
milamsom.... water heater
malomsom.... air-conditioner
sam.... armoire, chesttelarsam.... china cabinet
telsam.... cupboard
tovsam.... chest of drawers
samnyem.... drawer
avolsom.... pantry
sem.... tablesemof.... table cloth
tilsem.... bar
yagsem.... countertop
yuzsem.... round table
dresem.... desk
dalsem.... pulpit
tabsem.... bier
fyasem.... altar
tularsem.... buffet
dyedsem.... lectern
syagsem.... counter (cashier stand)
sim.... chairzaopsim.... rocking chair
yagyugsim.... couch
zyupsim.... swivel chair
eynsim.... stool
edebsim.... throne
yagyigsim.... bench
tobobsim.... high chair
apetsim.... saddle
fyadilsim.... pew
maksim..... electric chair
teadutsim.... witness box
tujyagsim.... sleep sofa
zopsim.... recliner
yigsim.... hard chair
agsim.... arm chair
simber....to seat
simper....to sit
sum.... bedsuam.... cushion
suaym.... pillow
suav.... pillow case
suem.... mattress
suev.... sheet
suef.... blanket
absuef.... bedspread
obsuev.... liner
suim.... box spring
summuf.... bedpost
eonsum.... twin bed
eynsum.... day bed
igsum.... cot
suym ....couch
nyanxwa sum.... bunk bed
milsum.... waterbed
tabsum.... sleeping bag
pyoxwa sum.... hammock
malsum.... airbed
summanar.... bed lamp
sumber....put to bed
sumper....go to bed

The sar (Tool) and par (Vehicle) Family

Stems having to do with tools, devices, and machines all begin in s for thing and end in r for tool. Vehicles are mobile machines, and therefore their stems begin with p for mobile.
Summary:
STANDALONE WORDSUFFIXMEANING
sar-arinstrument, tool, device (default)
sir-irapparatus, hand-driven machine
sor-ormachine, powered machine
sur-urmotor, engine
Note: the words and suffixes other than sar, -ar (the default) are used only to distinguish words like bicycle and motorcycle or needle and loom, etc.

Vehicles

Vehicle words end in par, where the initial p signifies going and the final ar indicates instrument, unless there is a need for further distinction, in which case, the ending may be -ir, -or, or -ur.
VEHICLES
par cart
por carriage
pur motorcar, car
mampur airplane
mempur automobile, land vehicle
mimpar boat
mimpor ship
mimpur motorboat
mumpur subway
mompur spaceship
kyinpur truck
kyinpir cart, wagon
naadpur train
yautpur bus
enzyuspar bicycle
enzyuspor scooter
enzyuspur motorcycle
inzyuspar tricycle
yuglapar skate
yuglapir sled
yuglapor sleigh

Tools and Machines

TOOLS AND MACHINES
drar pencil
drir typewriter
dror printer
syaagar calculator
syagir computer
vyixar brush
vyixir sweeper
vyixur vacuum cleaner

The tol (Food) Family

The stems of the words in this family begin with t for human and l for liquid or in this case, drinkable or edible substances. The words have to do with food, food preparation, eating and drinking.
Summary:
WORDDERIVATIVES
tol nutritiontolnam grocery store
toltun dietetics
tolvyaab diet
toluer feed
toyl nutrition
toyles nutrient
toyluer nourish
tolsam food buffet
toleus taste
toleusgab relish
tolmek spice
tolsyeb casserole
tel foodtelier eat
teluer feed
telam restaurant
telar fork
telyeb plate
telefa hungry
telifut gourmet
gratelut glutton
teltun gastronomy
oteliwas leftover
til- drinktilsem bar
tilier drink
tilef thirst
tilgronag drought
gratilut drunk
tilyeb glass
tilar spoon
tilarog teaspoon
tilarag ladle
tilsyeb cup
teilsyeb soup bowl
kyitilsyeb mug, stein
tul dishjatul appetizer
jotul dessert
agtul main dish, entree
ogtul tapa
igtul snack
atulyan first course
etulyan
second course
tular
dish
tularsam
china cabinet
tularvyixar
dishwasher
tuler
dine
tamtuler
dine at home
tulur
stove
tultuna
culinary
tulxeb
chef
tulxim
kitchen
tulim
dining room
tulagim
banquet hall
vitultun
gastronomy
tuldras
menu
tulyuxut
waiter
tulyeb
platter
tyal mealatyal breakfast
etyal lunch
ityal dinner
utyal supper
etyalier have lunch
etyaluer serve lunch
tyalag banquet
vabemtyal picnic
yomxwa tyal frozen dinner
STUBEXAMPLES
-il liquid, drinkteil soup
til beverage
bil milk
mil water
gyalevil syrup
aybil cream
bilyig cheese
bilyug butter
mekil gruel
gyalevabil pudding
taobiil gravy
tuil sauce
tuilyeb saucer
fil alcohol
vafil wine
vafiltun oenology
grafiliut alcoholic
filxer ferment
filvyunober distill
levafil liquour
teabil tear
teubil saliva
ilyeb bottle
yavil beer
magiler boil
dril ink
ilneyeb tank, reservoir
ilsyeb carafe, beaker, flask
apelatil honey
bavuil ketchup
-yal juicesefyal coffee
safyal tea
vafyal grape juice
-el foodlevel sugar
yapel pork
vipel venison
eopel beef
mageler cook
movelwa smoked
ummagelar oven
elsyeb pot, pan
-yel gel, oildofyel chocolate
megyel cement
myel plastic
tayel shampoo
tulyel cooking oil
magyel fuel
yugyel rubber
fyel wax
magyeler fry
magyelsyeb frying pan
leveyel jam, confiture
yiglevyel candy
kafyel olive oil
gevyel corn oil
tulyel cooking oil
gavyel sunflower oil
-eil soupteil soup
yagteil stew
-ol foodavol bread
taol meat
umleavol biscuit
sifyol pepper
mimol salt
ovol bran
zyuavol roll
zyiavol flatbread, pita
yuzavol wrap, gyro, taco
uzavol twist, croissant
ebavol sandwich
toleusgabol condiment
leavol pasta
-ul substancemul matter
bekul medecine
bukul poison
zemul yolk
vemul neutron
vamul proton
vomul electron
gwomul atom
vyul slime
zemul nucleus

The mor (universe) and mom (outer space) Family

The stems of the words in this family are characterized by the letter m nature. The words, thus, have to do with nature, the sky, ground, water, planets, etc. The stem vowel indicates whether the term applies to the sky, ground, water, etc.
Summary:
mor....universemom....cosmosmol....naturemop....orbitmoj....evening
mon....
darkness
mof....nebula
mov....smoke
mok....dark matter
mog....ash
mob....abyss
mar....star
amar....sun
mam....skymal....airmap....windmaj....day
man...light
maf....cloud
mav....flame
mak....electricty
mag....fire
mer....planet
imer....earth
mem....landmel....soilmep....roadmef....brick
mev....porcelain
mek....dust
meg....rock
mez...gem
meb....mountain
mir....worldmim....seamil....watermip....river
mur....satellite
amur....moon
mum...undergroundmul....mattermup....tunnelmuk....mineral
mug....metal
mub....cave, pit
A few important derivations:
  • amar....sun  ("number one star")
  • amarnaap....solar system  (the "sun system")
  • amaryap....sunrise  ("sun rise")
  • amaryop....sunset  ("sun descent")
  • amarnad....sunbeam  ("sun line")
  • amarmap....solar wind  ("sun wind")
  • amarman....sunlight  ("sun light")
  • amur....moon   ("number one satellite)
  • amurned....lunar surface   ("moon surface")
  • amurmoyb....lunar crater   ("moon depression")
  • Imer....Earth   ("third planet from the sun"
  • imertun....geology   ("earthscience"
  • imerzyunad....earth's axis   ("earth turn line"
  • imermop....earth's orbit   ("earth's orbit"
  • marmaf....galaxy   ("star cloud")
  • Amarmaf....Milky Way   ("number one galaxy")
  • maryan....constellation   ("collection of stars")
  • marmeg....comet   ("star rock")
  • mommeg....meteor   ("space rock")
  • mammeg....meteorite   ("sky rock")
The following are vehicles and derivatives that are specific to one of the above physical spheres:
mompur....spaceshipmomper.... travel through spacemomput....cosmonaut, astronaut
mampur....airplanemamper....flymamput....flyer, pilot
mempur....automobilememper....ride, drivememput....rider, driver
mimpur....ship
obmimpar....submarine
mimper sail, navigatemimput sailor, navigator
obmimput....submariner
mumpur....subwaymumper.... tunnel, go by metromumput....metro rider

Names of the Planets

Here are the names of the planets in our solar system. Notice that Earth is the "third planet" from the sun.
mer....planet
Amer.... Mercury
Emer.... Venus
Imer.... Earth
Umer.... Mars
Yomer.... Jupiter
Yamer.... Saturn
Yemer.... Uranus
Yimer.... Pluto

Polar Directions

DIRECTIONSmer....planet
za....frontzamer.... north
zo....behindzomer....south
zi....rightzimer....east
zu....leftzumer....west
Related terms:
  • zamernod....north pole (nod = point)
  • zomernod....south pole
  • zaomernad....longitude (zao = north-south, nad = line)
  • zuimernad....latitude (zui = east-west)
  • zemernad....equator (ze = middle)
  • merzyun....globe, sphere (planet-ball)
  • eymerzyun....hemisphere (half-planet-ball)

Types of Clouds

maf....cloud
maaf.... stratus
maef.... nimbostratus
maif.... cumulus
mauf.... cumulonimbus
mayof.... stratocumulus
mayaf.... allocumulus
mayef.... allostratus
mayif.... cirrocumulus
mayuf.... cirrostratus
malof.... cirrus

Types of Roads and Paths

mep.... way, road, route
    zeymep.... bridge, crossing
    aybmep.... overpass, bridge
    oybmep.... underpass
    zyemep.... tunnel, throughway, thoroughfare
    kumep.... side path
    zomep.... back way
    ebmep.... aisle
    tyoyamep.... sidewalk, walkway
    omep....impasse
    gunmep....dogleg
    dinmep....plot
    pomep....itinerary
    eynmep....half-way
    homep?'....which way?
    yilpmep....escape route
    yexmep....career
    yuzmep....circuit
    tyenmep....career
    puxmep....trajectory
    vyamep....right way
    vyomep....wrong way
    musmep....stairway
    izmep.... direct route, straight path, vector
    yebmep.... entryway, entrance
    oyebmep.... exit, way out
    mummep.... subway
    mammep.... air route
    elyamep.... railroad, railway
    mimmep.... sealane
domep.... street
    agdomep.... highway
    aagdomep.... main street
    zyadomep.... broadway
    igdomep.... expressway
    uzmep.... byway, detour
    yuzdomep.... beltway, loop
    zyudomep.... roundabout, circle, rotary
    ebdomep....
alley
    anizona domep....
one-way street
meap.... avenue
meep.... boulevard
meip.... lane
    zimeip....right lane
    zumeip....left lane
    zemeip....median, middle lane
    anmeip.... single lane
    enmeip....double lane
meup.... trail
    mebmeup....mountain trail
meyp.... path
    tyoyameyp.... footpath

Types of Stones, Gems, etc.

STONEGEMOTHER EARTH SUBSTANCES
meg .... stonemez .... gemmek .... dust
meag .... marbleamez .... diamondmiek .... sand
meeg ....slateemez .... topazmyek .... powder
meig ....gramoteimez .... rubymel .... soil
meug ....clayvamez .... emeraldmeil .... mud
meyag ....chalkyamez .... amethystmegil .... cement
meyeg ....limestoneyomez .... sapphiremyel .... plastic
meyig ....alabastermil .... water
meyog .... chinamial .... vapor
meyug .... gypsummiil .... dew
melag .... adobemimol .... salt
meleg .... terra cottamamil .... rain
melig .... marlmal .... air
melug .... kaolinmayl .... gas
melyag .... feldsparmagil .... petroleum
melyeg .... petunsemug .... metal
melyig .... silicamuk .... mineral
melyog .... pegmatitemul .... matter
melyug .... flintmag .... fire
mieg .... coralmog .... ash
mav .... flame
mov .... smoke

Thermal Conditions

am....heatama .... hotayma .... warm
om....coldoma .... coldoyma .... cool
im....moistureima .... wetiyma .... humid
um....draughtuma .... dryuyma .... arid
yom....iceyoma .... frozenyoyma .... chilly
yam....fireyama .... burningyayma....fiery

Weather Phenomena

mamyen .... weather
mamil .... rain
mamyom .... sleet
mamyoym .... snow
yoym .... frost
yom .... ice
mial .... steam
miil .... dew
maf .... cloud
miaf .... fog
mapil .... storm, windstorm
xeusmapil .... thunderstorm
mapilag .... tempest
mimmapil .... hurricane
map .... wind
maap .... puff
maep .... breeze
maip .... gust
maup .... gale
mayop .... typhoon
mapulz .... tornado, twister, cyclone
mammanig .... lightning
mamxeus .... thunder
mamiluz .... rainbow
jibim .... monsoon
graim .... flood, deluge

Atmospheric Layers

mal .... air
maal .... atmosphere
mael .... troposphere
mail .... stratosphere
maul .... ionosphere
mayol .... exosphere

Rivers and Streams

mip .... river
miap .... stream
miep .... brook
miip .... rivulet
miup .... tributary
miyop .... creek
miyap .... rill
mipuj .... estuary
mipkum .... river bank

Bodies of Water

mim .... sea
mimag .... ocean
miam .... lake
miem .... lagoon
miim .... pond
mium .... pool, basin
miumog .... puddle
immem .... swamp
ebmim .... strait
zyomip .... canal

Land Features

mem .... land
meam .... region
meem .... territory
meim .... countryside
meum .... zone, district
meyom .... tract, parcel, acre
meb .... mountain
meyb .... mount
meab .... hill
meeb .... knob
meib .... mound
meub .... ridge
meyob .... bump
mimeib ... cape
yabmimeib .... promontory, headland, bluff
zyimeb .... plateau
magmeb .... volcano
mub .... chasm, precipice, cliff
muab .... gulf, gulch
mueb .... ravine, valley, dale
muib .... cave
muyob .... ditch
mimuib .... cove
mimkum .... beach, seaside, coast
uzmimkum .... bay
zyimem .... plain
ummem .... desert
immem .... wetland, swamp
zomem .... hinterland
zyamem ....prairie
memsin .... landscape
yonmel .... island
eynyonmel .... peninsula
yanmel .... continent
zyoebmel .... isthmus
yijmem .... field, meadow

Different Worlds

mir .... world, realm, domain
jomir.... here-after, after-world, metasphere
fyajomir....heaven, paradise
ebjomir....limbo
zejomir....purgatory
fyojomir....hell
yizmir....world beyond, spirit world
yizmirat....spirit, sprite
fyamir.... sacred world, paradise
fyamirat....angel
fyomir....wicked world, hell
fyomirat....demon
obmir....nether world
komir....secret realms
mor .... universe
moreb....god
moreyb....goddess

The pot (Animal) Family

The stems of the words in this family begin with the letter p, denoting movement, and end in the letter t, denoting a living creature. Thus, the words have to do with animals.
Summary:
pot animal
pyot wild animal
IN THE AIRpat bird
ON LANDpet land animal
pelt insect
pyet reptile
IN WATERpit fish
plit crustacean
ON LAND AND IN WATERpyeit amphibian
Note that the vowels in the word stem indicates geo-spatial properties like a for in the air, e for on land, i for in the sea, u for underground, and ei for on land and sea (amphibian). Pre-iotation of the stem vowel creates a set of less domestic animals, while the letter l preceding or following the stem vowels is used similarly to divide animals into new groups. The initial ordinal vowels create a taxonomy, while initial consonants increase the taxonomic levels.

Principal Domestic Land Animals

MIRADENGLISH
pet(land) animal
apethorse
epetox
ipetass
upetram
yopetgoat
yapetpig
yepetdog
yipetcat
yupetrabbit

Principal Wild Land Animals

MIRADENGLISH
pyotwild animal, beast
rapyotlion
repyottiger
ripyotleopard
rupyotwolf
ryapyothyena
tepyotbear
tapyotorang-utan
yapyotboar

Principal Birds

MIRADENGLISH
patbird
apatcock
epatduck
ipatturkey
upatgoose
yopatguinea fowl
yapatpigeon
rapateagle
repatvulture
fapatcrow

Principal Marine Animals

  • -it water only
  • -iet water and land
MIRADENGLISH
pitfish
apittrout
epitlobster
ipitprawn
upitcrawfish
lipitsalmon
ryepittuna
rapitshark
repitdolphin
fapitwhale
apietseal
epietsea lion

Principal Reptiles

MIRADENGLISH
pyetreptile
gapyetcrocodile
gepyetalligator
kapyetlizard
lopyetsnake
lapyetboa
lepyetcobra
fapyetgrass snake
fepyetslug
fipyetleech
vapyetsnail

Principal Insects

  • -elt non-flying insects
  • -elat flying insects
MIRADENGLISH
peltinsect
apeltspider
kapeltlouse
kopeltvermin
kepeltflea
kipeltbug
lepeltcobra
apelatbee
epelatwasp
ipelathorsefly
upelatfly
yopelatmosquito
lapelatcockchafer
lepelatbeetle
tapelatcicada
gapelatbutterfly
fapeltant
fepeltcockroach
fapeltant

Principal Ambphibians and Worms

MIRADENGLISH
apyeittoad
epyeitfrog
apyeatbat
peyetworm
apeyetsilkworm

Animal Sounds

The animal noise verbs are formed by replacing the final t of the animal's name to der (communicate, utter), as in the following chart:
ANIMALSOUND VERB
apet horseapeder neigh, whinny
epet bullepeder bellow
eopetob vealeopetoder bleat
eopet oxeopeder low, moo, bellow
epeyt cowepeyder moo
ipet assipeder bray, hehaw
ilapet llamailapeder growl
upet sheepupeder bleat
yopet goatyopeder bray
yapet hogyapeder grunt, snort, oink
yepet dogyepeder bark
yepyot wolfyepyoder howl
yeypyot vixenyeypyoder yelp
yipet catyipeder mew, purr, meow
yipyot tigeryipyoder growl
yupet rabbityupeder drum
kapet squirrelkapeder squeak
kyipet raccoonkyipeder chitter
klepet mouseklepeder squeak
eplet koalaepleder wail
rapyot lionrapyoder roar
ryapyot hyenaryapyoder laugh
ryaapyot jackalryaapyoder howl
tapyot apetapyoder gibber
tepyot beartepyoder growl
gapet elephantgapeder trumpet
vepet reindeervepeder bellow
vyipet moosevyipeder bellow
fapet camelfapeder grunt
fipet giraffefipeder bleat
kepyet geckokepyeder go to-key, make a gecko noise
lepyet cobralepyeder hiss
apyeat batapyeader screech
epyeit frogepyeider rivet, make a frog noise
apelat beeapelader buzz
lepelat beetlelepelader drone
tepelat crickettepelader chirp
pat birdpader chirp, tweet, coo, sing
apat roosterapader crow, cockadoodle-doo
apayt henapayder cluck
apatog chickenapatoder cheep
epat duckepader quack
ipat turkeyipader gobble
yapat pigeonyapader coo
rapat eaglerapader squawk
repat vulturerepader scream
fapat ravenfapader croak
fepat crowfepader craw
fipat chatterfipader chatter
fupat hootfupader hoot
fyipat jayfyipader chatter
gapat ostrichgapader bleep
dapat swandapader cry
zapat swallowzapader squeal
tapat parrottapader parrot
vapat nightingalevapader pipe
fepat warblerfepader warble
gapait penguingapaider honk
ipiet platypusipieder chitter
rupit walrusrupider groan
ryopit porpoiseryopider whistle

Animal Habitats

By suffixing the final t of the animal name with tam house, you get corresponding animal's living quarters:
ANIMALLIVING SPACE
apet horseapetam stable
epet oxepetam cowshed
yapet pigyapetam pigpen, pigsty
yepet dogyepetam doghouse
rapyot lionrapyotam den, lion's den
fapelt antfapeltam anthill
apelat beeapelatam beehive
pat birdpatam nest, bird's nest
apat henapatam henhouse, chicken coop
rupyot bearrupyotam lair
pyot wild animalpyotam cage

Animal Meats

By changing the final letter of the animal's name to an l, you get the meat eaten from that animal:
ANIMALMEAT
eopet oxeopel beef
vipet deervipel venison
yapet hogyapel pork
yapetyoab hog's thighyapetyoal ham
uopet sheepuopel mutton
eopetob calfeopetol veal
vapyet snailvapyel escargot

Animal Groupings

By adding yan aggregate or nyan crowd to the name of an animal, you get the animal grouping:
ANIMALGROUPING
pat birdpatyan flock
eopet oxeopetyan cattle
pit fishpityan school
pelt insectpeltyan swarm
pit fishpityan school
apat henapatyan poultry
pot animalpotnyan herd
yopet goatyopetyan goatherd

Animals' Babies

The baby of an animal ends in ob offspring:
ANIMALBABY
pat birdpatob chick
apet horseapetob foal
eopet oxeopetob calf
yepet dogyepetob pup
yipet catyipetob kitten
apat henapatob chick
rapat eaglerapatob eaglet
upat gooseupatob gosling
upet ramupetob lamb
yopet goatyopetob kid

Animals' Hair

The hair of an animal ends in tayeb hair:
ANIMALHAIR
pat birdpatayeb feather
apet horseapetayeb horsehair, mane
yipet catyipetayeb fur
fapet camelfapetayeb camelhair
pit fishpitayeb scale
upat gooseupatayeb down
tepyot beartepyotayeb fuzz
uopet sheepuopetayeb wool, fleece

Female Counterparts of Animals

The word for the female counterpart of an animal is created by post-iotated (i.e. adding a y to) the last vowel of the male animal's name:
ANIMALFEMALE
epet bullepeyt cow
apet horseapeyt mare
ipet assipeyt she-ass
yopet goatyopeyt nanny goat
yapet hogyapeyt sow
yepet dogyepeyt bitch
yepyot wolfyepyoyt wolverine
yeypyot foxyeypyoyt vixen
gapet elephantgapeyt cow elephant
vipet buckvipeyt deer
apat roosterapayt hen

Interesting Parallels in Animal Vocabulary

teub mouthpateub beakpoteub mugmimeub bay
teib nosepoteib snoutgapeteib elephant trunkmeib promontory
tayeb hairpatayeb featherpitayeb scalepetayeb furfayeb leafvosayeb petaluopetayeb wool, fleece
tulob nailpatulob clawapelatulob stingerfulob prickvulob thorn
tyoyab footapetyoyab hoofpotyoyab pawmeboyab foothillsfyoyab stumpvyoyab stub
tayob skinpotayob hidepiyetayob shellmayob crustfayob barkvayob peelpatijayob eggshell

The fob (Vegetation)and vob (Plant) Family

The stems of the words in this family begin with f for vegetation or v for plant and end in b for organism. These words have to do with trees, fruits, nuts, vegetables, plants, grasses, and grains, as shown in this chart:
Summary:
TREES, FRUITS, VEGETABLESPLANTS, GRAINS, LEGUMES
fob vegetablevob plant
fab treevab grass
feb fruit, nutveb tuft
veeb seed
veeyb grain
fib trunkvib stem
fub branchvub twig
fayeb leafvayeb bud
fyob rootvyob tendril

The vol (Edible Vegetable), vos (Flower), and voz (Color Family

Summary:
vol edible vegetable
vos flower
voz color

Colors (voz)

The names of common colors in Mirad are mnemonically based on flowers and other natural products that have distinctive colors. In the summary chart below, the mnemonic origin is given for each color term.
Summary:
COLORMNEMONIC ORIGIN
voz colorvos flower
ovoza plain, blanko zero
avoza whiteavos lily
evoza yellowevos narcissus
ivoza redivos poppy
uvoza pinkuvos rose
yovoza blueyovos blueberry
yavoza mauveyavos hydrangea
yevoza lilacyevos lilac
yivoza violet, purpleyivos violet
lafeza orangelafeb orange
vaza greenvab grass
moza blackmon dark
maza whiteman light
maoza grayman + mon
meza brownmel soil
The common colors consist of a mnemonic stub for a flower, plant, fruit, or other natural item exhibiting most vividly the color in question, followed by the suffix -za (reminiscent of voz color, itself reminiscent of vos flower), eg. va- (from vab grass) + z = vaza green.
The most exotic or rare colors can be expressed by the numerical position in the alphabetized Wikipedia list of colors + -za. For example, the color Alabama Crimson is the tenth color in that list when alphabetized, so it's name is aloza.
A color referring to one's skin or race is suffixed with -ata-, eg. mozata black-skinned, black, while the person of that skin color ends in -at, eg. mazat white person, a white. A person of mixed color is a eyvozat ('ey- half). A non-white is expressed with omazat.
A color referring to one's hair is a combination of toz, preceded by the first vowel of the color, eg. i from ivoza red + toz yields itoza auburn, red-headed.
  • If the stem vowel of the color term is post-iotated, then the meaning is the lighter version of the color, eg. ivoyza light red.
  • If the stem vowel of the color term is pre-iotated, then the meaning is the darker or deeper version of the color, eg. ivyoza deep red.
  • If the stem vowel of the color term is doubled, then the meaning is the brighter version of the color, eg. ivooza bright red.
  • If the syllable yen is inserted between the stem and the adjectival ending a, then the meaning is -ish, eg. avozyena reddish.
  • If the color word is preceded by gwa, it is of maximum intensity, eg. gwaivoza as red as can be.

The tuz (Art) Family

This family includes words having to do with the arts, such as theater, sculpture, music, poetry, etc. Word stems ending in -z refer to something that is precious or artful. Stems with eu are mnemonic for teub mouth and refer to sound, singing, noises, etc.
Summary:
THE ARTS
tuz art
taz statue
tez culture
siz painting
saz sculpture
voz color
daz dance
dez theater
diz comedy, circus
duz music
dyez cinema
drez poetry
teuz voice
deuz song
seux sound
xeus noise
seuz tone

The dob (State) Family

The stems of the words in this family start with d for society and end with b for organization.
Summary:
dob state, regime
dab government
deb leader
dib administration
dub minister

Regimes and Rulers

REGIME=dobGENDER-NEUTRAL RULER=debMALE FULE=dwebFEMALE RULER=deyb
adob empireadeb emperoradweb emperoradeyb empress
edob kingdomedeb monarchedweb kingedeyb queen
idob principalityideb princeidweb princeideyb princess
udob duchyudeb dukeudweb dukeudeyb duchess
yodob marquisateyodeb marquisyodweb marquisyodeyb marquise
yadob countyadeb countyadweb countyadeyb countess
yedob domainyedeb lordyedweb lordyedeyb lady, dominatrix
yidob baronyyideb baronyidweb baronyideyb baroness
alodob tribe, chiefdom, clanalodeb chief, tribal chief, chieftainalodweb male chiefalodeyb chieftaine

City Entitites

dom....city
debdom....capital
mimdom....port
domab...municipality
domeb....mayor
yizdom....suburb
domgon....district
domep...street
domyem....plaza
dam....airfield
dem....park
deym....garden
domdeym....square
dim....fountain

Governments and Leaders

GOVERNMENT=dabLEADER=deb
ditdab republic, democracyditdeb president
andab autocracyandeb autocrat
anadab dictatorshipanadeb dictator
nasdab plutocracynasdeb plutocrat
yabdab aristocracyyabdeb aristocrat
fyaatdab theocracyfyaatdeb theocrat
abdab dominion, fiefdomabdeb overlord, feudal lord, master
obdab protectorate, subject stateobdeb protector, subjugator
yibdab colonyyibdeb colonial master

Regional Administrations

REGIONAL ADMINISTRATION
doob nation
doab fatherland
doeb state, Bund
doib county
domem province, state
domeam department, county, prefecture
domeem sub-prefecture
domeim canton
domeum commune

The nas (Money) Family

The stems of the words in this family all begin with n for merchandise. All the words have to do with money, business, trade, and merchandise.
Summary:
MONEY NOUNSMONEY VERBS
nas.... money
nax.... price
nayx....cost
naz.... value, worth
nasyig....cash
nasmug....coin
nases....change
nasgon....stock
nastun....finance
donastun....economy
nasyan....capital
nasdrev....paper money
nasdref....check
nasam....bank
nasak....windfall
nasok....deficit
naxer.... cost
nasbuer.... allocate
nasaker.... profit
naseker.... gamble
nasyefer.... owe
nasyefier ....borrow
nasyefuer.... lend
naxter.... appreciate
nazer.... be worth
nazder.... assess
nazbuer.... reward
nasyiguer.... cash
nex.... savings
nexak....interest
nexer.... save
neuner.... reserve
nix.... income, revenue
yexnix....salary
tutnix....honorarium
jonix....debt
nixak....profit
dobnix....pension
dotnix.... welfare
jabnix....annuity
nixgab....dividend
nixer.... earn
nizer.... deserve
nier.... consume
nixbuer.... sell
jobnier.... rent
nux.... payment, outlay
yovnux....penalty
nuxyef....duty
jonux...credit
yufnux....blackmail
dobnux....tax
nuz.... award
nuxgax....pay raise
nuxer.... pay
nuzuer.... award
nuer.... supply
jobnuxer.... lease
nox.... expenditure
finox....thrift
noz.... jewelry
noxer.... spend
funoxer.... waste
nun....product
nunyan....merchandise
nunsag....inventory
nunek....negotiation
nundel....ad
nundyun....brand
nunem....market
n(un)am....shop
nunut....merchant
nunyeb....package
nuneker.... deal
nunier.... buy
nunuer.... sell
nunuier.... trade
namper.... shop
nundeler.... advertise
nunsager.... inventory
nunyember.... package
nyan.... stack
nyandras....list
nyaz....wealth
nyaser....accumulate
nyaxer.... stack
nyen.... stores, stock
nyeb....container
nyem....box, case
nyef....bag, sack
nyeyf....purse
yignyef....basket
nyexer.... stock
nyember.... box up
nyix.... order
nyixdref....order form
nyixut....client, customer
nyixer.... demand, order
nyox.... wastenyoxer.... waste
nyux.... delivery
nyuxun....cargo, freight, shipment
nyuxdref....receipt
nyuxpur....delivery truck
nyuxer.... supply, deliver, ship

The dop (Military) Family

The stems of the words in this family begin with d social and end in p mobile and have to do with the military and war.
Summary:
MILITARYSOME DERIVATIONS
dop militarydopeb commander of the armed forces
dopof uniform
dopnab military rank
dopbier conquer
dopizper march
dopyaf military power
dopar weapon
doparobel armistice
dopek combat
dopekem battleground
dopekut combat soldier
odopeker defend
dopembier deploy
dopektof battle attire
dropek war
dropekut warrier
dropekpos armistice
dopteud battle cry
dopdeuz battle hymn
dopnad battle line
dopepem battle station
dopzanad battlefront
ditdoyp militia
dopyena militant
dap air forcedapeb air force commander
dapat airman
dapur fighter jet
dep ground force, armydepeb army commander
depet enlisted soldier
depur tank
dip navydipeb navy commander
dipat ensign
oybdipur submarine
dipur battleship
adipur aircraft carrier
edipur dreadnaught
idipur frigate
udipur destroyer
yadipur corvette
yedipur gunboat
yodipur cruiser
diep marinediepeb marine commander
diepat marine soldier
dieput ambphibious warship

Weapons

WEAPONS
dopar weapon
doparier take up arms
doparuer arm
adopar gun
tuyab adopar handgun, pistol
zyup adopar revolver
edopar rifle
idopar shotgun
udopar musket
dopir artillery
adopir cannon
edopir bazooka
idopir howitzer
dopur machine gun
dopyonar bayonet
zyidopyonar sword
mimdopyonar cutlass
zyadopyonar battle-ax
dopuz-izmuf bow-and-arrow

Ranks

ARMY
dep
NAVY
dip
AIR FORCE
dap
MARINE FORCE
diep
depat soldierdipat ensigndapat airmandiepat private
adepat privateadipat seaman recruitadapat airman basicadiepat private
edepat private 2edipat seaman apprenticeedapat airmanediepat private 1st class
idepat private first classidipat seamanidapat airman first classidiepat lance corporal
udepat army specialistudipat petty officer 3rd classudapat senior airmanudiepat corporal
yodipat petty officer 2nd classyodapat staff sergeantyodiepat sergeant
yadipat petty officer 3rd classyadapat technical sergeantyadiepat staff sergeant
yedipat chief petty officerobyedapat master sergeantyediepat gunnery sergeant
abyedapat master sergeant with diamond
yidipat senior chief petty officerobyidapat senior master sergeantyidiepat master sergeant
abyidapat senior master sergeant with diamond
obyudipat master chief petty officerobyudapat chief master sergeantyudiepat first sergeant
ebyudipat fleet master chief petty officer alodiepat master gunnery sergeant
abyudipat master chief petty officer of the navyabyudapat chief master sergeant with diamondaladiepat sergeant major
adeplat warrant officeradiplat ensignadaplat 2nd lieutenantadieplat warrant officer
edeplat chief warrant officer 2ediplat lieutenant junior gradeedaplat 1st lieutenantedieplat chief warrant officer 2
ideplat chief warrant officer 3idiplat lieutenantidaplat captainidieplat chief warrant officer 3
udeplat chief warrant officer 4udiplat lieutenant commanderudaplat majorudieplat chief warrant officer 4
yodeplat chief warrant officer 5yodiplat commanderyodaplat lieutenant colonelyodieplat chief warrant officer 5
yadeplat second lieutenantyadiplat captainyadaplat colonelyadieplat second lieutenant
yedeplat first lieutenant yedieplat first lieutenant
yideplat captainyidiplat ensign yidieplat captain
yudeplat major yudieplat major
adeprat brigadier generaladiprat rear admiral lower halfadaprat brigadier generaladieprat lieutenant general
edeprat major generalediprat rear admiral upper halfedaprat major generaledieprat colonel
ideprat lieutenant generalidiprat vice admiralidaprat lieutenant generalidieprat brigadier general
udeprat 4 star generaludiprat commandantudaprat general air force chief of staffudieprat major general
yodeprat 5-star generalyodiprat fleet admiralyodaprat general of the AFyodieprat lieutenant general
yadieprat general

The ab (On), yab (Up) Family

Summary:
ab....on
aber....put on
aper....get on
aba....superior
abem....top
ayb....above
eb....between
eber....block
eper....intervene
eba....in-between
ebem....interval
eyb....among
ob....off
ober....remove
oper....get off
oba....inferior
obem bottom
oyb....below
yab....up
yaber....raise
yaper....rise
yaba.... high
yabem....upstairs
yeb....in
yeber....put in
yeper....get in
yeba....inner
yebem....interior
yob....down
yober....lower
yoper....descend
yoba....lower
yobem....downstairs
oyeb....out
oyeber....put out
oyeper....get out
oyeba...outer
oyebem....exterior

The af (Permission), yaf (Ability) Family

Summary:
afer.... may
afa....allowed
afwa...permissable
afxer....allow
efer.... need
efa....in need of
efwa....necessary
efxer....necessitate
ofer.... be prohibited
ofa....not allowed
ofwa....prohibited
ofxer....prohibit
yafer.... can
yafa....able
yafwa....possible
yafxer....enable
yefer.... must
yefa....obliged
yefwa....obligatory
yefxer....oblige
yofer.... cannot
yofa....unable
yofwa....impossible
yofxer....incapacite

The aga (Big), yaga (Long) Family

Summary:
aga....big
agan....size
agaxer....magnify
agser....grow
ega....normal
egan....normalcy
egaxer....normalize
 
oga....little
ogan....smallness
ogaxer....minimize
ogser....shrink
yaga....long
yagan....length
yagaxer....lengthen
yagser....stretch
yoga....short
yogan....shortness
yogaxer....abbreviate
yogser....contract

The aj (Past), taj (Birth) Family

Summary:
aj....past
ajna....old
ajyena....old-fashioned
ej....present
ejna....new
ejyena....modern
oj....future
ojna....to-be
ojyena....futuristic
taj....birth
tajer....be born
tajber....give birth
taja....natal
tej....life
tejer....live
tejber....bring to life
teja....vital
toj....death
tojer....die
tojber....kill
toja....mortal

The ak- (Win), yak- (Expect) Family

Summary:
aker....win
akut....winner
akun....win
akler....defeat
akrer....triumph
akuj....success
akbun....award
nasak....windfall
aknas....profit
eker....play, risk
ekut....player
ekun....game
ifek...play
dopek...battle
dropek....war
tapek....sport
nasek....gamble
yanek....competition
ovek....contest
dalovek....debate
dunek....pun
oker....lose
okut....loser
okun....loss
okuj....failure
tejok....loss of life
nasok....bankrupty
oknas....deficit
yaker....expect
fiyak....hope
fuyak....despair
fiyakuer....inspire
fuyakuer....discourage
yeker....try
finyeker....test
aayeker....experiment
yekuer....challenge
fuyekuer....tempt
yekun...goal
doyevyek....trial
yoker....be surprised
yokdun....exclamation
yokxeus...sudden noise, boom
yoktoj....sudden death
yokay....unexpectedly

The av (For), yav- (Innocent) Family

Summary:
av....for
ava....favorable
avan....behalf, behest
avon....asset, advantage
avun....favor, benefit
avder....advocate
avejter....represent
yanav....party
eva....neutral
evan....neutrality
evder....equivocate
evaxer....neutralize
ov....against
ova....contrary
ovon....liability, handicap, disadvantage
ovun...obstacle
yanov....opposition
yava....innocent
yavder....acquit
yeva....fair
yevder....judge
doyevan.... justice
doyevon....court case
doyevam....court
finyevut....critic
yova....guilty
yovder....indict, accuse
vayovder....convict
doyov....crime
yovbyok....penalty
yovbyokam....prison
yovober....pardon

The az- (Strong), yaz- (Convex) Family

Summary:
aza strongeza moderateoza weak
yaza convexyeza flushyoza concave

The fya- (Holy) Family

Summary:
fyaa holyfyoa profane
fyamir heavenfyomir hell
fyaat godfyoat devil
fyaet angelfyoet demon
afyaet archangelafyoet archdemon
fyait saintfyoit evil person
fyaut priest
fyax sacramentfyox sacrilege
fyaz miraclefyoz witchcraft
fyaxin religion
fyaxam church
fyadab church hierarchy
fyadeb church elder, clergyman
afyadeb pope
efyadeb cardinal
ifyadeb archbishop
obifyadeb bishop
ufyadeb parish priest
obufydeb deacon
fyad blessingfyod curse
fyadil prayer
fyaxel ritual, massfyoxel occult

The fi- (Good), fyi- (Useful) Family

Summary:
fia....good
fila....delightful
fira....excellent
fiva ....ok
fiza....honorable
fizta....noble
fizda....honest
firza....ideal
firxa....perfect
flia....superb
fria....glorious
fua....bad
fusa....flawed
fula....malignant
fura...wicked
fuza....dishonorable
fuzta....ignoble
fuzda....dishonest
flua....horrible
fin....virtue
dofin....morality
fun....vice
dofun....crime
fider....praisefuder....malign
fyia....useful
fyin....value
fyua....harmful
fyun....harm

The ga (More), gla (Much), gra (Too Much), gwa (Most) Family

Summary:
ga....more
gay....still,yet
gaxer....increase
gaber....add
galer....multiply
gan....whole
ge....as
gey....even
gexer....equalize
geber....equate


go....less
goy....no longer
goxer....decrease
gober....subtract
goler....divide
gon....part
gla....much, many, verygle....some, ratherglo....little, few, slightly
gra....too much, toogre....enoughgro....too little, not enough
gwa....mostgwe....justgwo....least

The gi- (Sharp), gyi- (Solid) Family

Summary:
gia....sharp
gin....point
grin....blade
gua....dull
gun....angle
grun....hook
gyia
solid, firm
gyua
fragile

The if (Pleasure), yif (Courage) Family

Summary:
ifer....love
ifon....love
ifwa....beloved
ufer....hate
ufon....hate
ufwa....odious
yifa....brave
yifla....valiant
yifran....heroism
yifer....dare
yufa....afraid
yufla....horrible
yufran....terror
yufer....fear

The ig- (Fast), yig- (Hard) Family

iga....fastuga....slow
igar....acceleratorugar....brake
igper....runugper....amble
yiga....hard
yigla....rude
yigra....violent
yigta....tense
yigza....sharp, sour
yigsa....rigid
yigfa....rough
yigaza....bitter
yuga....soft
yugla....polite
yugra....gentle
yugta....lax
yugza....mild, sweet
yugsa....supple, flexible
yugfa....smooth
yugsra....elastic
bilyig....cheesebilyug....butter

The ij (Beginning), yij (Opening), tij (Awakening) Family

Summary:
ijer....begin
ijper....start up
ijber....start up
ijna....initial
ijar....on switch
ijem....origin
ujer....end
ujper....come to an end
ujber....bring to an end
ujna....final
ujar....off switch
ujem....destination
vabij....seed  (vab plant)
tabij....embryo  (tab body)
patij....egg  (pat bird)
texij....concept  (text thought)
milij....spring  (mil water)
manij....glimmer  (man light)
majij....dawn  (maj morning)
mojij....dusk  (moj evening)
kyeuj....fate  (kye- random)
dinuj....denouement  (din story)
mepuj....deadend  (mep road)
jobuj....eternity  (job time)
yijer....open
yijper....come open
yijber...open up
yijar....key
yujer....close
yujper...come to a close
yujber...bring to a close
yujar....lock
tijer....be awake
tijper....wake up
tijber....waken
tijtepa....conscious  (tep mind)
tujer....sleep
tujper....fall asleep
tujber....put to sleep
tujtepa....unconscious

The ik-- (Full), yik- (Difficult) Family

Summary:
ika....full
iliker....flood
ilaker....take on water
ikber....fill
melik....dirt pile
uka....empty
iloker....drain
iloker....leak
ukber....empty
meluk....hole, dugout
yika....difficult
yikla....complicated
yikom....hardship
yikson....problem
yikun....hindrance
yuka....easy
yukla....simple
yukom....comfort
yukson....easy matter
yukun....convenience

The iv- (Happy), yiv- (Free) Family

Summary:
iva....happy
ivla....glad, content
ivra....excited, thrilled
iv....fun
ivtax...gratitude
ivder....cheer
ivteuber....smile
ivdeuxer....laugh
ivseuz....sigh of relief
yaniv....party
yanivtosder....congratulate
ivek....game, play
ivuj....happy ending
uva....sad
uvla....disappointed
uvra....morose, dejected
uv....sorrow
uvtax....regret
uvder....complain
uvteuber....frown
uvdeuxer....moan
uvseuz....sigh of sorrow
yanuv....dirge
yanuvtosder....commiserate
uvdin....tragedy
uvuj....sad ending
yiva....free
yivina....liberal
yivtexa....libertarian
doyiv....right
yivdren....license
yuva....bound, captive
yuvla....subject
yuvrat....slave
doyuv....duty
yuv....bond
nasyuv....debt
oyuvan....independence
yuvar....chain

The iz (Straight), yiz (Beyond) Family

Summary:
iza....straight
izber....direct, steer
izper....go straight, head for
izmep....straight shot, beeline
izon....direction
iznad...vector straight line
iznod....target
izteser....denote
iztex....logic
iztesten....intuition
izgun....right angle
izeaxer....indicate, point out
izyen....maneuver
iztin....orthodoxy
izbeb....pilot, driver
uza....curved....
uzber....turn
uzper....deviate, curve
uzmep....detour
uznad....curve
uznod....turning point
uzteser....connote
uztex....irrationality
uzun....ring
uzyus....spriral, coil
uzabmas....arch
uzmem....bay
ulz....twist
mapulz....tornado
uzfuv....screw
tuyobuz....bracelet
tuyubuz....ring
teebuz....earing
teibuz....nosering
teyobuz....necklace
tiabuz....broche
tilabuz....tit ring, nipple ring
eybtuabuz....epaulette
mamiluz....rainbow
dopuz....bow, arch, bow-and-arrow
yiz....beyond
yiza....ulterior
yizper....surpass
yiznod....extremity
yiztapa....metaphysical
yizmola....supernatural
yizoga....ultra-small
yizyivoza....ultraviolet
yiztoba....superhuman
yizmeira....extra-terrestrial
yuz....around
yuza....circular
yuzper....circulate
yuzmep....periphery
sinyuz....frame
nidyuz....envelope
yuznad....border
yuzmas....fence
yuznag....girth
yuzmimper....circumnavigate
yuzkof....blanket, wrap
yuznof....bandage
yuzdom....suburb
yuzem....environment
yuzbexer....hug

The ja (Before), jwa (Early) Family

Summary:
ja....before
jaa....anterior
jana....previous
jater....presage
japer....precede
jader....predict
jafyunder....warn
jaovber....prevent
jaxer....prepare
jatuer....train
jabikier....take precautions
jaexdrer....plan
jateaxer....preview
jateaser....foresee
janapder...preordain
janap...priority
jay....already
jatex....forethought
je....during
jea....on-going
jena....current
jes....course
jeser....continue
jey....on and on, forth
jo....after
joa....posterior
jona....next
joxwas...aftermath
joper....follow
joteaxer....review
joiber....inherit
joigper....pursue
jouper....succeed
joy....afterwards, then, next
jois....after-effect
jotul....dessert
jotej....afterlife
jotex....afterthought
ji....since
ji huj....since then
ju....until
ju hij....until now
jwa....early
jwaa....pre-mature
jwapuer....arrive early
jwaxer....preempt
jwe....on time
jwea....ready, timely, ripe
jwepuer....arrive on time
jwexer....prepare
jwo....late
jwoa....tardy, mature, stale
jwopuer....arrive late
jwoxer....delay

The ka- (Find), kya- (Change) Family

Summary:
kaxer....find
kaxun....trove
kaxon....solution
kader....reveal
kater....realize
kap....adventure
ijkaxer....invent
kyekaxer....discover, stumble on
katepa....conscious
kexer....seek
kexun....goal
kexon....quest
keder....question
keter....wonder, be curious about
kep.....mission
kebier....choose
kebider....vote
tunkexer....research
zyakexer....search
keteaxer....scan
pokexut....hunter
nazkexut....treasure hunter
kyeojkexut....fortune-seeker
koxer....hide
koxun....stash
koxon....problem, quandary
kod....secret
koter....belie
kop....going into hiding
kobier....steal
koem....hideaway
koembier....take refuge
koembuer...provide shelter
kof....cover
koexut....spy
kodyun....coverword
kodin....myth
kodrentun....cryptography
teabkof....blindfold
koxof....cloak
koxov....veil
koifer....covet
kopier....elope
kopuer....sneak up to
kotepa....subconscious
kyaa....variable
kyaser....vary
kyadun....variable
kyasun....variant
kyasea....variant
kyayukwa....versatile
kyaxer...change
ebkyaxer....exchange
kyaper...fluctuate, slide
kyasanier....mutate
tepkyaxer....persuade, motivate
kyea....haphazard
kyeser....happen
kyes....event, happening, incident
kyeoj....fate, destiny
kyen....luck, chance
fikyen....good luck
fukyen....bad luck
fukyes....accident
kyenek....game of chance
kyenekam....casino
kyenekar....gaming machine
kyeson....circumstance
yankyeson....coincidence
kyeper....waver
kyebuk....danger
kyeteaser....notice
kyeyanuper...happen to meet
kyeon....case
kyexej....adventure
fukyeoj....misfortune
fikyeoj...good fortune
kyoa....fixed, static, still
kyoser...stay, stand
kyos....status, state
kyosa....static
kyoejea....constant, permanent
kyoaxer....stabilize
kyoxer....fix, park
parkyoxam....parking garage
kyoteaxer....stare
kyotepier....pay attention
kyotexer....obsess

The ki- (Slant), kyi- (Heavy) Family

Summary:
kia....oblique
kim....slope
kua....lateral
kum....side
kyia....heavy
kyiper....gravitate
kyisona....grave
kyua....light
kyuper....levitate
kyusona....trivial

The va (Yes), vya- (True) Family

va....yesve....maybevo....no
vaa....affirmativevea....possiblevoa....negative
vay....indeedvey....possiblyvoy....not
vyaa....truevyea....relativevyoa....false
Factive adverbs:
FACTIVE ADVERBEXAMPLE
vay indeed, really, do/does Aat vay tide et..... We really do understand you.
Vay upu gajod..... Do come again.
vey.... may, maybe, perhaps, might Vey mamilo..... It may rain.
voy.... not Et voy se ata xeb..... You are not my boss.
Factive Responses
FACTIVE RESPONSEEXAMPLE
va.... yesVa, at tide..... Yes, I understand.
ve.... maybe, perhapsVe. At voy te..... Maybe, I don't know.
vo.... noVo. Et yofe beer has..... No. You can't have it.
Correlative conjunctions:
CONJUNCTIONEXAMPLE
ay.... and Et ay at po hum.....You and I will go there.
ey.... or Aat yake mamil ey mamyoym.....We expect rain or snow.
oy.... but At po oy at voy beso glajob.....I will go but I won't stay long.
ay/ey.... and/orHa duzun yebio X ay/ey Y.....The concert will include X and/or Y.
hyaewa...ay.... both...and Hyaewa et ay at voduda..... Both you and I answered no.
Hyaewati voduda..... Both answered no.
Hyeawa...ey.... either...or Hyeawa et ey at ako..... Either you or I will win.
Hyeawat ako..... Either will win.
Hyoewa...ey.... neither...nor Hyoewa et ey at ako..... Neither you nor I will win.
Hyoewat (bi ha ewati) ako..... Neither (of the two) will win.
Some derivatives of va, ve, and vo:
  • vader.... affirm, assent, say yes, approve, ratify, vouch
  • vaduder.... answer yes, reply affirmatively
  • vaa.... positive, affirmative
  • vatin.... optimism
  • vatexer.... think so, believe, trust
  • vafer.... hope, anticipate
  • valder.... assure, promise
  • veder hesitate, say maybe, suppose, guess
  • Vea.... possible
  • vetin.... skepticism
  • vetexer.... wonder, be skeptical, hedge
  • vefer.... have qualms about, vacillate
  • veduder.... equivocate, reply neither yes or no, answer maybe
  • velder.... bet, wager
  • voder.... deny, negate, veto, say no, decline
  • voa.... negative
  • vofer.... reject, despair
  • votin.... pessimism
  • votexer.... doubt, think not, disbelieve
  • voduder.... answer no, reply negatively
  • volder.... warn

The vi- (Beautiful), vyi- (Clean) Family

Summary:
via....beautifulvua....ugly
viya....prettyvuya....nasty
vila....magnificent
vira....marvelous
vria....glamorous
vifa....elegantvufa....vulgar
vita....classyvuta....wretched
vioga....cute
viaga....sumptuous
vyia....cleanvyua....dirty
vyida....clearvyuda....muddled
vyina....purevyuna....stained
vyita....chastevyuta....sleazy
vyiya....neatvyuya....foul

Chart of Group 2 Core Morphemes

Here is chart showing all the group 2 core morphemes in Mirad:
POSITIVEINTERMEDIATENEGATIVEPOSITIVEOPPOSITE
ab on
ayb over
ab- put on
eb between
eyb among
eb- prevent
ob off
oyb under
ob- remove
ib away from
ib- receive
ub toward
ub- send
ap- get onep- interveneop- get offip- leaveup- come
ba- lean
bal- press
bar- crush
byas- stand
byax- erect
bas- make a stir
bax- stroke, rub
b- put
be at
be- have
bes- stay
bex- hold
byes- behave
byex- knock
blex- detain
brex- restrain
bel- carry
bo- support
bos- be still
box- calm down
byos- droop
byox- hang
bi from
bi- take
byi starting with
byis- originate
bix- pull
blix- yank
brix- uproot
bu to
bu- give
bux- push
byux- touch
blux- drive
brux- kick
bay withbey byboy without
yab upyeb in
oyeb out
yob downyib faryub near
yap- riseyep- enteryop- descendyip- fleeyup- approach
pas- move
pya- hover
pyas- surge
pyax- shoot
plax- shake, wipe
prax- brush
pap- fly
p- go
pes- wait
pex- trap
pyex- strike
plex- beat
prex- crash
pep- ride
pos- rest
pox- stop
pyos- fall
pyox- drop
plox- sink
prox- drown
pop- travel
pi- depart
pix- catch
pyi- originate
plix- capture
prix- rape
pip- sail
pu- arrive
pus- jump
pux- throw
pyu- reach
pyux- impact
plux- thrust
prux- shoot
pup- tunnel
af- permitef- needof- prohibitif- loveuf- hate
f- wantfi- goodfu- bad
fya- holyfyo- profanefyi- usefulfyu- harmful
yaf- canyef- mustyof- cannotyif- dareyuf- fear
ga more
gab- add
gal- multiply
gax- increase
ge- equalgo less
gob- subtract
gol- divide
gox- decrease
gi- pointgu- angle
gwa- mostgwe- justgwo- least
gya- fatgyo- thingyi- solidgyu- fragile
gla- muchgle- ratherglo- few
gra- toogre- enoughgro- inadequate
ag- bigeg- normalog- smallig- fastug- slow
yag- longyog- shortyig- hardyug- soft
ja beforeje duringjo afterji sinceju until
jwa earlyjwe on timejwo late
aj pastej presentoj futureij beginninguj end
taj* birthtej* lifetoj* deathtij* awake statetuj* sleep
yij- openyuj- close
ka- findke- seekko- hideki- obliqueku- lateral
kya- changekye- haphazardkyo- fixedkyi- heavykyu- light
ak- winek- play, riskok- loseik- fulluk- empty
yak- expectyek- tryyok- surpriseyik- difficultyuk- easy
va yesve maybevo novi- beautifulvu- ugly
vya- truevye- relativevyo- falsevyi- cleanvyu- dirty
av forev- neutralov againstiv- happyuv- sad
yav- innocentyev- fairyov- guiltyyiv- freeyuv- captive
yaz- convexyez flush withyoz- concaveyiz beyondyuz around
za frontze middlezo behindzi rightzu left
zya- widezye throughzyo- narrowzyi- flatzyu- round
zay forwardzey acrosszoy back
az- strongez- moderateoz- weakiz- straightuz- curved
ha- thehe- someho- whichhi- thishu- that
hya- everyhye- anyhyo- nohyi- samehyu- other
hav thathev whetherhov lest
hay hellohey heyhoy goodbyehiy voicihuy voila
ya(n)* togetheryo(n)* apart
a onee twoo zero
lo- un-, de-
i threeu four
ya sixye sevenyo fiveyi eightyu nine
ay andey oroy but
*Technically, not part of Group 2, but presented here to show the parallelism,

Chart of Group 1 Scaled Core Morphemes

These group 1 core morphemes are mostly hierarchical in nature with the zeroth element being at the top of the scale:
o zeroa onee twoi threeu fouryo fiveya sixye sevenyi eightyu nine
ot oneat Iet youit heut selfoot theyaat weeet youiit theyuut selves
dob statedab governmentdeb leaderdib administrationdub minister
dom citydam metropolisdem parkdim fountain
dot societydat frienddet matedit citizendut sir
fob vegetationfab treefeb fruitfib trunkfub branchfyob root
job timejab yearjeb seasonjib monthjub dayjwob hourjwab minutejweb second
mor universemar starmer planetmir worldmur moon
mol naturemal airmel soilmil watermul mineral
mos floormas wallmes doormis windowmus stairs
nod pointnad linened planenid volumenud column
nof clothnaf materialnef weavenif wirenuf buttonnyaf knotnyef bagnyif ropenyuf package
nog degreenag measureneg levelnig space
no- spendna- moneyne- saveni- earnnu- paynyo- wastenya- accumulatenye- storenyi- ordernyu- deliver
som furnituresam armoiresem tablesim chairsum bed
tob humantab bodyteb headtib trunktub armtyob leg
tod familytad spouseted parenttid siblingtud childtyed relative
tof clothingtaf suittef hattif vesttuf sleevetyof pants
tov lingerietav robetev scarftiv shirttyov underpants
tol nutritiontel eattil drinktul dishtyal meal
tom buildingtam housetem halltim roomtum cell
vob plantvab grassveb seedvib stemvub bladevyob root

Chart of Group 1 Semantically-scaled Core Morphemes

These group 1 core morphemes have a central vowel that distinguishes them in a directional or some other semantic way:
af- allowef- need
f- want
of- prohibitif- loveuf- hateyaf- canyef- mustyof- cannotyif- dareyuf- fear
ax- act
as- become
ex- function
es- exist
s- be
ox- malfunction
os- cease to be
ix- effectux- causeyax- be busyyex- workyox- idleyix- useyux- serve
bak healthbek treatmentbok illnessbik carebuk injurybyek curebyok pain
bryok torture
bruk multilation
dal- speakdel- declare
d- say
dr- write
drye- print
dol- be silentdi- askdu suggest,worddye- read
dyu- call
draf carddref paper
drev page
drof cardboarddryef notebook
daz dance
taz sculpture
dez theater
drez poety
tez culture
diz comedyduz music
tuz art
dyez cinema
tyez magic
siz paintingdeuz song
teuz voice
nas- money
nax price
naz value
nex- savenox- spend
noz jewel
nix- earnnux- pay
nuz reward
nyax- stack
nyaz wealth
nyex- storenyox- wastenyix- ordernyux- ship, deliver
sar instrumentsir machinesur motor
san form
sax- create
sex- buildson mattersin image
siz- paint
sun thingsyin subjectsyun object
tax- remembertex- think
t- know
tes- mean
tox-- forget
tos- feel
tix- study
ti- learn
tux- teach,
tu- inform
tye- recognizetyi- get acquaintedtyu- familiarize
xa- execute
xal- accomplish
xe- practice
xey- behave
x- do
xo- undergoxi- resultxu- bring aboutxye- occupy

Chart of Geo-physically Scaled Core Morphemes

These group 1 core morphemes have a vowel that indicates something about the position in the world or its geo-physical nature:
mol naturemal airmel soilmil watermul matter
mom outer spacemam skymem landmim seamum underground
mop orbitmap windmep roadmip rivermup tunnel
mob chasmmeb mountainmub cave
oma cold
yom ice
ama hotima wetuma dry
mog ashmag fire
mak electricity
meg stone
mek dust
mug metal
muk mineral
mov smokemav flame
maf cloud
mef brick
mev porcelain
muf pole
muv stick
moj nightmaj day
mon darkman life
pot animal
pyot wild animal
pat birdpet land animal
pelt insect
pyet reptile
pit fish
pilt crustacean pyeit amphibian
dop militarydap air forcedep armydip navy
diep marines

Charts of Words Showing Mnemonic Parallelism

The words in the following charts share some commonality, which is evident in their similar phonetics:
tobtebtibtubtyobtayobtayeb
manheadtrunkarmlegskinhair
fobfebfibfubfyobfayobfayeb
treetreetoptrunkbranchrootbarkleaf
vobvebvibvubvyobvayobvayeb
planttuftstemtwigrootpeelbud
patobpatubpatayeb
eggwingfeather
pitpitebpitubpitayeb
fishfishheadfinscale
dobdebdibdub
stateleaderadministrationminister
xebsubsyob
bossoffshootbase


teubteusteudseuxxeusdeuzseuzxeuz
mouthvoiceshoutsoundnoisesongtonetune
tayobfayobvayobtayof
skinbarkpeelleather
tubfubvubfufmuftiibufmovufgimufmanuffauf
armbranchtwigpiperodartery(smoking) pipeskewercandlelog
teabeye
teatersee
teaxerlook
teaserseem
teapervisit
egteaperrevisit
teaderwitness
teazernotice
teatierperceive
teatuershow
beaxerwatch
neaxeraim
vyateaxerexamine
vyabeaxerinspect
vyaleaxercheck
izteaderindicate
izteatuerpoint out
izteaxerfocus
abteaxersurvey
yagteaxerstare
igteaxerglance
egteaserreappear
yozteatuerdisplay, expose
jateaterforesee
jateaxerpreview
yonteaterdistinguish
oteaserdisappear
vyateatuerprove
zyeteaxerpeek
zyoteaxerpeer
ugteaxergaze
yuzteaxerlook around
yubteaxerscrutinize
kyoteaxerglare
yogteaxerglimpse
joteaxerreview
zoyteaxerlook back
zayteaxerlook ahead
ojteaderwarn
tepteatierconsider
kuteaxerobserve
ejeatuerpresent
ejeasershow up, appear
utejeaserrepresent
ajteaxerreview
ojteaxerexpect, envisage
yoveatersuspect
kiteaxerlook askance
yizteaxerlook beyond
zeyteaxerlook across
fyateaterrespect
vyoteasillusion
vyamteaserseem true
koteaxersneak a peek
ziteaxerlook right
zuteaxerlook left
eyteaxersquint
zyateaxerperuse, scan
fateaberblink
teabigyujerwink
teabilerweep, tear up
nastebtuyubtilabtuyobtuntabteubsinteebnasteibvosdrerten
moneyheadfingerbreastwristsciencebodymouthimageearmoneynoseflowerwriteknowledge
noztebuztuyuztilaztuyoztuztazdeuzsizteebuznazteizvozdreztez
jewelcrownringbrochebraceletartstatuesongpaintingearringvalueperfumecolorpoetryculture

Geographic Proper Names

As in English, Geograpic names are capitalized, including languages (cf. French, where languages are lower cased).

Continents and Their Inhabitants

PLACEADJECTIVEINHABITANT
Asyam AsiaAsyama AsianAsyat Asian
Zamera Amerikam North AmericaZamera Amerikama North AmericanZamera Amerikat North American
Zomera Amerikam South AmericaZomera Amerikama South AmericanZomera Amerikat South American
Afrikam AfricaAfrikama AfricanAfrikat African
Antarktikam AntarcticaAntarktika AntarcticAntarktikat Antarctic
Australyam AustraliaAustralyama AustralianAustralyama Australian

Directional and Other Specifiers in Geographic Names

Many geographic names are preceded with directional or other specifiers:
SPECIFIER
Zamera North(ern)
Zomira South(ern)
Zimera East(ern)
Zumera West(ern)
Zea Central, Middle
Yeba Inner
Oyeba Outer
Ejna New
Ajna Old
Yuba Near
Yiba Far
For example:
  • Zomera Afrikam South Africa
  • Zea Amerikam Central America
  • Oyeba Mongolyam Outer Mongolia
  • Yiba Imir Far East
  • Ejna Englam New England

Countries, Inhabitants, and Languages

COUNTRADJECTIVEINHABITANTLANGUAGE
Afganam AfghanistanAfgana   /  Afganama AfghaniAfganat Afghan--
Afrikam AfricaAfrika / Afrikama AfricanAfrikat African--
Albanam AlbaniaAlbana  /  Albanama AlbanianAlbanat AlbanianAlbanad Albanian
Algeryam AlgeriaAlgerya  /  Algeryama AlgerianAlgeryat Alergian--
Amerikam AmericaAmerika  /  Amerikama AmericanAmerikat American--
Andoram AndorraAndora  /  Andorama AndorranAndorat Andoran--
Angolam AngolaAngola  /  Angolama AngolanAngolat Angolan--
Anxwa Doebi (bi Amerikam) United States (of America)ADAma U.S.ADAt U.S.citizen--
Anxwa Edab United KingdomAnxwa Edaba of the UKAnxwa Edabat UK national--
Arabam ArabiaAraba  /  Arabama ArabianArabat ArabArabad Arabic
Argentinam ArgentinaArgentina  /  Argentinama ArgentinArgentinat Argentinian--
Awstralyam AustraliaAwstralya AustralianAwstralyat Australian--
Awstriyam AustriaAwstriya  /  Awstriyama AustrianAwstriyat Austrian--
Bahraynam BahrainBahrayna  /  Bahraynama BahrainiBahraynat Bahraini--
Belgam BelgiumBelga  /  Belgama BelgianBelgat Belgian--
Bolivyam BoliviaBolivya  /  Bolivyama BolivianBolivyat Bolivian--
Botswanam BotswanaBotswana  /  Botswanama BotswanianBotswanat Botswanian--
Brazilam BrazilBrazila  /  Brazilama BrazilianBrazilat Brazilian--
Bretanyam BritainBretanya  /  Bretanyama BritishBretanyat Brit--
Bruneyam BruneiBruneya  /  Bruneyama BruneiBruneyat Bruneian--
Bulgaryam BulgariaBulgarya  /  Bulgaryama BulgarianBulgaryat BulagianBulgaryad Bulgarian
Burmam BurmaBurmama BurmeseBurmat BurmeseBurmad Burmese
Cadam ChadCada  /  Cadama ChadeanCadat Chadean--
Cekyam Czech RepublicCekya  /  Cekyama CzechCekyat CzechCekyad Czech
Cileam ChileCilea  /  Cileama ChileanCileat Chilean--
Cinam ChinaCina  /  Cinama ChineseCinat ChineseCinad Chinese
Cipram CyprusCipra  /  Ciprama CypriotCiprat Cypriot--
Danyam DenmarkDanya  /  Danyama DanishDanyat DaneDanyad Danish
Domenikam Domenican RepublicDomenika  /  Domenikama DomenicanDomenikat Domenican--
Egiptam EgyptEgipta  /  Egiptama EgyptianEgiptat Egyptian--
Ekwadoram EquadorEkwadora  /  Ekwadorama EquadoreanEkwadorat Equadoran--
Englam EnglandEngla  /  Englama EnglishEnglat EnglishmanEnglad English
Eritram EritreaEritra  /  Eritrama EritreanEritrat EritreanEritrad Eritrean
Estyam EstoniaEstya  /  Estyama EstonianEstyat EstonianEstyad Estonian
Etyopyam EthiopiaEtyopya  /  Etyopyama EthiopianEtyopyat EthiopianEtyopyad Ethiopic, Amharic
Europam EuropeEuropa /  Europama EuropeanEuropat European--
Filipinam PhilippinesFilipina  /  Filipinama Philippine'Filipinat Filipino--
Fijyam FijiFijya  /  Fijyama FijianFijyat FijianFijiad Fijian
Finyam FinlandFinya  /  Finyama FinnishFinyat FinnFinyad Finnish
Fransam FranceFransa  /  Fransama FrenchFransat FrenchmanFransad French
Germanyam GermanyGermanya  /  Germanyama GermanyGermanyat GermanGermanyad German
Grinlandam GreenlandGrinlanda  /  Grinlandama GreenlandianGrinlandat Greenlander--
Gwatemalam GuatemalaGwatemala  /  Gwatemalama GuatemalanGuatemalat Guatemalan--
Haitiyam HaitiHaitiya  /  Haitiyama HaitianHaitiyat HaitianHaitiyad Haitian
Helenam GreeceHelena  /  Helenama GreekHelenat GreekHelenad Greek
Helvetam SwitzerlandHelveta  /  Helvetama SwissHelvetat Swiss--
Hindam IndiaHinda  /  Hindama IndianHindat IndianHindad Hindu
Holandam NetherlandsHolanda  /  Holandama DutchHolandat DutchmanHolandad Dutch
Indonesyam IndonesiaIndonesya  /  Indonesyama IndonesianIndonesyat IndonesianIndonesyad Indonesian
Irakam IraqIraka  /  Irakama IraqiIrakat Iraqi--
Irlandam IrelandIrlanda  /  Irlandama IrishIrlandat IrishIrlandad Irish
Islandam IcelandIslanda  /  Islandama IcelandicIslandat IcelanderIslandad Icelandic
Israylam IsraelIsrayla  /  Israylama IsrayliIsraylat IsraeliIsraylad
Italyam ItalyItalya  /  Italyama ItalianItalyat ItalianItalyad Italian
Ejna Zelandam New ZealandEjna Zelanda New ZealandeseEjna Zelandat New Zealander--
Jordanam JordanJordana  /  Jordanama JordanJordanat Jordanese--
Kampucam CambodiaKampuca  /  Kampucama CambodianKampucat CambodianKampucat Cambodian
Kanadam CanadaKanadamama CanadianKanadat Canadian--
Kartvelam GeorgiaKartvela  /  Kartvelama GeorgianKartvelat GeorgianKartvelad Georgian
Kataram QatarKatara QatariKatarat Qatari--
Kazakam KazakstanKazaka  /  Kazakama KazakhKazakat KazazhKazakad' Kazakh
Kenyam KenyaKenya  /  Kenyama KenyanKenyat Kenyan--
Kenyam KenyaKenya  /  Kenyama KenyanKenyat KenyanKenyad Kenyan
Kirgizam KirghistanKirgiza  /  Kirgizama KirghizKirgizat KirghizKirgizad Kirghiz
Kolombyam ColumbiaKolombya  /  Kolombyama ColumbianKolombyat Columbian--
Kroatyam CroatiaKroatya  /  Kroatyama CroatianKroatyat CroatKroatyad Croatian
Kubam CubaKuba  /  Kubama CubanKubat Cuban
Kuwaytam KuwaitKuwayta  /  Kuwaytama KuwaitiKuwaytat Kuwaiti--
Laotam LaosLaota  /  Laotama LaotianLaotat LaoLaotad Lao
Latyam LatviaLatya  /  Latyama LatvianLatyat LatvianLatyad Latvia
Lebanam LebanonLebana  /  Lebanama LebaneseLebanat Lebanese--
Libyam LibyaLibya  /  Libyama LibyaneseLibyat Libyanese--
Litwam LithuaniaLitwa  /  Litwama LithuanianLitwat LithuanianLitwad Lithuanian
Luksemburgam LuxemburgLusemburga  /  Lusemburgama LuxemburgLuksemburgat Luxemburger--
Madagaskaram MadagascarMadagaskara  /  Madagaskarama MadagascaranMadagaskarat Madagascarn--
Magyaram HungarianMagyara  /  Magyarama HungarianMagyarat HungarianMagyarad Hungarian
Malayam MalaysiaMalaya  /  Malayama MalayMalayat MalaysianMalayad Malay
Maltam MaltaMalta  /  Maltama MalteseMaltat MalteseMaltad Maltese
Meksikam MexicoMeksikamama MexicanMeksikat Mexican--
Mongolyam MongoliaMongolya  /  Mongolyama MongoleseMongolyat MongolMongolyad Mongolian
Morokam MoroccoMoroka  /  Morokama MoroccanMorokat Moroccan--
Mozambikam MozambiqueMozambika  /  Mozambikama MozambicanMozambikat Mozambicam--
Namibyam NamibiaNamibya NamibianNamibyat Namibian
Nepalam NepalNepala  /  Nepalama NepaleseNepalat' NepaleseNepalad Nepalese
Nigeryam NigeriaNigerya  /  Nigeryama NigeriaNigeryat NigerianNigeryad Nigerian
Niponam JapanNipona  /  Niponama JapaneseNiponat JapaneseNiponad Japanese
Norvegam NorwayNorvega  /  Norvegama NorwegianNorvegat NorwegianNorvegad Norwegian
Omanam OmanOmana  /  Omanama OmaniOmanat Omani--
Pakam PakistanPaka  /  Pakama PakistanianPakat Pakistani--
Paragwayam ParaguayPargwaya  /  Pargwayama ParaguayanParagwyat' Paraguayan--
Persam IranPersa  /  Persama IranianPersat IranianPersad Persian
Peruvyam PeruPeruvya  /  Peruvyama PeruvianPeruvyat Peruvian--
Polam PolandPola  /  Polama PolishPolat PolePolad Polish
Portugalam PortugalPortugala  /  Portugalama PortuguesePortugalat PotuguesePortugalad Portuguese
Pwertorikam Puerto RicoPwertorika  /  Pwertorikama Puerto RicanPwertorikat Puerto Rican--
Romanyam RomanianRomanya  /  Romanyama RomanianRomanyat RomanianRomanyad Romanian
Rusam RussiaRusa  /  Rusama RussianRusat RussianRad Russian
Rwandam RwandaRwanda  /  Rwandama RwandanRwandat RwandanRwandad Kinyarwanda
Salvadoram San SalvadorSalvadora  /  Salvadorama SalvadoranSalvadorat Salvadoran--
Sawdam Saudi ArabiaSawda  /  Sawdama SaudiSawdat Saudi--
Senegalam SenegalSenegala  /  Senegalama SenegaleseSenegalat Senegalese--
Serbyam SerbiaSerbya  /  Serbyama SerbianSerbyat SerbSerbyad Serbian
Singaporam SingaporeSingapora  /  Singaporama SingaporeanSingaporat Singaporean --
Skotam ScotlandSkota  /  Skotama ScottishSkotat ScotlanderSkotad Scottish Gaelic
Slovakyam SlovakiaSlovakya  /  Slovakyama SlovakSlovakyat SlovakSlovakyad Slovakian
Slovenyam SloveniaSlovenya  /  Slovenyama SloveneSlovenyat SloveneSlovenyad Slovenian
Somalyam SomaliaSomalya  /  Somalyama SomaliSomalyat SomaliSomalyad Somali
Spanyam SpainSpanya  /  Spanyama SpanishSpanyat SpaniardSpanyad Spanish
Sudanam' SudanSudana  /  Sudanama SudaneseSudanat SudaneseSudanad Sudanese
Suryam SyriaSurya  /  Suryama SyrianSuryat Syrian--
Swedam SwedenSweda  /  Swedama SwedishSwedat SwedeSwedad Swedish
Tanzanam TanzaniaTanzana  /  Tanzanama TanzanianTanzanat TanzanianTanzanad Tanzanian
Tayam ThailandTaya  /  Tayama ThaiTayat ThaiTayad Thai
Taywanam TaiwanTaywana  /  Taywanama TaiwaneseTaywanat TaiwaneseTaiwanad Taiwanese
Tibetam TibetTibeta  /  Tibetama TibetanTibetat TibetanTibetad Tibetan
Tunisyam TunisiaTunisya  /  Tunisyama' TunisianTunisyat Tunisian--
Turkam TurkeyTurka  /  Turkama TurkishTurkat TurkTurkad Turkish
Ugandam UgandaUganda  /  Ugandama UgandanUgandat UgandanUgandad Ugandan
Ukraynam UkraineUkrayna  /  Ukraynama UkraineUkraynat UkrainianUkraynyad Ukrainian
Urugwayam UruguayUrugwaya  /  Urugwayama UrugyuayanUrugwayat Uruguayan--
Vatikam Vatican StateVatika  /  Vatikama VaticanVatikat Vatican--
Venezwelam VenezuelaVenezwela  /  Venezwelama VenezuelanVenezwelat Venezuelan--
Vyetnam VietnamVyetna  /  Vyetnama VietVyetnat VietVyetnad Vietnamese
Yemenam YemenYemena  /  Yemenama YemeniYemanat Yemeni--
Welxam WalesWelxa  /  Welxama WelshWelxat WelshmanWelxad Welsh
Zambyam ZambiaZambya  /  Zambyama ZambianZambyat Zambian--
Zamera Amerikam North AmericaZamera Amerikama North AmericanZamera Amerikat North American--
Zamera Koream North KoreaZamera Korea / Zamera Koreana North KoreanZamera Koreat North KoreanKoread Korean
Zayram ZaireZayra  /  Zayrama ZairianZayrat Zairian--
Zea Amerikam Central America Zea Amerikama Central AmericanZea Amerikat Central American --
Zimbabwam ZimbabweZimbabwa  /  Zimbabwama ZimbabweanZimbabwat Zimbabwean--
Zomera Afrikam South AfricaZomera Afrikama South AfricanZomera Afrikat South African--
Zomera Koream South KoreaZomera Korea / Omira Koreama South KoreanZomera Koreat South KoreanKoread Korean


Here are some languages not associated with any particular country name:
  • Swahilad Swahili
  • Romad Roma (Gypsy)
  • Kurdad Kurdish
  • Mirad Mirad (World Language)
  • Umerad Martian
  • Klingonad Klingon
  • Esperantad Esperanto
  • Arabad Arabic
  • Visauna Arabad Classical Arabic
  • Ejyena Egona Arabad Modern Standard Arabic, Fus'ha, MSA
  • Hebrad Hebrew (but also: Israelad)
  • Fyadyesa Hebrad Biblical Hebrew
  • Ajyena Hebrad ancient Hebrew
  • Visauna Hebrad Classical Hebrew
  • Swahilad Swahili
  • Romanxad Romansh
  • Latinad Latin
  • Visauna Latinad Classical Latin
  • Vutyana Latinad Latin Vulgate, Vulgar Latin
  • Fyaxela Latinad Liturgical Latin
  • Sanskitad Sanskrit
  • Angla-Saksad Anglo-Saxon
  • Persad Persian
  • Prusyad Prussian
  • Keltad Celtic
  • Romansad Romance
  • Baltad Baltic
  • Aajna Hinda-Europad Proto-Indo-European
  • Aajna-Slavad Proto-Slavic
  • Ajyena Helenad Ancient Greek
  • Vyisina Helenad Katharevusa, Puristic Greek
  • Yasauna Helenad Demotic, Vulgar Greek
  • Ejyena Helenad Modern Greek


A book in Swahili would be called Swahilada dyen.
The Arab-speaking world would be expressed as either Arabada mir or, more specifically, Arabadalea mir.
The language nouns ending in -ad can be made into verbs with -adaler to speak language X and -ader to say/pronounce in language X, as follows:
  • Fransad French (language)Fransadaler speak French
  • Kinad ChineseKinadaler speak Chinese
  • Anglad EnglishAnglader say in English, pronounce in English
  • Duhev et Angladale? Do you speak English?
  • Et Miradale fi. You speak Mirad well.
  • Miradu has. Say it in Mirad.
A speaker of Spanish would be Spanyadalut, or more simply, Spanyadut.
Country adjectives that end in -ama can be reduced to -a, espcially in country pairings like these:
  • KanadamaKanada-Fransa vyeni Canadian-French relations

Cities and Their Residents

Here are some key cities, their adjectival forms, and inhabitants. The adjective can end in -a or -yena.
CITYADJECTIVEINHABITANT
Paris ParisParisyena ParisianParisat Parisian
Nuyork New YorkNuyorka of New YorkNuyorkat New Yorker
Roma (Dom)* RomeRomayena RomanRoma Domat Roman
Beijing BeijingBeijinga of BeijingBeijingat resident of Beijing
Berlin BerlinBerlina from BerlinBerlinat Berliner
* Without Dom City, Roma could be confused with Roma of Romany, Gypsy.
Examples:
  • Berlina diti dyunwe Berlinati. Berlin citizens are called Berliners.
  • Bostonati bayse Bostonyena deus. Bostonians have a Bostonian accent.

Measurements

Scalar Metric Prefixes

The following charts show scalar metric prefixes in the macro and micro range:
MACRO VALUE (US/UK NAME)MACRO PREFIXMICRO VALUE (US/UK NAME)MICRO PREFIX
1 (one)an- * mono-, uni-1/1 (whole)ayn- holo-, uni-
2 (two)en- bi1/2 (half)eyn- demi-, di-
3 (three)in- tri-1/3 (third)iyn- terci-
4 (four)un- tetra-1/4 (fourth)uyn- quadri-
5 (five)yoon- * penta-1/5 (fifth)yoyn quinti-
6 (six)yaon- hexa-1/6 (sixth)yayn sexti-
7 (seven)yeon- hepta-1/7 (seventh)yeyn septi-
8 (eight)yion octo-1/8 (eighth)yiyn octi-
9 (nine)yuon nona-1/9 (ninth)yuyn novi-
10 (ten)alo- deca-1/10 (tenth)aloy- deci-
102 (hundred)aso- hecto- **10-2 (hundredth)asoy- centi-
103 (thousand)amso- kilo-10-3 (thousandth)amloy- milli-
106 (million)amlo- mega-10-6 (millionth)amroy- micro-
109 (billion) /(milliard)amro- giga-10-9 (billionth) / (milliardth)amroy- nano-
1012 (trillion) /(billion)garale- tera-10-12 (trillionth) / (billionth)gorale- pico-
1015 (quadrillion) / (billiard)garalyo- peta-10-15 (quadrillionth) / (billiardth)goralyo- femto-
1018 (quintillion) / (trillion)garalyu- exa-10-18 (quintillionth) / (trillionth)goralyu atto-
1021 (sextillion) / (trilliard)garela- zetta-10-21 (sextillionth) / (trilliardth)gorela zepto-
1024 (septillion) / (quadrillion)garelu- yotta-10-27 (septillionth) / (quadrillionth)gorelu yocto-
*Note: The -n or -on can sometimes be omitted in macro-prefixation, especially where there is no ambiguity. The -n (but NOT the -yn') in the micro prefixes can also sometimes be omitted.
**Note: The gar (to a plus power) and gor (to a minus power) forms are alternatives for the numeric prefixes beyond 100. For example, billion (109) could be expressed as garyu-(ten) to the 9th power, while billionth could be expressed by goryu ((ten) to the minus 9th power). The prefix garya- is composed of the positive exponential operator gar (to the power of), followed by the number 6. The prefix gorale- is composed of the negative exponential operator gor (to the root of), followed by the number 12.

Weight (Grams)

The word for weight, kyin is from the root morpheme kyi-, meaning heavy. Derived from that is the weight measure kyik gram. Thus, we have the gram scale in the chart below:
MIRADENGLISH
aroykyikmilligram
asoykyikcentigram
aloykyikdecigram
kyikgram
alokyikdecagram
asokyikhectogram
arokyikkilogram
Some weight-related vocabulary:
  • kyia heavy
  • kyin weight
  • kyinser weigh (intransitive)
  • kyinxer weigh (transitive)
  • kyinaker gain weight
  • kyinoker lose weight
  • kyinar scales
  • kyinarer weigh (put on the scales)
  • kyis cargo
  • kyispar truck
  • kyison weighty matter, issue, problem
  • kyisona grave, important
  • kyua light
  • kyuaxer lighten
  • kyuteba light-headed
  • kyuson triviality, matter of levity
  • kyusona trivial
Examples:
  • Hia nyem kyinse ewa arokyiki. This box weighs two kilograms.
  • At kyinare atut yadjub. I weigh myself every day.
  • Et efe kyinoker. You need to lose weight.
  • Iyta evon se kyisona. Her condition is grave.
  • Hia kyis nyuxwo et bey kyispur zajub. This cargo will be shipped to you by truck tomorrow.
  • Hia abtaf kyixeye at. This coat is weighing me down.
  • Hua son voy se kyusona. That issue is not trivial.

Liquid Volume (Liters)

From the word nid volume comes the measurement word nik, meaning liter. The chart belows shows the scale of liquid volume:
MIRADENGLISH
aroynikmilliliter
asoynikcentiliter
aloynikdeciliter
nikliter
eynikdemi-liter
alonikdecaliter
asonikhectoliter
aronikkiloliter

Length and Distance (Meters)

From the root word nag-, meaning measure, comes the measurement word for distance, nak meter. Here is a chart showing the micro and macro distance scale:


MIRADENGLISH
aroynakmillimeter
asoynakcentimeter
aloynakdecimeter
nakmeter
alonakdecameter
asonakhectometer
aronakkilometer
Some distance/length/speed vocabulary:
  • yaga long
  • yag(an) length
  • yagay lengthwise
  • nag measurement, measure
  • naga metric
  • nagser measure (intransitive)
  • nagxer measure (transitive)
  • nagmuf measuring stick, yardstick
  • nagnyov measuring tape
  • nagar meter (device)
  • ignagar speedomer
  • nak meter
  • aronaki awa jwob kilometers an hour
  • yiba distant, far
  • yib bi taam far from home
  • yiban distance
  • hoyen yiba? how far?
  • iga fast
  • ig(an) speed, velocity
  • hoyen iga? How fast?
  • huyen iga that fast, so fast
  • yuba near, close
  • yuban proximity, vicinity, neighborhood
  • yub bu at near me
Examples of usage:
  • Hua pur peya yelowa aroyaki av awa jwob. That car was going 70 kilometers an hour. (Lit. kilometers for one hour).
  • Hia mes nagse eso asoynaki yaga.' This table measures two hundred centimeters long.
  • Et yefo nagxwer av hua tyoyafi. You will have to be measured for those shoes.
  • Ha ignagar teaxua hav et graigpeya. The speedometer showed that you were speeding.
  • Hogla yiba se byu ha jona posam? How far is it to the next station?

Temperature (Degrees)

Heat (aman) or temperature (amnag) is measured in noki (degrees).
Here is some pertinent vocabular about temperature:
  • aman heat
  • ama hot
  • ayma warm
  • amnag temperature
  • amvyabxar thermostat
  • amnagar thermometer
  • oman cold(ness)
  • oma cold
  • oyma cool, chill
  • nok degree (centigrade, Kelvin)
  • noki Celsius degrees Celsius
  • noki Fahrenheit degrees Fahrenheit
  • aloynnok centigrade
  • oujnada owa absolute zero
  • oyb owa below zero
  • yomxen nod freezing point
  • ilxen nod melting point
  • yaper rise
  • yoper go down, lower
Here are some examples of usage:
  • Ha mal amnag yopeye bu oujnada owa. The air temperature is going down to absolute zero.
  • Ha amnag bi hia mil se gro ama. The temperature of this water is not hot enough.
  • Ha amnagar teuxue yulo noki. The thermometer shows 90 degrees.
  • Diwe yobu ha amvyabxar. Please lower the thermostat.
  • Ha oyeba amnag se elo noki. The temperature outside is twenty degrees.

Electric Power

The word for electricity, electric current, vomulp, comes from vomul, meaning electron + p motion. The word vomul has the idea of negative (voa) and matter (mul), because it is the negatively-charged particle within an atom. Here are the various units of power and electricity:
  • jul joule
  • kulom coulomb
  • amp ampere
  • wat watt
  • nuton newton
  • volt volt
Other vocabulary relating to electricity:
  • mul matter, stuff
  • mules particle, speck
  • gwomul atom
  • gwomula atomic
  • vamul proton (positively-charged)
  • omul neutron (no charge)
  • vomul electron (negatively-charged)
  • vomula electronic
  • vomulp electric current, electricity, current
  • vomulpa electric, electrical
  • vomulptun electrical engineering, electronics
  • vomulptuna electronic
  • vomulptut electrical engineer
  • vomulpa nif electric wire
  • vomulpa ibzyeg electric socket
  • vomulpa mas ibzyeg electric wall socket
  • vomulpyaf electic power
  • vomulp yafxam electric power plant
  • vomulp saxur electric generator
  • vomulpaxer electrify
  • vomulpyexer shock
  • nifuj plug
  • nifujyezber plug in
  • nifujyezbwa plugged in
  • nifujyozber unplug
  • nifujyozbwa unplugged
  • manig spark, flash, bolt of light
  • mammanig pyex lightning bolt
  • watsag wattage
  • voltsag voltage

Digital Storage (Bytes)

The word bit in English comes from binary digit. The Mirad equivalent is sagaun (Lit: number unit). Byte is a cluster of bits, so the Mirad equivalent is sagaunyan.
The magnitude scale of bytes is shown in the following chart:
VALUEMIRAD
LONG FORM
ENGLISH
LONG FORM
MIRAD
ABBREVIATION
ENGLISH
ABBREVIATION
103gari-sagaunyan*kilobytegar3-s.kb.
106garya-sagaunyanmegabytegar6-s.mb.
109garyu-sagaunyangigabytegar9-s.gb.
1012garale-sagaunyanterabytegar12-s.tb.
1015garalyo-sagaunyanpetabytegar15-s.pb.
1018garalyu-sagaunyanexabytegar18-s.eb.
  • Note: gari means to the power of three, gar being the exponential operator.

Age (Years)

The word for age is jag.
  • jag age
  • jaga old
  • jagser get old, grow older
  • jagat old person, elder
  • zejaga middle-aged
  • zejagat middle-aged person
  • gajaga elder, older, senior
  • gajagat elder
  • gyajagat eldest
  • grejagat adult
  • grejagseat adolescent
  • grojagat minor, underaged person
  • alonijagat teenager
  • elonijagat twenty-year-old
  • joga young
  • jogxer rejuvenate
  • jogat youth, youngster, young boy
  • jogayt young girl


The usual question about age is Hojaga et se? How old are you?
Some usual responses are:
  • At se elo jaga. I am twenty years old.  (Lit: I am twenty aged.)
  • At se ili jabi jaga. I am thirty-three years old.
  • Hia tamaz se asoni bi jabi jaga. This castle is hundreds of years old.
  • Hua tobot se anay ewa jubi jaga. That baby is only two days old.
  • Iyt voy se ga jaba vyel at. She is not older than I.
  • At se gwajagat bi ata tod. I am the eldest of my family.
  • Hya alonijagati aso grejagseati. All teenagers will become adolescents.
  • Hogla jubi jaga se hia tobot? How many days old is this child?

Other Measurements

xag frequencyxak Hertz
yobyagan depthyak fathom
mulkyin masskyik gram
mulgyan densitygyak unit of density
manazan luminositymank candela

Words Ending in -yen (manner)

The ending -yen is a stub for byen, meaning way, manner and is used to form many different words, as the following chart shows:
BASEDERIVATION
b- gesture
ut- self
fi- good
fu- bad
nap order
dit citizen
ju- day
utyan group
yan- together
yon- apart
dal- speak
nyap law
dre- write
aj- past
byen manner
utbyen personality
fibyena polite
fubyena rude
napbyen discipline
ditbyen civility
jubyen habit
utyanbyen custom
yanbyen harmony
yonbyen disharmony
dalbyen idiom
nyapbyen rule of law
drebyen writing style
ajbyen tradition
s- be
ut- self
xe- act
syen style
utsyen genre
xesyen process
x- do
yex- work
yux- serve
xyen method
yexyen occupation, industry
yuxyen means
xe- act
vyo- wrong
xeyen behavior
vyoxeyen misbehavior
t- know
vi- fine
xe- act
mas- wall
tom building
taj- birth
ko- hide
fo- profane
yanif sew
tyen profession, technique, skill
vityen fine art
xetyen practice
mastyen masonry
tomtyen architecture
tajtyen talent
kotyen magic
fotyen witchcraft
yaniftyen couture
te- know
zey- across
ob- under
kyo- fixed
ij- begin
ag- big
aa- first
teyen idea, concept
zeyteyen metaphor
obteyen underlying concept
kyoteyen idee fixe, obsession
ijteyen initial concept, germ of an idea
agteyen grand idea, ideal
aateyen principle, premise
tex- think
ki- slant
an- single
texyen opinion, point of view
kitexyen bias
antexyen obsession
tep- mental
an- single
fu- bad
flu- terrible
fru- horrible
kya- mobile
kye- haphazard
kyo- fixed
va- positive
vo- negative
tepyen attitude, mood
antepyen obsession
futepyen anger
flutepyen rage
frutepyen furor
kyatepyen distractedness
kyetepyen volatility
kyotepyen attention
vatepyen optimism
votepyen pessimism
tuz- arttuzyen technique, artistry, skill
dot- socialdotyen manners, civility, mores
tees- hearteesyen acoustics
tej- lifetejyen lifestyle
ex- functionexyen procedure, process
dal- speak
vi- beautiful
dalyen language
vidalyen eloquence, rhetoric
mal- air
jeb season
malyen weather
jebmalyen climate
den- sayingdenyen diction
ifek- playifekyen gamesmanship
yaut- commonyautyen culture
teas- seeteasyen perspective, point of view, aspect
dres- writedresyen writing style
des- pronouncedesyen accent
tapekut athletetapekutyen sportsmanship

Words Ending in -z (something precious)

Words ending in -z refer to something precious or refined, as this chart shows:
NORMAL WORDREFINED WORD
tun sciencetuz art
vituz fine art
daltuz rhetoric
t- knowtez culture
yobtez subculture
teub mouthdeuz song
fadeuz hymn
yegdeuz refrain
seuz tone
teuz voice
zoyteuz echo
teuboz smile
videuz melody
yandeuz harmony
uvdeuz dirge
ajdeuz ballad
dudeuz antiphon
ivdeuz carol
yogdeuz ditty
awatdeuz solo
ewatdeuz duet
fizdeuz anthem
fya- holy
fyo- profane
fyaz miracle
kofyaz magic
fyoz witchcraft
fyamaz halo
vos flowervoz color
vooz tint
voyz shade of color
toz facial/hair color
nas moneynaz value
noz gem, jewel
finaz merit
fi- good
fu- bad
fiz honor
utfiz dignity
firz ideal
fiyz respect
agfiz glory
fuz shame
d- communicatedaz dance
dez theatre
diz comedy
duz music
drez poetry
dyez cinema
tab bodytaz statue
san shapesaz sculpture
teb headtebuz crown
eytebuz diadem
teis smellteiz perfume
tiab breasttiabuz broche
teyob neckteyobuz necklace
zetiub navelzetiubuz belly button ring
meg stonemez crystal
tel foodteluz taste
tuab armeytuabuz epaulette
tuyub fingertuyubuz ring
sin picturesiz painting
finsiz medal
dresiz engraving

Syntax

Overall, Mirad is an SVO language, that is, the normal word order is Subject + Verb Predicate + Object, much like English and all of the Romance languages.
The subject and object consist of nouns or pronouns with or without modifiers. The verb predicate consists of a conjugated verb form with or without adverbial modifiers, which may precede or follow based on considerations below.

The Subject

A subject is the entity that is responsible for the action or state in the verb predicate. That entity consists of modified or unmodified zero or more nouns or pronouns. The subject can be a noun phrase, which can include modifiers like deictic adjectives, quantifiers, or descriptive adjectives preceding a noun or nouns heading up a prepositional phrase.
Some rules:
  • Modifiers of a noun or noun phrase precede that noun or noun phrase:
  • Deictic adjectives and possessive pronouns come in first place among the modifiers:
Hia via toyb....this beautiful woman
Ha aa desiun....the first letter
Yata ifwa ted hu toja zojub....our beloved father who died last year
  • Quantifiers come after any deictic adjectives or possessive pronouns, but before the noun they modify:
Hua ewa pati....those two birds
Hya ha gla jubi....all the many days
Iyta gla yafoni....her many abilities
  • Prepositions precede their complement:
Za ata tam....in front of my house
  • Prepositional phrase modifiers follow the noun they modify:
ha domep zo yata tam....the street behind our house
saxam yub bi et....a factory near you
  • Relative clause modifiers follow the noun or noun phrase they modify:
Has hu at voy teste....the thing (that) I don't understand
Ha glo doymi hu zoybese....the few towns that remain
  • A subject noun can consist of a clause, infinitive, or gerund:
Hav it upo se vala.....That he will come is certain.
Ser yiva se ser iva.....To be free is to be happy.
Hia uvteuden yefe poser.....This weeping must stop.
  • The subject can consist of pronoun or linked pronouns:
Et ay at....You and I''
Away et....Only you
Glati....many people
  • Adverbs often precede what they modify, but this rule is somewhat loose.
Gey et....even you
Deuzen fiay....singing well
Voy aken....not winning

The Verb Predicate

The verb predicate consists of a subject (implied or explicit) followed by a conjugated verb form or a series of conjugated verb forms, modified or not by adverbs.
Rules:
  • The adverbs vay (indeed), vey (possibly, may), and voy (not) usually precede the verb:
Aata tam voy osexwa.....Our house was not destroyed.
Vey mamilo.....It may rain.
Et se vay fia deuzut....You are really a fine singer.
  • Other adverbs and come either before or after the verb, depending on emphasis.
Dalu yug!....Speak softly!
Et dale gra ig....You speak too fast.
It glaxag ake.....He often wins.
Glaxag it ake.....Often he wins.
It ake glaxag.....He wins often.
  • Yes-no questions are formed by preceding the verb predicate with Duhev...?, which means Say whether..., Is it true that..., without any word order change in the verb predicate:
Duhev it gaj tejeye?....Is (it true that) he still living?
Duhev et te ha dud?....Do you know the answer?
  • Questions words requiring fill-in-the-blank words like When?, Where?, Who?, etc. start out with the question word, followed by the verb predicate in unchanged word order:
Hoj et taja?....When were you born?
Hoyen et se?....How are you?
Hos se eta dyun?....What is your name?
Hom et tambee?....Where do you live?
Hot kobia ata dyes?....Who stole my book?
  • Verbs can be serial:
It deuze, daze, ay duzare.....He sings, dances, and plays an instrument.
Eku ey pilu!....Play or get lost!
Iyt eka oy oka.....She played but lost.
  • Verb predicates can have an implied, unexpressed subject:
Mamilo.....(It) is going to rain.
Upu!....(You) come!
Se ama him.....(It) is hot here.
Voy se yeva jayevder hes.....(It) is not fair to prejudge someone.
Hov jwosu.....Don't (you) be late.

The Object

The object in a sentence can be noun or noun phrase, a pronoun, an infinitive, a gerund, a prepositional phrase, or a clause. Sometimes, an object consists of both a direct object and an indirect object.
Rules:
  • Transitive verbs can take a direct object:
Ha yepet teupixa at.....The dog bit me.
Yovobu hati hu fyuxe et.....Forgive those who hurt you.
Biu hia yibdren.....Take this telegram.
  • Some transitive verbs can take both a direct and indirect object. Many common transitive verbs imply a directional proposition, and so that preposition need not be expressed in the indirect object, but in such cases the indirect object comes before the direct object:
Buu at hua nyem.....Give (to) me that box.
Du it doler.....Tell (to) him to be quiet.
Xu at ha avun bi pier.....Do (to) me the favor of leaving.
  • Stative verbs like ser (to be) can be followed by a complement consisting of a noun, pronoun, adjective, infinitive, gerund, or clause object.
His se fis.....This is a good thing.
His se gla fia.....This is very good.
Ha akut sa et.....The winner was you.
Se fia aker.....It is good to win.
Se uva hav iyt pia.....It is sad that she left.
  • Intransitive verbs cannot take an object:
At yexa hum je ewa jabi.....I worked there for two years.
Yat tambee yukomay.....We live comfortably.
Hia voli agse ug.....These plants grow slowly.
  • Verbs of communication can take an entire clause as a direct object:
At ta hav et upo.....I knew (that) you would come.
Duhev et te ha tam hu se itas?....Do you know which house is his?
At da it ham hu et tambee.....I told him where you live.
Tuu at haj hu et puo.....Inform me when you arrive.
It voy da hev et upo.....He did not say whether he would be coming.
At javefyunda hov it jwosu.....I warned him not to be late (= lest he be late).

Declaration of Human Rights Sample

Article One of the Declaration of Human Rights is often used to show how various invented international auxiliary languages compare with one another in written form. Here is the Mirad version of Article One, followed by the English version:
  • MIRAD: Hya tobi taje yiva ay gea be utfiz ay doyivi. Iit bulwe vyatex ay yevten ay yeyfe exer ub hyuit be tepyen bi tadetan.
  • ENGLISH: All human beings are born free and equal in dignity and rights. They are endowed with reason and conscience and should act towards one another in a spirit of brotherhood.

Lord's Prayer Analyzed

Hey aata Fyamira Ted,
o our Sacred-World-ly Father
Our Father, who art in Heaven,
Hav eta dyun fyadwu,
may your name be-sacred-call-ed
Hallowed by thy name.
Hav eta edob upu.
may your kingdom come
Thy kingdom come.
Hav eta fwas xwu be Imer hyiyen hu xwe be Fyamir.
may your wanted-thing be-done on earth same-way as in Sacred-World
Thy will be done on Earth as it is in Heaven.
Buu aat hijub aata hyajuba avol,
give us this-day our every-day-ly bread
Give us this day our daily bread.
Ay yovobu aat bi aata fuxi
and shame-remove us fro our bad-deed-s
And forgive us our trespasses
hyiyen hu aat yovobu aata fuxuti.
same-way as we shame-remove our bad-do-er-s
as we forgive those who trespass against us.
Ay hov izbu aat bu fuyekuen,
and don't lead us to temptation
And lead us not into temptation,
oy yivxu aat bi fyox.
but free-make us from evil-deed
But deliver us from evil.
Su huyen.
be that-way
Amen.
Word-for-word Analysis:
  • hey = vocative particle meaning O! or hey!.
  • aata = 1st person plural possessive adjectival determiner meaning our.
  • Fyamira = heavenly < fya- holy + mir world + -a adjectival suffix.
  • Ted = capitalized, thus respectful, word meaning father.
  • hav = positive subordinating conjunction used to translate a jussive mood with that, may, let....(something happen)
in a subordinate clause where the verb is in the hypothetical mood-tense (ending in -u).
  • eta = second singular possessive adjectival determiner meaning your, thy.
  • dyun = singular common noun meaning name.
  • fyadwu = passive voice hypothetical mood form of the verb fyader meaning to sanctify, hallow, bless < fya- holy + der to say.
A clause beginning with the positive subordinate particle Hav translates a jussive construction like
let X be done. The w in fadwu makes the verb passive. The ending -u makes it hypothetical.
Thus, Hav...fadwu means Let...be hallowed.
  • edob is a common singular noun meaning kingdom. edeb meaning king < e- second-ranking + deb leader. Thus, adeb means emperor < a- first-ranking + deb. There is a whole hierarchy constructed this way.
  • upu is the hypothetical mood form of the verb uper to come. The root of this verb
is per to go, where -er is the infinitive ending. The u- is mnemonic for the preposition ub meaning toward. The ending -u forms the hypothetical mood used for jussive, subjunctive, and imperative constructions.
The opposite prefix i(b)- attached to per results in iper meaning go away, go off.
The combination Hav...upu is a jussive construction meaning Let...come.
  • fwas is a common singular noun meaning will or what is wanted and is built from the past participle of
the verb fer meaning to want. Literally, it amounts to fwa- wanted + -s thing, that which is.
  • xwu is the passive voice hypothetical mood form of the verb xer to do, thus, in
a clause introduced by hav, it means let...(it) be done.
  • Imer is the third planet (mer) from the sun, Earth. Amer is Mercury (one-planet), Emer is Venus (two-planet), etc. The general word for planet is mer.
  • hyiyen is a relativized idiodeictic determiner meaning (in) the same way (as), such (as). It is composed of
hyi- same + -yen manner.
  • buu is the hypothetical mood form of the verb buer meaning to give. If a verb in the
hypothetic mood begins the sentence without a subject pronoun, it is assumed to be an imperative or command, like Give!
Buer (give) is in a long list of directional verbs where the i vowel
indicates direction toward the speaker and the u vowel indicates direction away from
the speaker. Thus, the opposite of buer (to give) is bier (to take).
  • aat is the 1st person plural pronoun we, us. Since it follows a the verb buer, which
inherently implies the direction to, no preposition like bu meaning to is needed before the pronoun.
There are no cases in Mirad, so yat can mean we or us. To form the word our, the adjectival suffix
-a is added to aat, giving aata (our).
  • hijub is an adverb meaning today. It is composed of the proximal determiner hi this
+ the noun jub day, i.e. (on) this day.
  • hyajuba is an adjective meaning daily. It is composed of the distributive determiner hya every
+ the noun jub day, followed by the adjectivizing ending a.
  • avol is a singular common noun meaning bread. It is close in form to avob, meaning wheat.
  • ay is a coordinating conjunction meaning and. By contrast, ey means or and oy means but.
  • yovobu is the imperative form of the verb yovober, which can be broken down into
yov guilt, shame, culpability + ober to remove. Ober itself is built off the
preposition ob meaning off., thus, to remove guilt is to forgive, much like English
disculpate, excuse.
  • bi is the preposition from, of.
  • fuxi is a plural common noun meaning wrongs, misdeeds. The word is composed of a root form of
fua meaning bad + x meaning deed from xer to do, pluralized with the suffix i.
  • yovobe is the simple present tense of yovober, analyzed above.
  • fuxuti (transgressors) < fu wrong + -x do + -ut -er.
  • ov is the contrafactive preposition meaning against, opposite.
  • hov is the negative subordinating conjunction meaning don't, let not, lest.
It is usually followed by a verb
in the hypothetical mood, thus creating a sentence like Don't do something or Let's not do something.
  • izbu is the hypothetical mood of the verb izber meaning to lead. Since it follows the negative :::subordinating conjunction ho, it has the value of an imperative or command.
The verb itself is composed of the prefixed adverbial iz straight ahead
+ b-, the root of the verb ber meaning to set, put.
  • bu is a preposition of destination meaning to and contrasts with bi meaning from.
  • fuyekuen is the singular common noun meaning temptation. It is really the gerundive form of the
verb fuyekuer meaning to tempt and is composed of a prefixed form of the adjective fua meaning bad
+ the verb yekuer meaning to try, tempt, challenge, test.
  • oy is the negative coordinating conjunction meaning but and contrasts with ay,
meaning and and ey meaning or.
  • yivxu is the hypothetical mood (i.e. imperative) of the verb yivxer meaning to set free, liberate, deliver,
and is composed of the root form of the adjective yiva free + the root form of xer to do, make,
which acts as a causative + u the hypothetical mood ending.
  • bi is a preposition of origin meaning from, of, which contrasts with bu, meaning to.
  • fyox is a singular common noun meaning evil, sin composed of the root form of the adjective fyoa
profane, unholy + x meaning deed. Fyox contrasts with fyax meaning sacrament, holy deed.
  • Su huyen. means Be thus.. Su is the imperative or jussive of ser to be. Hu- is the distal deictic prefix meaning that + -yen manner / way / kind, yielding that way, thus.
This article is issued from Wikibooks. The text is licensed under Creative Commons - Attribution - Sharealike. Additional terms may apply for the media files.